PW Manual MM 1

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA
OVERHAUL MANUAL
MANUAL PART NO. 3013243
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
LEP
1
2
3
4
5
6
DATE
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
10/2004
10/2004
10/2004
10/2004
10/2004
10/2004
Contents
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
72-00-00
Description and
Operation
1
2 blank
3 deleted
4 deleted
5 deleted
6 deleted
7 deleted
8 deleted
9 deleted
10 deleted
11 deleted
12 deleted
13 deleted
14 deleted
15 deleted
16 deleted
Mar 05/2004
Mar 05/2004
72-00-00
Disassembly-1
101
102
Nov 30/2001
Jul 02/2004
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
72-00 LEP
DATE
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Page 1
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
72-00-00
Disassembly-2
72-00-00
Disassembly-3
PAGE
DATE
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154 blank
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Sep 10/2004
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Nov 30/2001
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Nov 30/2001
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126 blank
May 19/2000
Jul 02/2004
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
101
102
May 19/2000
Jul 02/2004
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116 blank
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
72-00-00
Cleaning
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
Feb 02/2001
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
Feb 02/2001
May 19/2000
72-00-00
Inspection
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
Mar 05/2004
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
72-00-00
Repair
401
402
403
404
405
406
Jul 02/2004
Aug 16/2002
Aug 16/2002
Jul 02/2004
Aug 16/2002
Aug 16/2002
72-00 LEP
Page 2
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
407
408
409
410 blank
Aug 16/2002
Aug 16/2002
Aug 16/2002
Aug 16/2002
72-00-00
Assembly-1
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516 blank
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
72-00-00
Assembly-2
501
502
502 A deleted
502 B deleted
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
72-00 LEP
DATE
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Page 3
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
72-00-00
Assembly-3
PAGE
DATE
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592 blank
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
Sep 10/2004
501
502
503
504
505
506
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
DATE
507
508 blank
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
72-00-00
Fits and
Clearances
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
72-00-00
Testing
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
726 A deleted
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
72-00 LEP
Page 4
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
726 B deleted
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
72-00-00
801
Troubleshooting 802
803
804
805
DATE
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Jul 02/2004
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
CHAPTER
SECTION
72-00-00
Storage
Instructions
PAGE
DATE
806
807
808
809
810
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
Aug 03/2001
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
May 23/2003
72-00 LEP
Page 5
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CHAPTER
SECTION
PAGE
72-00-00
1301
Light Overhaul 1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
DATE
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
May 19/2000
72-00 LEP
Page 6
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
72-00-00
1.
Description and Operation
2.
Engine Specifications and Leading Particulars
3.
Engine Stations, Flanges and Bearings
ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-1: EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
72-00-00
1.
General
101
2.
Consumable Materials
101
3.
Special Tools
102
4.
Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools
102
5.
Preparation for Disassembly
102
A.
General
102
B.
Draining Engine Oil System
102
6.
Removal of Externals
102
A.
Removal of Oil Transfer Tubes
102
B.
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube Assembly
103
C.
External Scavenge Oil Tubes
103
D.
Removal of Electrical Connector from Heated Pneumatic Lines
105
E.
Compressor Delivery Air Line Installations
107
F.
Propeller Governor Pneumatic Tubes
124
G. Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-21 Engines)
125
H.
Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
125
I.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-21 Engines)
129
J.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
137
K.
Interconnect Linkage Group - Rear
143
L.
Interconnect Linkage Group - Front
143
M. Interconnect Linkage Group - Push-pull Control
72-00 CONTENTS
145
Page 1
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-2: ACCESSORY COMPONENTS
72-00-00
1.
General
101
2.
102
3.
Special Tools
102
4.
102
5.
Removal of Accessories
102
A.
Remove Propeller Governor
102
B.
Remove Oil-To-Fuel Heater
102
C.
Remove Check Valve (minimum pressurizing)
103
D.
Remove FCU (PT6A-21 Engines)
103
E.
Remove FCU (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
105
F.
Remove Fuel Pump
105
G. Remove Starting Control (Dual Line Fuel System)
105
H.
Remove Oil Filter Element
107
I.
Oil Filter Housing Assembly
109
J.
Remove T5 Trim Wiring Harness
111
K.
Remove Ignition Regulator
111
L.
Remove Ignition Exciter
113
ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR

SUB-ASSEMBLIES
72-00-00
1.
General
101
2.
102
3.
Special Tools
102
4.
102
5.
Removal of Fireseals
102
A.
102
Center Fireseals
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 2
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR

SUB-ASSEMBLIES (Contd)
6.
B.
Rear Fireseal (without wash ring)
102
C.
Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring
103
Separate Engine into Major Sub-Assemblies
103
A.
103
B.
7.
72-00-00
Removal of Power Section

Removal of Accessory Gearbox
107
Unscheduled Removal of Power Section from Gas Generator

Assembly
112
A.
112
Install Engine in Stand (PWC30800)
ENGINE - CLEANING
72-00-00
1.
General
201
2.
201
3.
Special Tools
202
4.
202
5.
Cleaning
202
A.
General
202
B.
General Precautions
202
C.
Cleaning Precautions
203
D.
Corroded Magnesium Housings
203
E.
Oil Filter Cleaning and Inspection
204
F.
Cleaning P3 Air Filter
205
G. Vapor Honing
207
ENGINE - INSPECTION
72-00-00
1.
General
301
2.
301
3.
Special Tools
301
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 3
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - INSPECTION (Contd)
72-00-00
4.
301
5.
Self-locking Fasteners
302
6.
Service Time Marking
303
A.
Life Monitoring Methods
303
B.
Accumulation of Nos. 1 through 4 Bearing Hours
303
7.
8.
9.
Tubes and Hoses
303
A.
Standard Instructions
303
Antifriction Bearing Inspection
306
A.
Inspection Procedures
306
B.
Bearing Repairs
306
C.
Aniti Friction Standard Procedures
306
Gears and Gearshaft Inspection
307
A.
Visual Inspection Of Gear Teeth
307
B.
Magnetic Particle Inspect
308
C.
Inspect Carbon Seal Face
308
D.
Inspect Splines
308
E.
Inspect Threads
308
F.
Inspect Retaining Ring Grooves and Slots
309
G. Inspect Oil Hole(s)
309
H.
Inspect Gearshaft Bearing Diameters
309
I.
Inspect Remaining Surfaces
309
J.
Inspect All Surfaces
310
ENGINE - REPAIR
72-00-00
1.
General
401
2.
401
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 4
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - REPAIR (Contd)
72-00-00
3.
Special Tools
401
4.
402
5.
Restoration of Protective Coating
402
A.
B.
C.
Stripping of Surface Sealant (Araldite) Coating from

Magnesium Components
402
Application of Surface Sealant (Araldite) on Magnesium

Components
402
Touch-up of Araldite Coated Components
403
6.
General Procedures
403
7.
Damaged Stud Holes
404
A.
404
8.
9.
10.
Repair Damaged Stud Holes
Replacement of Helical Coil Insert
404
A.
404
Replace Damaged Inserts
Weld Repair
405
A.
Welding Procedures
405
B.
Weld Repairs
405
Loop Clamps
405
A.
405
Replacement of Damaged Loop Clamp Grommets
11.
Copper Plating
405
12.
Stainless Steel Oil Tubes
407
A.
Repair Oil Tubes With Dents
407
B.
Repair Oil Tubes With Damaged Ferrules Or Dents
407
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 1: ENGINE ASSEMBLY
72-00-00
1.
General
501
2.
501
3.
Special Tools
501
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 5
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 1: ENGINE ASSEMBLY (Contd)
72-00-00
4.
501
5.
Assembly of Engine Major Sub-Assemblies
502
A.
6.
Power Section
A.
7.
Installation of Accessory Gearbox Assembly to Gas Generator

Assembly
502
503
Installation of Power Section on Gas Generator Assembly
503
Installation of Fireseals
505
A.
Center Fireseal
505
B.
Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring (if fitted)
511
C.
Installation of Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring
511
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 2: ACCESSORY AND EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
72-00-00
1.
General
501
2.
501
3.
Special Tools
502
4.
502
5.
Installation of Accessory Units
502
A.
Oil Filter Element, Filter Housing and Check Valve Assembly
502
B.
Starting Control (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
503
C.
Fuel Pump
503
D.
Fuel Control Unit (PT6A-21 Engines)
507
E.
Fuel Control Unit (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
507
F.
Oil-to-Fuel Heater
509
G. Check Valve (Minimum Pressurizing)
509
H.
Propeller Governor
511
I.
Ignition Current Regulator
513
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 6
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE

(Contd)
J.
6.
7.
72-00-00
Ignition Exciter
513
Installation of Externals
517
A.
Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-21 Engines)
517
B.
Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-27/-28

Engines)
519
C.
Pressure Oil Transfer Tubes
524
D.
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube
525
E.
External Dual Scavenge Oil Tubes
529
F.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-21 Engines)
532
G.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
536
H.
Propeller Interconnect Linkage Components
543
I.
551
J.
Compressor Delivery Air Line
557
K.
Installation of Electrical Connector from Heated Pneumatic

Tube
567
L.
Pressure Test Pneumatic Tubes
577
M.
T5 Trim Wiring Harness
585
Installation of Power Section to Gas Generator Case
586
A.
586
Procedure
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 3: FINAL CHECKS
72-00-00
1.
General
501
2.
501
3.
Special Tools
501
4.
501
5.
Final Engine Checks
502
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 7
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
FINAL ASSEMBLY - 3: FINAL CHECKS (Contd)
72-00-00
A.
General
502
B.
Checks
502
ENGINE - FITS AND CLEARANCES
72-00-00
1.
General
601
2.
Terms and Symbols
601
A.
Inspection Frequency Requirement (IFR)
601
B.
Dimensional Checks
601
C.
Torque Limits
602
D.
Index of Fits and Clearances
602
ENGINE - TESTING
72-00-00
1.
General
701
2.
701
3.
Special Tools
701
4.
702
5.
Engine Test Equipment
703
A.
703
General
6.
Engine Test Requirements
703
7.
Symbols
704
8.
Preparation for Test
705
A.
Engine/Propeller Controls
705
B.
Install Test Equipment
705
C.
Removal from Assembly Stand and Install in Propeller Test

Stand
707
D.
Installation of Propeller
707
E.
Remove from Assembly Stand and Install on Dynamometer

Stand - (PWC32478) Mounting Arrangement
709
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 8
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - TESTING (Contd)

F.
9.
10.
11.
72-00-00
Install Engine on Dynamometer Stand - (PWC70326) Mounting

Arrangement
709
G. Connect Test Stand Controls
711
H.
Connect Test Cell Plumbing and Instrumentation
711
I.
Fill Engine Oil Tank
715
J.
Depreserve Fuel System
717
Engine Motoring, Starting and Shutdown
719
A.
Prestart Checks
719
B.
Wet Motoring Run
719
C.
Dry Motoring Run
722
D.
Engine Starting (PT6A-21)
722
E.
Engine Starting (PT6A-27/-28)
723
F.
Unsatisfactory Start
724
G. Shutdown
724
Test Procedure
724
A.
Points to be Understood before Testing
724
B.
Supplementary Limitations
725
C.
Run-in Procedure
726
D.
Preliminary Checks
726
E.
AGB Vibration Survey
728
F.
Acceleration and Bodie Checks
729
G. Tt5 Trim Determination
731
H.
Acceptance Checks
733
I.
Acceptance Values
733
Control Setting
734
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 9
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - TESTING (Contd)
12.
A.
Minimum Governing Speed
734
B.
Propeller Governor Maximum Speed
735
C.
Underspeed Fuel Governing Check
739
D.
Maximum Ng Adjustment
739
E.
Minimum Fuel Flow Check
740
Post-test Run Checks

A.
B.
13.
72-00-00
747
Checks To Confirm Engine Acceptability or Initiate Investigation

Procedure
747
If Test Results are Acceptable
751
Unusual Oil Conditions
751
A.
751
After Rectification for Unusual Oil Conditions
14.
Preservation
755
15.
Removal of Test Equipment
755
A.
755
16.
Remove Test Plumbing and Instrumentation
Install Engine in Assembly Stand

A.
B.
758
Remove Engine From Propeller Test Stand And Install In

Assembly Stand
758
Remove Engine from Dynamometer Stand and Install in

Assembly Stand
758
17.
Remove Test Accessories
758
18.
Final Check
758
19.
Power Section Run-in
759
A.
759
Incremental Run-in
ENGINE - TROUBLESHOOTING
72-00-00
1.
General
801
2.
Troubleshooting
801
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 10
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - TROUBLESHOOTING (Contd)

A.
Engine Problem Categories
72-00-00
801
ENGINE - STORAGE
72-00-00
1.
General
901
2.
901
3.
Special Tools
901
4.
902
5.
Engine Storage
902
A.
Fiberboard Shipping Container - Type I
902
B.
Fiberboard Shipping Container - Type II
902
C.
Fiberboard Shipping Container - Type III
903
D.
Metal Storage and Shipping Container
903
E.
Humidity Control
904
F.
Re-activation of Desiccant
904
6.
7.
8.
G. Storage of Engine
904
H.
905
Stacking Engine Containers for Storage
Installation of Engine in Overhaul Stand
905
A.
Engine Mounting Brackets
905
B.
Installation of Engine for Disassembly, Assembly and/or Testing
905
Preservation/Depreservation of Engine
906
A.
Depreservation of Engine
906
B.
Preservation of Engine
909
C.
Engine Fuel System Preservation (PT6A-21 Engines)
910
D.
Engine Fuel System Preservation (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
910
E.
Engine Oil System Preservation
911
Removal of Engine from Stand
912
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 11
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - STORAGE (Contd)

A.
9.
11.
12.
Procedure
912
Removal of Engine From Container
912
A.
Procedure
912
B.
Removal of Engine from Type I Fiberboard Container
913
C.
Removal of Engine from Type II Fiberboard Container
913
D.
Removal of Engine from Type III Fiberboard (reinforced)

Container
918
Removal of Engine from Metal Container
918
Installation of Engine in Fiberboard Container
921
A.
Preparation
921
B.
Installation of Engine in Type I Fiberboard Container
921
C.
Installation of Engine in Type II Fiberboard Container
926
D.
Installation of Engine in Type III Fiberboard (reinforced)

Container :
928
E.
10.
72-00-00
Installation of Engine in Metal Container
929
A.
929
Procedure
Renewal of Desiccant in Metal Container
931
A.
931
Procedure
ENGINE - LIGHT OVERHAUL
72-00-00
1.
General
1301
2.
Light Overhaul
1301
A.
1301
3.
4.
Conditions which Require Light Overhaul
Light Overhaul Reference Guide
1302
A.
General
1302
B.
Engine Problems and Defects
1302
Overtemperature
1303
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 12
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - LIGHT OVERHAUL (Contd)

A.
5.
6.
7.
Procedure
72-00-00
1303
Dropped Engine
1303
A.
Procedure
1303
B.
General
1307
Unusual Oil Conditions - General
1307
A.
General
1307
B.
Metal Contaminants
1307
C.
Particles
1307
D.
Metal Chip
1307
E.
Examples Of Possible Contamination
1307
F.
Unusual Oil Conditions (Part A)
1307
G. Unusual Oil Conditions (Part B)
1308
H.
Rectify Part A
1308
I.
Rectify Part B
1309
Contamination by Fire Extinguishing Agents
1309
A.
General
1309
B.
Engines Contaminated by Fire Extinguishing Agents
1309
C.
Removal of Residual Deposits and Corrosion Repair
1310
8.
Power Section
1310
9.
Engine Components
1310
A.
General
1310
10.
Accessories
1311
11.
External Components
1311
A.
Problems
1311
B.
General
1311
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 13
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUBJECT
PAGE
ENGINE - LIGHT OVERHAUL (Contd)

12.
Testing
72-00-00
1312
72-00 CONTENTS
Page 14
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
Description and Operation

Refer to applicable Engine Maintenance Manual for Description and Operation.
2.
Engine Specifications and Leading Particulars

Refer to applicable Engine Maintenance Manual for Engine Specifications and Leading
Particulars.
3.
Engine Stations, Flanges and Bearings

Refer to applicable Engine Maintenance Manual for Engine Stations, Flanges and Bearings.
72-00-00
Page 1/2
Mar 05/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
A.
Personnel engaged in the disassembly of the engine should make frequent reference to
the Introduction sections of this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul
procedures (Ref. INTRODUCTION, Outline of Overhaul Procedures).
B.
On receipt of an engine for overhaul, remove air inlet screen and examine for foreign
object damage (F.O.D.) in compressor rotor assembly. Inspect for external damage,
burning, corrosion or signs of leakage. Record all observations made at this inspection
to provide reference during disassembly of engine, taking special notice of any
discrepancy which might not be apparent after cleaning. Tag all affected parts to identify
nature of fault. After removal from engine, submit affected parts to detailed inspection
before cleaning.
C.
During inspection of engine, check that all externally mounted parts and accessories are
correctly assembled; loose and/or unattached components usually indicate these parts
have been replaced due to a previous unserviceability. Record all discrepancies and check
against data sheets received with engine for information relating to unserviceabilities
encountered during service.
D.
Overhaul facilities may find it more expedient to remove certain parts before others, so
disassembly sequences given in the text need not be strictly adhered to. Instructions for
removal of some standard parts, such as loop clamps and similar attaching hardware,
may be repeated in areas hardware such parts support more than one component.
E.
Cover all openings as soon as possible after removal of external parts and accessory
units. Place each component in a separate polyethylene bag, or dust-proof container,
and store on suitable racks until required for overhaul. Ensure that parts are segregated
during storage to prevent damage by impact.
F.
When engine is separated at bolting flanges, install major assemblies in appropriate

stands and, unless being worked on, cover with plastic sheeting and seal to prevent
ingress of moisture and foreign material.
G. To prevent damage to seal grooves and lands, use plastic spatulas when removing
preformed packings. Damage in these areas can cause improper seating and result
in subsequent leakage.
H.
2.
Discard all preformed packings, packing retainers, back-up rings, tabwashers, cotterpins
and gaskets immediately after removal to prevent possible reuse of these items.
Not Applicable
72-00-00
Page 101
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3.
Special Tools
The special tools listed below are used in the following procedures.
4.
Tool No.
Name
PWC30077
DELETED
PWC30800
Puller
Stand, Engine

Not Applicable
5.
Preparation for Disassembly

A.
General
Install engine in stand (PWC30800) (Ref. Storage Instructions).
B.
6.
Draining Engine Oil System (Ref. Fig. 101)

(1)
Place suitable oil container and drip pan under engine.
(2)
Remove oil drain plug Pre-SB1217, or cover and magnetic chip detector
Post-SB1217 (1) from bottom of propeller reduction gearbox.
(3)
Pre-SB1482: Remove cotterpin (3) and straight pin (2) from bottom of compressor
inlet case. Remove drain plug 94) using puller (PWC30077).
(4)
Remove drain plug (5) from 6 oclock position on rear face of accessory gearbox.
(5)
Allow all residual oil to drain from engine, then reinstall drain plugs and chip detector.
Removal of Externals
A.
Removal of Oil Transfer Tubes (Ref. Fig. 102)

(1)
Remove two bolts and washers, and separate front pressure oil elbow (16) from
reduction gearbox front housing and transfer tube (15). Discard preformed packing
(17).
(2)
Remove two self-locking nuts, washers and Dee-head bolts securing external
coupling (13) to flange C.
(3)
Separate front tube (15) from external coupling (13). Remove preformed packings
(14) from tube.
(4)
Withdraw center tube (11) from rear tube (6). Remove and discard preformed
packing (12).
(5)
Remove bolts and self-locking nuts that secure seal retaining plate assemblies (10)
and (5), and seals (9) and (4) to center and rear fireseal mount rings, respectively.
72-00-00
Page 102
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(6)
Remove two bolts and washers that secure elbow (1) to compressor inlet case.
(7)
Remove two bolts securing centre adapter flange of tube (6) to gas generator case
boss. Separate elbow from tube (6) and discard preformed packing (2).
(8)
Separate adapter flange, and spacers (8), Pre-SB1169 from gas generator case
and withdraw transfer tube (6) from center and rear fireseals.
(9)
Remove preformed packings (3 and 7), seal retaining plate assemblies (5 and 10),
insulation plates (18 and 19) and seals (4 and 9) from rear transfer tube (6).
(10)
B.
Overhaul removed parts (Ref. 79-20-01).
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube Assembly (Ref. Fig. 103)

(1)
To improve scavenge of No. 2 bearing, an oil scavenge tube assembly of larger

diameter, together with new seals and seal retaining plates Post-SB1153 are
used. Disassemble oil tube and associated parts.
(a) Remove bolts securing front flange (3) of No. 2 bearing scavenge tube (11) to
gas generator case.
(b) Remove four bolts and self-locking nuts and seal retaining plates (4), seal
retaining plate assemblies (5 and 7) and seals (6) from tube.
(c) Remove bolts securing rear flange (10) and support bracket (8) to compressor
inlet case.
(d) Withdraw scavenge tube from bosses on gas generator and compressor inlet
cases, and remove tube rearward through hole in rear fireseal.
(e) Remove bolts and self-locking nuts, and separate support bracket (8) from rear
fireseal.
(f)
Remove preformed packings (1 and 9) from flanges of scavenge tube. Remove

gasket (2) from front flange (3).
(g) Overhaul removed parts (Ref. 79-20-01).

C.
External Scavenge Oil Tubes (Ref. Fig. 104)

(1)
Remove bolts and washers securing front elbow (5) to propeller reduction gearbox.
(2)
Remove bolts, washers and self-locking nuts securing coupling (8) to flange C.
(3)
Remove bolts and self-locking nuts securing seals (12), insulations (11) and retaining
plates (18) to rear fireseal mount ring.
(4)
Remove bolts and self-locking nuts securing seals (14) and retaining plates (13) to
center fireseal mount ring.
(5)
Withdraw front elbow (5) from short tube (2) and front tubes (7). Remove preformed
packing (3) and sleeve seal (4) from elbow.
72-00-00
Page 103
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
A
C
3
4
VIEW B
PRESB1482
VIEW
POSTSB1217
PRESB1217
VIEW C
C8577A
Location of Oil Drain Plugs and Chip Detector
Figure 101
72-00-00
Page 104
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 101

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Chip Detector and Cover or Drain Plug (Ref. SB1217)

Strain Pin Pre-SB1482
Cotterpin Pre-SB1482
Compressor Inlet Case Drain Plug Pre-SB1482
Accessory Gearbox Drain Plug
(6)
Withdraw short transfer tube (2) from reduction gearbox, and remove two preformed
packings (1) from tube.
(7)
Withdraw front tubes (7) from coupling (8). Remove preformed packings (6) from
each tube.
(8)
Remove coupling (8) from two rear transfer tubes (10).
(9)
Remove rear tubes (10) from external scavenge pump ports, and carefully withdraw
tubes from center and rear fireseal mount rings. Remove seals, insulations and
retaining plates during withdrawal of tubes from mount rings.
(10)
Remove preformed packings (9) from rear tubes.
(11)
Disconnect coupling nut of scavenge oil hose (15) at adapter assembly on

accessory gearbox. Remove bolts and separate hose flange from accessory gearbox.
Bracket (17) supporting fuel control (PT6A-27/28 engines); will be released.
Remove preformed packing (16).
(12)
Removal of Electrical Connector from Heated Pneumatic Lines (Ref. Figs. 106 through
112)
(1)
Remove self-locking nuts, washers, and screws (1, Fig. 105) securing electrical
connector (2) to bracket (1), and withdraw connector from bracket.
(2)
Remove clamp screws (10) and separate half-clamps from bell end fitting (9).
(3)
Unscrew bell end fitting (9) from flange-mounted connector shell (6) and slide fitting
and cable sleeve (13) down electrical wires. Do not allow wires to twist while
unscrewing bell end fitting and ensure that braiding is not pulled back on wires.
(4)
Slide nylon sleeve (8) and rubber insulator (7) back over wires to expose soldered
connections between wires and pins (14).
(5)
Using suitable soldering iron, unsolder wires from pins (14).
(6)
Carefully pull wires through rubber insulator (7) and nylon sleeve (8).
(7)
Remove bell end fitting (9) and cable sleeve (13) from electrical cables (4) and (5).
(8)
Reassemble components of connector (2) to avoid loss of parts.
72-00-00
Page 105
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
INLET CASE
7
8
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
1
6
4
18
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
5
12
18
9
11
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
19
17
10
19
10
14
16
REDUCTION
GEARBOX
15
FLANGE
C
13
14
C6980A
Pressure Oil Tubes
Figure 102
72-00-00
Page 106
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 102

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
(9)
E.
Elbow
Preformed packing
Preformed packing
Seals
Retaining Plates
Rear Tube Post-SB1169
Pre-SB1169
Preformed packing
Alignment Spacers Pre-SB1169
(Not used with Post-SB1169)
Seals
Retaining Plates
Center Tube Post-SB1169
Preformed packing
Coupling
Preformed packings
Front Tube
Elbow (Front)
Preformed Packing
Insulation Plate
Insulation Plate
Compressor Delivery Air Line Installations (Ref. Figs. 106 through 112)
(1)
Remove pneumatic tubes and temperature compensator (Pre-SB1123, Alternative

Mod.) from PT6A-27/28 engine (Ref. Fig. 106):
(a) Remove self-locking nuts securing loop clamp (10), clamp and rubber grommet
(11) and electrical receptacle bracket (8) to studs on flange G. Withdraw
bracket and spacer (7) from studs. Tie spacer to bracket to prevent loss of part.
(b) Disconnect coupling nuts securing pneumatic insulated tube (27) and pneumatic
heated tube (6) to temperature compensator (15) or compensator body (14).
(c) Remove two nuts securing temperature compensator (15) or compensator body
(14) and two nuts and bolts (30) securing seal retaining plates (22), insulation
(23) and seals (24) to rear fireseal.
(d) Remove temperature compensator (15) or compensator body (14) complete
with insulation (16), (23), (25), seals (17) (24), seal retaining plates (22),
retaining plate and insulation (26).
72-00-00
Page 107
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10
11
6
4
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
C7463
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube
Figure 103
72-00-00
Page 108
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 103

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Preformed Packing
Gasket
Front Flange
Seal Retaining Plate
Pre-SB1173/Post-SB1173
Seal Retaining Plate Assembly
Seal Pre-SB1153/Post-SB1153
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring Support Bracket
Preformed Packing
Rear Flange
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Tube
PT6A-27/28 Engines (Ref. SB1153)
PT6A-21 Engines (Basic)
(e) Disconnect coupling nut securing pneumatic heated tube (6) to metered
elbow (4) or (5) on fuel control unit. Remove pneumatic heated tube (6) and
electrical cable.
(f)
Disconnect coupling nut securing pneumatic heated tube (6) to metered elbow
(4) or (5) on fuel control unit. Remove pneumatic heated tube (6) and electrical
cable.
NOTE:
Angle bracket (29) supporting ignition cable (spark ignition only) will
be released at this stage.
(g) Remove straight nipple (12) and preformed packing (13) from compensator or
compensator body.
(h) Overhaul removed parts (Ref. 73-10-07)
(2)
Remove pneumatic tubes from PT6A-27/28 (Post-SB1123, Stnd. Mod.), and all
PT6A-21 Engines: (Ref. Fig. 107)
(a) Remove self-locking nuts securing loop clamp (1), loop clamp and rubber
grommet (12) and electrical receptacle bracket to studs on flange G.
Withdraw bracket and spacer from studs. Tie spacer to bracket to prevent loss
of part.
(b) Remove self-locking nut and bolt securing loop clamp (9) to angle bracket (10).
(c) Remove two self-locking nuts and bolts, at rear fireseal mount ring securing
seal retaining plates (3) and (6), insulations (4), seals (5) and angle bracket
(10). Remove seal retaining plate (6) (Post-SB1162).
72-00-00
Page 109
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C
16
17
15
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
10
12
13
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
11
B
14
4
5
6
1
8
7
6
2
C7464
External Scavenge Oil Tubes
Figure 104
72-00-00
Page 110
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 104

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Preformed Packing
Transfer Tube
Preformed Packing
Sleeve Seal
Front Scavenge Oil Transfer Elbow
Preformed Packing
Front Transfer Tube
External Scavenge Oil Transfer Coupling
Preformed Packing
Rear Transfer Tubes
Insulation
Seals
Retaining Plates
Seals
Scavenge Oil Hose
Preformed Packing
Bracket (Support Starting Flow Control)
(PT6A-27/28 Engines)
(d) Disconnect coupling nut of pneumatic heated tube (11) at fuel control unit elbow.
Remove two bolts and separate tube flange and gasket (8) from gas generator
case.
NOTE:
Angle bracket supporting ignition cable (spark ignition only) will be

released at this stage.
(e) Remove seal retaining plate (3), insulations (4) and seals (5) from tube (11).
(f)
Withdraw tube assembly (11) and cable (2) from slot in rear fireseal mount ring.

(3)
Remove pneumatic tubes and air filter from PT6A-27/28 (Post-SB1205) engines, as
follows: (Ref. Fig. 108).
(a) Remove self-locking nuts securing loop clamp (1), loop clamp and rubber
grommet (14) and electrical receptacle bracket to studs on flange G.
Withdraw bracket and spacer from studs. Tie spacer to bracket to prevent loss
of part.
(b) Disconnect coupling nuts of pneumatic heated tube (3) at fuel control unit
elbow and air filter (6), and remove tube with cable (2).
(c) Remove two self-locking nuts and bolts at rear fireseal mount ring, and release
seal retaining plates (7) and (10), insulations (8) and seals (9). Remove seal
retaining plate (10) (Post-SB1162).
72-00-00
Page 111
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REAR FIRESEAL
2
1
B
FLANGE
A
FLANGE
FOR ENGINE/S.B. APPLICABILITY REFER TO TABLE 101 OR 501
12
11
ELECTRICAL SCHEMATIC
11
6
16
4
12
14
10
13
VIEW ON ARROW B
EXPLODED
C10413
Electrical Connector for Heated Pneumatic Lines
Figure 105 (Sheet 1 of 2)
72-00-00
Page 112
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 105

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Screw
Bracket
Electrical Connector
Governor Pneumatic Heated Tube Electrical Cable
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Tube Electrical
Cable (Sheet 1)
Cable and
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Center Tube
Electrical Cable (Sheet 2)
Connector Shell
Rubber Insulator
Nylon Sleeve
Bell-end Fitting
Clamp Screw
Element in Governor Pneumatic Heated Tube
Element in Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Hose
Cable Sleeve
Pins
Element in Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Center
Tube
Loop Clamp and Rubber Grommet
72-00-00
Page 113
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REAR FIRESEAL
3
2
1
4
A
FLANGE
G
DETAIL
FLANGE
15
12
11
15
12
6
16
10
5
11
14
13
EXPLODED VIEW ON ARROW
C8495C
Electrical Connector for Heated Pneumatic Lines
Figure 105 (Sheet 2)
72-00-00
Page 114
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(d) Disconnect coupling nut of pneumatic insulated tube (13) at forward end of air
filter (6). Remove two bolts and separate tube flange and gasket (12) from gas
generator case.
NOTE:
be released at this stage.
(e) Withdraw tube assembly (13) from slot in rear fireseal mount ring and remove
seal retaining plates (7) insulations (8) and seals (9).
(f)
Remove two self-locking nuts securing support bracket (5) to studs on flange G
and remove bracket (5) and air filter (6). Remove two self-locking nuts securing
support bracket (5) to studs on flange G and remove bracket (5) and air filter
(6).
(g) Remove locknut (4) securing air filter (6) to support bracket (5) and remove air
filter.
(h) Overhaul removed parts (Ref. 73-10-07).
TABLE 101, Engine/Service Bulletin Applicability
Engine Model
PT6A-21
PT6A-27
PT6A-28
(4)
Service Bulletin No.
Fig. No.
Sheet No.
Pre-SB1330
105
Post-SB1330
105
Pre-SB1123
105
Post-SB1123
105
Post-SB1205
105
Post-SB1330
105
Post-SB1343
105
Post-SB1378
105
Post-SB1448
105
Pre-SB1123
105
Post-SB1123
105
Post-SB1205
105
Post-SB1290
105
Post-SB1314
105
Post-SB1330
105
Post-SB1343
105
Post-SB1448
105
Remove pneumatic tubes and bowl-type filter from PT6A-28 (Post-SB1290)

engines: (Ref. Fig. 109)
72-00-00
Page 115
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
14
SB1123 ALTERNATIVE MOD.
ACCESSORY GEARBOX FLANGE

8
17
16
9
1
11
3
4
15
10
12
13
PRESB1123 REAR FIRESEAL
FUEL CONTROL UNIT

ELBOW ASSEMBLY
18
19
24
20
21
22
23
GAS GENERATOR CASE

28
29
27
26
25
30
24
23
22
PT6A-27/28 Engines (Pre-SB1123/Post-SB1123, Alternative Mod)
C8484A
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Tube

Figure 106
72-00-00
Page 116
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 106

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Preformed Packing
Back-up Ring
Locknut
Elbow (Pre-SB1123)
Metered Elbow (Post-SB1123, Alternative Mod.)
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Tube
Spacer
Electrical Receptacle Bracket
Electrical Receptacle
Loop Clamp
Straight Nipple
Preformed Packing
Compensator Body
(Post-SB1123, Alternative Mod)
Temperature Compensator
(Pre-SB1123)
Insulation
Seal
Preformed packing
Back-up Ring
Locknut
Elbow
Retaining Plate
Insulation
Seal
Insulation
Retaining Plate and Insulation
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Insulated Tube
Gasket
Angle Bracket (Engines with spark igniters only)
Bolt 0.190-32 UNJF x 0.625 inch. - Alternative: Bolt
0.190-32 IUNJF x 0.750 inch (Ref. IPC).
(a) Remove self-locking nuts (5) securing loop clamp (7) and electrical
receptacle bracket (6) to studs on flange G; withdraw spacer and bracket from
studs and tie spacer to bracket to avoid loss of part.
72-00-00
Page 117
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
GOVERNOR AIR PRESSURE

HEATED TUBE ELECTRICAL CABLE
ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE BRACKET
5
3
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
12
FUEL CONTROL
UNIT ELBOW
ASSY.
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
9
11
10
FLANGE
PT6A-27/28 Engines (Post-SB1123, Stnd Mod) and all PT6A-21 Engines
C7466A
Compressor Delivery Air Line Installation

Figure 107
72-00-00
Page 118
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 107

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Loop Clamp
Cable
Insulation
Seal
Angle Bracket (engines with spark ignition only)
Gasket
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
(b) Remove one self-locking nut and bolt (9) to release and remove loop clamp and
rubber grommet (8) from P3 air filter (15).
NOTE:
As the lower clamp may be relocated to stud on flange G to avoid

chafing on airframe controls, reference should bemade to SB1290 for
alternative clamping positions.
(c) Disconnect heated tube (16) (Pre-SB1314or Post-SB1314) coupling nuts from
FCU elbow (17) and P3 air filter (15) elbow; remove tube with cable (2).
(d) Disconnect coupling nut of insulated tube (12) from heated air pressure tube
(1) (Pre-SB1314or Post-SB1314) at plate (10).
(e) Remove two bolts and separate tube (12) flange with gasket (13) from gas
generator case and remove tube.
NOTE:
(f)
be released when flange bolts are removed.
Disconnect heated air pressure tube (1) (Pre-SB1314 or Post-SB1314) from

elbow on P3 air filter (5); remove locknut (11) from other end at plate (10) and
withdraw tube assembly together with cable (3).
(g) Remove remaining self-locking nut, washer and bolt (9) and separate P3 air
filter (15) from bracket (4).
(h) Remove two self-locking nuts and bracket (4), and two self-locking nuts, bolts
and plate (10).
(i)
(5)
Remove pneumatic tubes and bowl-type filter PT6A-21/-27/-28 engines

(Post-SB1330/Post-SB1378), as follows (Ref. Fig. 110):
72-00-00
Page 119
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ELECTRICAL RECEPTACLE
BRACKET
9
10
GOVERNOR AIR PRESSURE HEATED

TUBE ELECTRICAL CABLE
1
7
2
14
FUEL CONTROL
UNIT ELBOW ASSEMBLY
6
5
4
FLANGE
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
3
12
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
11
13
PT6A-27/28 Engines (Post-SB1205)
C8508

Figure 108
72-00-00
Page 120
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 108

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Loop Clamp
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated
Tube Electrical Cable
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic
Heated Tube
Locknut
Support Bracket
Air Filter
Insulation
Seal
Gasket
Compressor Delivery Insulated Tube
(a) Remove self-locking nut and bolt (19) to release loop clamp and rubber grommet
from angle bracket (17) (Post-SB1330). Remove loop clamp and rubber
grommet.
(b) Disconnect tube (15) coupling nuts from FCU elbow (16) and P3 air filter (14)
elbow; remove tube with cable (3).
(c) Disconnect tube (11) coupling nut from tube (1) at plate (9).
(d) Remove two bolts and separate tube (11) flange with gasket (12) from gas
NOTE:
(e) Disconnect heated center tube (1) from elbow on P3 air filter (14); remove
locknut (10) from other end at plate (9) and withdraw tube assembly together
with cable (2).
(f)
Remove self-locking nuts, bolts (8), angle bracket (17) and washer
(Post-SB1583engines, remove self-locking nuts, washers, bolts (23), angle
bracket and washers). Separate P3 air filter (14) from bracket (4).
(g) Remove self-locking nuts (5) securing electrical receptacle bracket (6) and P3
air filter bracket (4) to studs on flange G; withdraw spacers (18) and (20) and
brackets from studs. To avoid loss tie spacer to bracket (6).
72-00-00
Page 121
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
BRACKET
6
HEATED TUBE ELECTRICAL
CABLE
4
8
9
10
11
5
2
1
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
ELBOW ASSEMBLY
15
17
12
16
13
14
IGNITION CABLE
PT6A-28 Engines (Post-SB1290)
C8485

Figure 109
72-00-00
Page 122
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 109

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
(6)
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Air Pressure Tube

Assembly
(Post-SB1290/Pre-SB1314),
(Post-SB1314)
Electrical Cable
Electrical Cable
Bracket
Nut
Loop Clamp
Bolt
Plate
Locknut
Gasket
Angle Bracket (engine with spark ignition only)
P3 Air Filter
Compressor Delivery Heated Air Pressure Tube Assembly
(Post-SB1290/Pre-SB1314),
(Post-SB1314)
Elbow
Remove pneumatic tubes and bowl type filter PT6A-27/28 engines

(Post-SB1343): (Ref. Fig. 111).
(a) Remove self-locking nuts (6) securing loop clamp (3) and electrical receptacle
bracket (7) to studs on flange G; withdraw spacer and bracket from studs and
tie spacer to bracket to avoid loss of part.
(b) Remove one self-locking nut, bolt (17) and washer (Post-SB1583 engines,
remove one self-locking nut, Tee bolt (21) and two washers) to release and
remove loop clamp and rubber grommet (16) from P3 air filter (18).
(c) Disconnect heated hose (19) from FCU elbow (20) and P3 air filter (18);
remove tube with cable (2).
(d) Disconnect insulated tube (10) coupling nut from tube (1) at plate (15).
(e) Remove two bolts (12) and separate tube (10) flange with gasket (11) from gas
NOTE:
72-00-00
Page 123
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(f)
Disconnect insulated center tube (1) from elbow on P3 air filter (18); remove
locknut (14) from other end at plate (15) and withdraw tube.
(g) Remove remaining self-locking nut, washer and bolt (17) (Post-SB1583
engines, remove remaining self-locking nut, Tee bolt (21) and two washers).
Separate P3 air filter (18) from bracket (4).
(h) Remove self-locking nuts (8), bolts (9) and plate (15) and self-locking nuts,
bracket (4) and spacers (5), tie spacers to bracket to avoid loss.
(i)
(7)
Remove pneumatic hoses, tube and bowl type filter from PT6A-27/-28 engines
(Post-SB1448), as follows (Ref. Fig. 112):
(a) With electrical cables (14 and 15) disconnected (Ref. Para. D. preceding),
disconnect rear heated hose assembly (16) from FCU elbow (17) and P3
filter assembly (4) outer elbow (18).
(b) Disconnect center heated hose assembly from elbow (12) on rear fireseal and
P3 filter assembly (4) inner elbow (19).
(c) Loosen coupling nut on insulated tube (6) at rear fireseal mount ring and
remove bolts (8) on flange end mounted to gas generator case boss. Disconnect
coupling nut, remove tube and gasket (7). Discard gasket.
(d) Remove self-locking nuts from bolts (3) and P3 filter assembly from bracket
assembly (1) mounted on flange G.
(e) Remove locknut (5) elbow (12) and washer (11).
(f)
Remove self-locking nuts and bolts, tube retaining plate (10) and seal retaining
plate (9).

F.
Propeller Governor Pneumatic Tubes (Ref. Fig. 113)

(1)
Remove self-locking nut and loop clamp (2) from top mounting stud of fuel pump.
(2)
Remove self-locking nuts and bolts at rear fireseal mount ring, and release seal
retaining plates (5 and 8), insulations (6), and seals (7); remove slotted retaining
plate (8) (Post-SB1162).
(3)
Disconnect heated tube (4) from elbow (1) and coupling (9); withdraw tube
assembly and cable (3) from slot in rear fireseal mount ring.
(4)
Remove self-locking nut and bolt securing loop clamp (13) to angle bracket (12) at
flange C.
(5)
Disconnect coupling nuts of pneumatic front tube (11) at nipple (14) and bulkhead
coupling (9); remove tube assembly, seal retaining plates (5), insulations (6) and
seals (7).
72-00-00
Page 124
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(6)
Remove locknut (10) and separate coupling (9) from center fireseal mount ring.
(7)
G. Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-21 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 114)
(1)
Disconnect coupling nuts at each end of flexible fuel hose (2) from oil-to-fuel heater
and fuel pump. Remove tube and cap all openings.
(2)
Disconnect coupling nuts at each end of flexible fuel hose (1) from fuel pump and
fuel control unit (FCU). Remove tube and cap all openings.
(3)
For Pre-SB1471 Engines: Disconnect coupling nuts at each end of fuel tube (3)
from FCU and bulkhead coupling (6) at fuel pressure tube bracket (5). Remove
tube and cap all openings.
(4)
For Post-SB1471 Engines:

(a) Disconnect coupling nuts at each end of fuel tube (3) from FCU and tube
assembly (24) or fuel flowmeter (25) (if fitted).
(b) Remove nut (26) and bolt (27) which secures loop clamp (28) to bracket (29).
(c) Remove tube (3) and cap all openings.
(d) Separate tube assembly (24) or fuel flowmeter (25) from tube assembly (30).
H.
(5)
Remove jam nut (4) which secures fuel pressure tube bracket (5) to rear fireseal
mount ring.
(6)
Remove self-locking nuts (11) from bolts (10) at rear fireseal mount ring, and
remove fuel line seals (9), retaining plates (7) and insulation (8) from tube.
(7)
Remove self-locking nuts (19) from bolts (18) at center fireseal mount ring, and
remove fuel line seals (17), retaining plates (15) and insulation (16) from tube.
(8)
Disconnect coupling nuts at each end of fuel tube (20) from bulkhead coupling (6)
at fuel pressure tube bracket (5) and elbow fitting on flow divider valve.
(9)
Remove self-locking nut (13) and bolt (14) securing loop clamp (12) and washer
(21) to support bracket (22) at rear of fuel drain valve.
(10)
Remove nuts and bolts securing fuel line loop clamp (12) to similar loop clamp on
ignition cable and loop clamp (23) (glow plug ignition only).
(11)
Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 115)
(1)
Disconnect coupling nuts of fuel hose (6) at elbow (5) and straight nipple (7);
remove hose.
72-00-00
Page 125
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
18
A
5
14
19
20
17
4
8
POSTSB1378
14
10
TO FUEL
CONTROL
16
12
15
1
3
2
11
13
22
22
21
22
4
14
DETAIL A
POSTSB1583
23
PT6A-21/27/28 Engines (Post-SB1330/SB1378)
C79904

Figure 110
72-00-00
Page 126
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 110

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
(2)

Electrical Cable
Electrical Cable
Bracket
Nut
Bolt
Plate
Locknut
Gasket
Angle Bracket (engine with spark ignition only).
P3 Air Filter
Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Hose
Elbow
Angle Bracket (Post-SB1330)
Spacer
Bolt
Spacer
Nut
Washer
Bolt
Disconnect coupling nuts of fuel hose (9) at straight nipple (8) and elbow (10); remove
hose.
NOTE:
Item (9) is not fitted (i.e. airframe-supplied) on some PT6A-28 engine

models.
(3)
Disconnect coupling nuts of fuel bypass tube (3) at connector (1), and tee (11);
remove tube.
(4)
Disconnect fuel pressure tube (4) at adapter (2) and elbow (14), and remove tube
assembly.
(5)
Remove self-locking nuts and bolts (four places) on both center and rear fireseal
mount rings, and release seal retaining plates (15), insulations (16) and seals (17).
(6)
Remove two self-locking nuts and bolts to release backing plate (25) and loop clamps
(24) on fuel tube (20) and (21) and ignition cables.
(7)
On engines with glow plug ignition (Pre-SB1196), remove two self-locking nuts and
bolts to release loop clamps (26) on fuel tubes (20 and 21) and ignition cables.
72-00-00
Page 127
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL

7

3
6
PRESB1583
14
15
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
ELBOW ASSEMBLY
FLANGE
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
20
17
16
19
11
18
12
13
21
10
IGNITION CABLE
22
16
FLANGE
18
22
23
DETAIL A
POSTSB1583
PT6A27/-28 Engines (Post-SB1343)
C10264A

Figure 111
72-00-00
Page 128
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 111

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
I.

Electrical Cable
Loop Clamp
Bracket Assembly
Spacer
Nut
Nut
Bolt
Insulated Tube
Gasket
Bolt
Angle Bracket
Locknut
Plate
Bolt
P3 Filter Assembly
Heated Hose
Elbow
Tee Bolt
Washer
Nut
(8)
Remove two self-locking nuts, bolts and spacing washers (if fitted), to release
loop clamps (18) and (19) from support bracket attached to rear drain valve on
gas generator case.
(9)
Disconnect fuel pressure tube (20) at straight nipple (12) and elbow (22).
(10)
Withdraw tube (20) through center and rear fireseal mount rings and remove seal
retaining plates, insulations and seals.
(11)
Disconnect fuel pressure tube (21) at nipple (13) and elbow (23).
(12)
Withdraw tube through center and rear fireseal mount rings, and remove seal
retaining plates, insulations and seals.
(13)
Ignition Cables (PT6A-21 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 116)

(1)
Remove glow plug ignition cables (Pre-SB1196) (Ref. Fig. 116):
72-00-00
Page 129
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FLANGE
2
19
7
18
3
9
17
6
5
16
8
15
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
14
11
12
10
13
PT6A27-28 Engines (Post-SB1448)
C42271

Figure 112
72-00-00
Page 130
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 112

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Bracket Assembly
Bolt
P3 Air Filter Assembly
Locknut
Insulated Tube
Gasket
Bolt
Plate, Seal Retaining
Plate, Tube Retaining
Washer
Elbow
Center Heated Hose Assembly
Electrical Cable, Center Hose
Electrical Cable, Rear Hose
Rear Heated Hose Assembly
Elbow, FCU
Outer Elbow
Inner Elbow
CAUTION: WHEN UNSCREWING COUPLING NUTS, DO NOT ALLOW

BRAIDING, FERRULES OR IGNITER TO TURN AT SAME TIME.
(a) Disconnect left- and right-hand ignition cable connectors (1) from respective
glow plug and ignition regulator.
(b) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (4) to angle brackets
(2) on center fireseal mount ring (14) and integral brackets on gas generator
case (Ref. Details A and B).
(c) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing cable flanges (8) to center fireseal
mount ring (14) (Details A and B).
(d) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (9) to brackets (12)
(Ref. Detail C).
NOTE:
Self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (9) to loop clamps
(10) on fuel tubes, have been removed (Ref. Para. G.).
(e) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing cable flanges (8) to rear fireseal
mount ring (13) (Ref. Detail C).
NOTE:
Mount ring support bracket (7) has been previously removed (Ref.
Para. B., preceding).
72-00-00
Page 131
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
13
14
TO PROPELLER
GOVERNOR
12
FLANGE
11
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
4
9
10
11
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING 7
5
8
3
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
1
C7469A
Figure 113
72-00-00
Page 132
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 113

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
(f)
Elbow (on FCU)

Loop Clamp
Electrical Cable
Governor Pneumatic Tube - Heated
Insulation
Seal
Coupling
Locknut
Governor Pneumatic Tube - Front
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Straight Nipple
Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (6) to angle
brackets (5) (Detail D).
(g) Withdraw ignition cables (3) through fireseal mount rings.

(2)
Remove spark ignition cables (Post-SB1196, Pre-SB1482/Post-SB1482) : (Ref. Fig.

117)
CAUTION: WHEN UNSCREWING CABLE COUPLING NUTS, DO NOT PERMIT
BRAIDING, FERRULES OR IGNITER TO TURN AT THE SAME TIME.
(a) Disconnect right and left hand ignition cable (6) connectors from respective
spark igniter and ignition exciter.
(b) Referring to Detail A: Remove self-locking nuts and bolts, separate loop clamps
(1) and (5) from ignition cables (6) and angle brackets (2) and (3) on center
fireseal (4).
(c) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts to release cable (6) flanges from center
fireseal. Remove two brackets (3) from center fireseal.
(d) Detail B: Remove self-locking nut and bolt and separate clamps (7) and (8)
from each other and from cables (6).
(e) Detail C: Remove self-locking nut, bolt and bracket (19) and separate loop
clamp (18) from ignition cable.
NOTE:
Bolt and washer retaining bracket (19) and flange of compressor

delivery tube (17) were previously removed (Ref. Para. E.).
72-00-00
Page 133
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FUEL
CONTROL
UNIT
1
3
VIEW
A
30
27
PRESB1471
29
24
FLOW DIVIDER AND

DUMP VALVE
28
15
25
26
16
19
17
POSTSB1471
20
18
3
22
23
21
14
20
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
15
12
16
13
12
8
OILTOFUEL HEATER
11
10
7
8
9
FUEL
PUMP
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
6
VIEW
5
4
C7922C
PT6A-21 Engines
Removal of Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses
Figure 114
72-00-00
Page 134
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 114

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
(f)
Fuel Hose (Fuel Pump -FCU)

Fuel Hose (Fuel Heater - Fuel Pump)
Fuel Tube
Jam Nut
Bracket
Coupling
Retaining Plate
Insulation
Seal
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Loop Clamp
Self-locking Nut
Bolt
Retaining Plate
Insulation
Seal
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Fuel Tube
Washer(s) (two max)
Support Bracket
Loop Clamp (glow plug ignition only)
Tube Assembly (Post-SB1471)
Fuel Flowmeter (Airframe Supplied) (Post-SB1471)
Nut (Post-SB1471)
Bolt (Post-SB1471)
Loop Clamp (Post-SB1471)
Bracket (Post-SB1471)
Detail D, Pre-SB1482): Remove self-locking nuts and bolts and separate

loop clamps (10) and (13) from brackets (11) and (15) at front of rear fireseal
mount ring (14). Remove clamps from cables (6).
(g) Remove self-locking nut and bolt. Separate loop clamp (9) from ignition cable
(6) and bracket (22) on air inlet screen bolting flange. As nut and bolt were
previously removed (Ref. Para. G.), separate loop clamp (16) from ignition cable
(6).
NOTE:
Bracket (12) was previously removed (Ref. Para. B.).
72-00-00
Page 135
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
OILTOFUEL HEATER
FCU
7
FUEL PUMP
FUEL
PUMP
10
2
11
13
3
4
17
16
12
15
14
15
16
17
STARTING CONTROL
FUEL MANIFOLD
INLET ADAPTER
ASSEMBLY
CENTER FIRESEAL
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RINGS
20
DETAIL A
TYP. 4 PLACES
TUBE SEALING
18
22
19
23
A
21
A
B
25
19
26
R/H IGNITION CABLE

19
21
24
20
18
24
25
26
18
PT6A27/28 ENGINES
(PRESB1196)
L/H IGNITION CABLE

VIEW B
PT6A27/28 ENGINES (POSTSB1196)
C8486
PT6A-27/-28 Engines
Removal of Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses
Figure 115
72-00-00
Page 136
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(h) Detail E, Post-SB1482: Remove bolt and nut and separate loop clamp (16)
from clamp on rear fuel pressure tube (20). Remove clamps.
(i)
Remove bolt and nut and separate loop clamp (9) from bracket (22).
(j)
Remove bolt, nut, bracket (22) and washer from bracket (21).
(k) Detail F, Post-SB1482: Rremove self-locking nuts and bolts and separate loop
clamps (10, 13) from brackets (11, 15) at rear fireseal mount ring (14). Remove
clamps from cables (6).
(l)
Withdraw both cables (6) through fireseal mount rings.
(m) Overhaul removed parts (Ref. 74-20-00).

J.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) (Ref. Figs. 118 and 119)

(1)
Remove glow plug ignition cable (Pre-SB1196) (Ref. Fig. 118):

BRAIDING, FERRULES OR GLOW PLUG TO TURN AT SAME TIME.
(a) Disconnect left- and right-hand ignition cables (2) and (3) from respective glow
plug (1) and ignition regulator.
(b) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (4) to angle brackets
(5) on center fireseal mount ring, and integral brackets (6) on gas generator
case (Ref. Detail A).
(c) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing cable flanges (7) to center fireseal
mount ring (Ref. Detail B).
NOTE: 1. Self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (8) to loop clamps
(9) on fuel tubes have been removed previously (Ref. Para. G.).
NOTE: 2. Self-locking nuts, bolts and backplate (11) securing loop clamps (10)
and (12) to loop clamps (13) on fuel tubes have been removed
previously (Ref. Para. G. and Detail D, Fig. 118).
(d) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing cable flanges (14) to rear fireseal
mount ring (Ref. Detail E).
NOTE:
Mount ring support bracket (15) has been removed previously (Ref.
Para. B.).
(e) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (17) and (18) to angle
brackets (16) at flange E (Ref. Detail F).
(f)
Withdraw ignition cables (2) and (3) through fireseal mount rings.

(2)
Remove spark ignition cables (Post-SB1196), (Ref. Fig. 119)
72-00-00
Page 137
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
DETAIL
DETAIL
2
1
1
4
3
14
3
5
13
14
9
10
12
14
11
3
13
10
4
8
9
DETAIL
DETAIL
PT6A-21 Engnes (Pre-SB1196)
C8489
Removal of Ignition Cables

Figure 116
72-00-00
Page 138
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 116

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Connector
Bracket
Ignition Cable
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Mount Ring Support Bracket
Cable Flanges
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Fuel Line Support Bracket
Bracket
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring
Center Fireseal Mount Ring

BRAIDING, FERRULES OR IGNITER TO TURN AT SAME TIME.
(a) Disconnect left and right-hand ignition cables (2) and (3) from respective spark
igniter (1) and ignition exciter.
(b) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts and separate loop clamps (4), angle
brackets (5) and (6), from integral brackets (7) on gas generator case (Ref. Detail
A).
(c) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (9) to angle brackets
(8) (Ref. Detail B).
(d) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing cable flanges (10) and angle
brackets (8) to center fireseal mount ring.
(e) Remove self-locking nut and bolt securing loop clamp (11) to angle bracket
(12).
NOTE: 1. Bolt and washer securing angle bracket (12) to flange of compressor
delivery pneumatic tube at gas generator case have been removed
previously (Ref. Para. E. and Detail C, Fig. 119).
NOTE: 2. Self-locking nuts, bolts and lockplate (14) securing loop clamps (13)
and (15) to loop clamps (16) on fuel tubes have been removed
previously (Ref. Para. G. and Detail D, Fig. 119).
(f)
Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing loop clamps (17 and 19) to angle
brackets (20) (Ref. Detail E).
72-00-00
Page 139
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
4
DETAIL
DETAIL
A
5
B
POSTSB1337
ALTERNATIVE
LOCATION
D
C
A
PRESB1482 CONFIGURATION SHOWN
10
11
12
13
18
17
19
14
22
15
16
DETAIL
DETAIL
C8490C

72-00-00
Page 140
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 117

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Ignition Cables
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Insulated Tube
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Rear Fuel Pressure Tube (Ref)
Bracket
Bracket
72-00-00
Page 141
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
POSTSB1482
15
20
22
10
21
13
11
16
14
DETAIL E
DETAIL F
C22988A

72-00-00
Page 142
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(g) Remove self-locking nuts and bolts securing cable flanges (18) and angle
brackets (20) to rear fireseal mount ring (Ref. Detail E).
NOTE:
Mount ring support bracket (21) has been removed previously (Ref.
Para. B.).
(h) Remove self-locking nut and bolt securing loop clamp (22) to loop clamp (23)
on igniter cables (Ref. Detail F).
K.
L.
(i)
Withdraw ignition cables (2 and 3) through fireseal mount rings.
(j)
Interconnect Linkage Group - Rear (Ref. Fig. 120)

(1)
Remove cotterpins (5), castellated nuts (15), washers (14) and bolts (7) securing
rod assembly (16) to fuel control unit arm (18) and fuel control lever (29) (Ref.
View A and B.) Note and record position of bolt (7) in hole of fuel control lever.
(2)
On PT6A-27/28 engines, remove upper and lower cotterpins (5), castellated nuts
(15), washers (14), spacer sleeves (20), (24) and (25) plus bolts (21), and separate
upper and lower interconnect rod assembly (23) from FCU control lever (19) and
start control lever (26)
(3)
Remove cotterpin (5) and washer (6) and separate pin (9) from rear push-pull
control rod end clevis (10) and propeller control cam (8). Note and record
position of pin in hole of control cam.
(4)
Remove bolt (2) securing angle bracket (1) to control lever mounting bracket (4).
(5)
Remove two bolts (3) securing angle bracket (1) and flange cover (12) to accessory
gearbox housing; separate bracket and temporarily reinstall bolts (3) to retain cover.
(6)
Remove two self-locking nuts (13) and separate control lever mounting bracket (4)
from flange G; temporarily reinstall nuts (13) to prevent loss of parts.
(7)
Overhaul parts (Ref. 76-10-00).
Interconnect Linkage Group - Front (Ref. Fig. 121)

(1)
Remove cotterpin (8), washer (2) and pin (13) securing propeller lever (15) to Beta
valve plunger (14) (Ref. Detail C).
(2)
Remove cotterpin (8), castellated nut (1) and bolt (12), and separate push-pull
control rod (10) from lever (15) (Ref. Detail B).
(3)
Remove lever (15) and separate sleeve spacer (11) and sleeve bushing (16) (Ref.
Details B and C). Retain spacer and bushing with lever.
(4)
Remove cotterpin (8), castellated nut (1) and washers (2) securing forward rod end
connector (3) of rod assembly (7) to wire rope clamp (9) (Ref.Detail A).
72-00-00
Page 143
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
DETAIL
DETAIL
17
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
4
5
DETAIL
DETAIL
18
16
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
DETAIL
7
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
FUEL TUBES
B
A
IGNITION
REGULATOR
A
C
FLANGE
3
10
11
12
14
15
13
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
FUEL TUBES
14
DETAIL
DETAIL
PT6A-27/-28 Engines (Pre-SB1196)
C8487

Figure 118
72-00-00
Page 144
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 118

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Glow Plug
Ignition Cable (L.H.)
Ignition Cable (R.H.)
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Bracket
Cable Flange
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Backplate
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Cable Flange
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
(5)
Remove cotterpin (8), castellated nut (1), washer (2) and bolt (5) securing rear
rod end connector (3) of rod assembly (7) to propelelr governor air bleed link (4)
(Ref. Detail A); remove rod.
(6)
Remove two self-locking nuts (18) and washers (19) and separate guide pin
bracket (17) from propeller thrust bearing cover (Ref. Detail D). Temporarily install
washers and nuts to prevent loss of parts.
(7)
M. Interconnect Linkage Group - Push-pull Control (Ref. Fig. 122)

(1)
Slacken self-locking nut (15) securing wire rope clamp (1) and unscrew wire rope
terminal assembly (2) from wire rope (5) (Ref. Detail D).
(2)
Unscrew casing nut (6) from casing swivel joint (3).
(3)
Slacken rear nut (4) securing casing swivel joint (3) to rea fireseal mount ring.
Unscrew and remove swivel joint and nuts from mount ring and bracket (28).
(4)
Remove self-locking nut (15), bolt (17) and spacer (9), and separate loop clamp (8)
from loop clamp (10) on T5 trim wiring harness (11) (Ref. Detail C). Place parts
removed in a plastic bag and secure to harness for subsequent overhaul (Ref.
77-20-01).
(5)
Remove self-locking nut (15), washer (16) and bolt (17), and separate loop clamp
(8) from angle bracket (18) forward of center fireseal mount ring.
72-00-00
Page 145
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
DETAIL
DETAIL
4
DETAIL
11
10
12
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
7
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
1
PT6A28
POSTSB1337
ALTERNATIVE
LOCATION
G
A
DETAIL
D E F
B C
A
3
1
IGNITION
EXCITER
14
13
DETAIL
18
15
17
22
16
21
20
19
FUEL TUBES
DETAIL
18
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
23
20
DETAIL
DETAIL
PT6A-27/-28 Engines (Post-SB1196)
C8488A

Figure 119
72-00-00
Page 146
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 119

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
(6)
Spark Igniter
Igniter Cable (L.H.)
Ignition Cable (R.H.)
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Angle Bracket
Bracket
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Cable Flange
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Bookplate
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Cable Flange
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Remove two self-locking nuts (15) and bolts (17) securing seal retaining plates
(12), insulation (13), seals (14) and bracket (18) to center fireseal mount ring.
Remove insulation, seals and bracket.
NOTE:
Retaining plates will be removed at a later stage.
(7)
Remove self-locking nut (15) and bolt (17) and separate loop clamp (8) from angle
bracket (25) at flange C (Ref. Detail B). Remove self-locking nut (27) and D-head
bolt Pre-SB1528 or tee bolt Post-SB1528 (26) and separate bracket from flange C.
Temporarily install D-head bolt and nut to flange C to prevent loss of parts.
(8)
Slacken self-locking nut (15) securing wire rope clamp (19) and unscrew wire rope
terminal assembly (20) from wire rope (5) (Ref. Detail A).
NOTE:
Wire rope terminal assembly will remain in place inside adjuster and
swivel joint assembly.
CAUTION: WHEN UNSCREWING CASING NUT, DO NOT ALLOW CASING TO

TURN.
(9)
Unscrew casing nut (6) from adjuster and swivel joint assembly (21) (Ref. Detail A).
72-00-00
Page 147
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
29
8
29
11
10
5
6
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
15
14
3
17
2
12 FLANGE
13
23
1
VIEW
18
15
5
5
16
14
18
17
16
PT6A27/28 ENGINES
19
5
15
14
28
29
8
20
21
22
VIEW B
A
5
15
14
23
22
16
27
26
25
17
VIEW C
PT6A21 ENGINES
24
21
18
C11796
Interconnect Linkage Group - Rear
Figure 120
72-00-00
Page 148
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 120

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Angle Bracket
Bolt
Bolt
Control Lever Mounting Bracket
Cotterpin
Washer
Bolt
Propeller Control Cam
Pin
Push-pull Rod End Clevis
Push-pull Wire Rope Clevis
Flange Cover
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Castellated Nut
Rod Assembly
Fuel Control Arm Extension
Fuel Control Unit Arm
FCU Lever Assembly
Spacer Sleeve (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Bolt (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Jam Nut (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Upper and Lower Rod Assembly (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Starting Control Lever (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Starting Control (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Fuel Control Unit (FCU - Typical) (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Fuel Control lever
(10)
Unscrew nut (4) from adjuster and swivel joint assembly (21) and remove
assembly from mounting bracket (23).
(11)
Remove two self-locking nuts (15) and bolts (24) and separate retaining plate (22)
from bracket (23).
(12)
Withdraw casing and rope assembly forward through center fireseal mount ring,
removing nuts (4) and seal retaining plate (12).
(13)
Securely tape casing and rope assembly to a stiff board for protection. Retain parts
such as nuts, washers and bolts etc. in a bag.
(14)
72-00-00
Page 149
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10
15
A
B
AIRBLEED
LINK
14
D
15
THRUST
BEARING
COVER
1
17
18
9
10
12
DETAIL D
11
1
8
DETAIL B
6
13
DETAIL
16
DETAIL
4
3
2
14
1
8
17
15
C9450A
Interconnect Linkage Group - Front
Figure 121
72-00-00
Page 150
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 121

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Castellated Nut
Washer
Rod End Connector
Propeller Governor Air Bleed Link
Bolt
Nut
Rod Assembly
Cotterpin
Wire Rope Clamp
Push-pull Control Rod
Sleeve Spacer
Bolt
Pin
Beta Valve Plunger
Propeller Lever
Sleeve Bushing
Guide Pin Bracket
Self-locking Nut
Washer
72-00-00
Page 151
Nov 30/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
15
25
17
POSTSB1528
FLANGE
REAR FIRESEAL
D
B
28
4
3
2
1
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
SUPPORT BRACKET
11
C
15
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
10
8
26 27
12
16
DETAIL
17
15
15
5
DETAIL
FLANGE
15
17
17
25
15
17
DETAIL
C
6
17
13
14
13
12
PRESB1528
18
19
29
4
5
15
20
21
15
22
7
23
24
DETAIL
A
C9445E
Interconnect Linkage Group - Push-pull Control

Figure 122
72-00-00
Page 152
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 122

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Wire Rope Clamp

Wire Rope Terminal Assembly
Casing Swivel Joint
Nut
Wire Rope
Casing Nut
Flexible Shaft (Wire Rope) Casing
Loop Clamp
Spacer
Loop Clamp (Ref)
T5 Trim Wiring Harness (Ref)
Insulation
Seal
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Bolt
Bracket
Wire Rope Clamp
Adjuster and Swivel Joint Assembly
Retaining Plate
Engine Lifting Bracket
Bolt
Bracket
D-head Bolt (Pre-SB1528)
Tee Bolt (Post-SB1528)
Self-locking Nut
Bracket
Spacer
72-00-00
Page 153/154
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
A.
Personnel disassembling the engine or modules should read the Introduction Sections of
this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul procedures (Ref.
INTRODUCTION, Outline of Overhaul Procedures).
B.
When the engine is received for overhaul, remove the air inlet screen and inspect first
stage of compressor rotor for foreign object damage (FOD). Inspect engine for external
damage, burning, corrosion, and signs of leakage. Record all observations made at
this inspection for reference during disassembly of engine, taking special notice of any
discrepancy that might not be apparent after cleaning. Tag all affected parts to identify
nature of fault. After removal from engine, submit affected parts to detailed inspection
before cleaning.
C.
correctly fitted. Loose or unattached components usually indicate that they have been
replaced because of previous unserviceability. Record all discrepancies and check against
data sheets received with engine for information relating to unserviceabilities
D.
may be repeated in areas where such parts support more than one component.
E.
Disassembly is divided into three sections: DISASSEMBLY-1 through DISASSEMBLY-3.

Unscheduled removal of the power section from gas generator assembly is found in
DISASSEMBLY-3.
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY-1: EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY-2: ACCESSORY COMPONENTS
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR SUBASSEMBLIES
F.
Seal all openings as soon as possible after removal of external parts and accessory
units. Place each component in a separate polyethylene bag or dust-proof container,
and store on suitable racks until required for overhaul. Segregate parts during storage to
prevent impact damage.
G. When an engine is separated at the bolting flanges, install major assemblies in

appropriate stands, cover with plastic sheeting and seal to prevent ingress of moisture
and foreign material.
H.
To prevent damaging seal grooves and lands, use plastic spatulas for removing
preformed packings. Damage in these areas can cause leaks due to improper seating.
I.
Discard all preformed packings, tabwashers, cotterpins and gaskets immediately after
removal, to prevent possible reuse.
72-00-00
Page 101
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
2.
Not Applicable
3.
Special Tools
4.
Tool No.
Name
PWC30114-09
PWC30114-16
PWC30328
PWC30518
PWC30556
DELETED
Wrench
Wrench
Puller
Puller
Puller

Not Applicable
5.
Removal of Accessories
A.
Remove Propeller Governor (Ref. Fig. 101)

(1)
Remove four self-locking nuts (4) and washers (5) using wrench (PWC30114-09) or
(PWC30114-16), as required.
(2)
Separate propeller governor (1) from mounting pad (7), remove and discard gasket
(6).
(3)
Remove straight nipple (3), and discard preformed packing (2).

NOTE:
(4)
B.
Record part and serial number of propeller governor to ensure correct

governor is installed at Final Assembly.
Overhaul propeller governor (Ref. 61-20-00).
Remove Oil-To-Fuel Heater (Ref. Fig. 102)

(1)
Remove oil tube assembly (9) from elbow (7) on oil-to-fuel heater (8) and elbow
(10) on adapter (15) of check valve assembly.
(2)
Remove bolts and retaining plate (3) from oil return adapter (1).
(3)
Remove self-locking nuts and washers securing oil-to-fuel heater (8) to studs at
flange G.
(4)
Withdraw oil-to-fuel heater and check valve assembly (4) from studs at flange G
and adapter (1) on compressor inlet case.
72-00-00
Page 102
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C.
D.
(5)
Withdraw check valve assembly from port in oil-to-fuel heater. Remove and discard
preformed packings (2 and 5).
(6)
Overhaul check valve assembly, oil-to-fuel heater and attaching parts (Ref.
73-10-01).
Remove Check Valve (minimum pressurizing) (Ref. Fig. 102)

(1)
Loosen nut (11) and remove elbow (10) from adapter (15) on compressor inlet
case. Remove preformed packing (13) and back-up ring (12).
(2)
Remove bolts, and separate mount ring support bracket (14) and adapter (15) from
compressor inlet case.
(3)
Withdraw adapter (15) from compressor inlet case, and remove preformed packing
(16).
(4)
Remove retaining ring (17) from check valve sleeve (22), and withdraw check valve
spring seat (18), valve spring (20) and check valve (21) from check valve sleeve
(22). Remove preformed packing (19) from spring seat.
(5)
Withdraw check valve housing (24) and check valve sleeve (22) from compressor
inlet case using puller (PWC30518).
(6)
Withdraw check valve sleeve (22) from check valve housing (24). Remove
preformed packings (25) and (26) from housing and preformed packing (23) from
sleeve.
(7)
Remove FCU (PT6A-21 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 103)

(1)
For disconnection of fuel inlet hose, fuel pressure line, Py air pressure tube and
propeller reversing linkage controls, refer to preceding paragraphs. Remove FCU
(Ref. Fig. 103).
NOTE:
It may be more convenient to remove FCU and fuel pump together and
separate units on a bench.
(a) Support fuel control unit (1) and remove four self-locking nuts (2) and washers
(3).
(b) Withdraw unit from studs on fuel pump (6), and remove and discard splined
coupling (5).
(c) Remove preformed packing (7) from recess on face of fuel pump (6).
(d) Do not remove fuel control arm (9), extension (8) and serrated spacer (4) from
fuel control unit at this stage.
(e) Overhaul fuel control unit and associated parts (Ref. 73-20-00).
72-00-00
Page 103
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
C7199
Propeller Governor
Figure 101
72-00-00
Page 104
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 101

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
Propeller Governor (Typical)

Preformed Packing
Straight Nipple
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Gasket
Reduction Gearbox Mounting Pad
Remove FCU (PT6A-27/28 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 104)

(1)
For disconnection of fuel inlet flexible hose, fuel pressure line, Py air pressure tube,
P3 air pressure tube and propeller reversing linkage control rod, refer to preceding
paragraphs. Remove FCU, as follows: (Ref. Fig. 104)
NOTE:
It may be more convenient to remove fuel control unit and fuel pump
together, and separate units on bench.
(a) Extract two cotterpins and remove castellated nuts (9), washers (8) and bolts
(6). Remove interconnecting rod (10) and spacers (7), (11) and (12) from fuel
control unit arm and starting control arm.
NOTE:
Items (6) thru (12) are not used on some PT6A-27 engine models.
(b) Support fuel control unit (1) and remove four self-locking nuts (2) and washers
(3).
(c) Withdraw unit from studs on fuel pump, and remove and discard splined
coupling (4).
(d) Remove preformed packing (5) from pump recess.
(e) Do not remove fuel control arm (14), extension (15) and serrated spacer (13)
from fuel control unit (1) at this stage.
(f)
Overhaul fuel control unit and associated parts (Ref. 72-20-00).
(g) Overhaul interconnect rod and associated parts (Ref. 73-10-04).

F.
Remove Fuel Pump (Ref. Fig. 105)

(1)
Support fuel pump (1), and remove self-locking nuts (2) and washers (3).
(2)
Withdraw pump from studs on accessory gearbox (5). Discard gasket (4).
(3)
Overhaul fuel pump assembly (Ref. 73-10-02).
G. Remove Starting Control (Dual Line Fuel System) (Ref. Fig. 106)
72-00-00
Page 105
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
4
COMPRESSOR INLET
CASE
10
FLANGE
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
23
17
24
18
19
25
20
26
21
22
COMPRESSOR INLET
CASE
C7477A
Oil-to-Fuel Heater and Check Valves
Figure 102
72-00-00
Page 106
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 102

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
H.
Oil Return Adapter

Preformed Packing
Retaining Plate
Oil Return Check Valve Assembly
Preformed Packing
Engine Lifting Bracket - Rear
Elbow
Oil-to-Fuel Heater
Oil Tube Assembly
Elbow
Nut
Back-up Ring
Preformed Packing
Rear Fireseal Mount-ring Support Bracket
Adapter
Preformed Packing
Retaining Ring
Check Valve Spring Seat
Preformed Packing
Valve Spring
Check Valve (minimum pressurizing)
Check Valve Sleeve
Preformed Packings
Check Valve Housing
Preformed Packing
Preformed Packing
(1)
Remove bolt (1) that secures starting control (5) to mounting bracket (2) on accessory
gearbox.
(2)
Support starting control (3), and remove self-locking nuts and washers (2).
(3)
Withdraw unit from studs on flange G.
(4)
Overhaul starting control (Ref. 73-10-04).
Remove Oil Filter Element (Ref. Fig. 107)

(1)
Remove four self-locking nuts and washers securing oil filter cover (7) to compressor
inlet case (1).
(2)
Remove cover (7) complete with stepped spacer (6) from case (1). Discard
preformed packing (5).
72-00-00
Page 107
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
6
1
9
8
C7203A
Fuel Control Unit (PT6A-21 Engines)
Figure 103
72-00-00
Page 108
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 103

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
(3)
Fuel Control Unit

Self-locking Nut
Washer
Serrated Spacer
Splined Coupling
Fuel Pump
Preformed Packing
FCU Arm Extension
Fuel Control Arm (Typical)
Using puller (PWC30556), withdraw filter element (3).

(a) Unscrew knurled nut (10) to end of thread on rod (11).
(b) Screw rod (11) into collet assembly (12), until enlarged end of rod clears collet
teeth.
(c) Install puller (9) over filter housing (8) so that end of housing rests in
counterbore of puller.
(d) Push rod inward until collet teeth engage behind inner bore of filter element
end cover.
(e) Carefully unscrew rod (11) to lock collet teeth in position.
CAUTION: DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN KNURLED NUT ON PULLER WHEN
REMOVING FILTER ELEMENT ON PT6A-27/28 (POST-SB1118) AND
ALL PT6A-21 ENGINES, AS COLLET TEETH MAY CONTACT
CENTER TUBE SUPPORT AND CAUSE DAMAGE.
(f)
Screw in knurled nut (10) to withdraw filter element (3).
(g) Remove puller (9) and element (3) from housing (8); remove element from
puller.
I.
(4)
Remove preformed packings (2 and 4) from element (3).
(5)
Oil Filter Housing Assembly (Ref. Fig. 108)

(1)
Withdraw oil filter housing assembly (3) from compressor inlet case (1) using puller
(PWC30328) as follows:
(a) Unscrew head (6) from nut (7).
(b) Pull open halves of head (6) at threaded end and insert opposite end of head
into oil filter housing (3); release head so that it engages behind shoulder of
housing.
72-00-00
Page 109
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
5
4
FUEL PUMP
13
15
10
14
STARTING FLOW
CONTROL
9
10
SHAFT EXTENSION FOR

LOCATION OF SHIPPING PLATE
12
11
6
C7478B
Fuel Control Unit (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
Figure 104
72-00-00
Page 110
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 104

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Fuel Control Unit (Typical)

Self-locking Nut
Washer
Splined Coupling
Preformed Packing
Bolt
Spacer
Washer
Castellated Nut
Interconnect Rod
Spacer
Spacer
Serrated Spacer
Fuel Control Arm
(c) Install nut (7) on head (6) to secure head in position.

(d) Operate sliding weight (8) along rod (9) to extract housing (3).
(e) Remove puller from housing (3). Discard preformed packings (2) and (5).
(2)
J.
Remove T5 Trim Wiring Harness (Ref. Fig. 109)

CAUTION: DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE PRESSURE ON LUGS WHEN REMOVING
TERMINAL BOLTS, BECAUSE INSULATION MATERIAL IS EXTREMELY
FRAGILE.
K.
(1)
Remove bolts (8 and 9) to disconnect leads from terminal posts on terminal block.
(2)
Remove self-locking nuts (7) and bolts (4).
(3)
Withdraw trim harness (3) through center fireseal mount ring.
(4)
Overhaul trim harness (Ref. 77-20-01).
Remove Ignition Regulator (Ref. Fig. 110)

(1)
Support ignition regulator (1), and remove three bolts (3) and washers (2).
(2)
Remove ignition regulator from accessory gearbox.
(3)
Overhaul ignition regulator (Ref. 74-10-00).
72-00-00
Page 111
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
2
1
C7173
Fuel Pump
Figure 105
72-00-00
Page 112
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 105

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
L.
Fuel Pump
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Gasket
Accessory Gearbox
Remove Ignition Exciter (Ref. Fig. 111)

(1)
Support ignition exciter (3), and remove self-locking nuts (5), washers (4) and bolts
(1) (Pre-SB1422). Alternatively, remove nuts (8), washers (9), bolts (12) and
sleeves (11) (Post-SB1422).
(2)
Remove ignition exciter from mounting bracket (2).

NOTE:
Mounting bracket (2) (Post-SB1337) on PT6A-21/28 engines ( Beech

Installation) has repositioned ignition exciter mounting holes (Ref. Fig.
111).
(3)
Support mounting bracket (2), and remove three bolts (6) and washers (7).
(4)
Remove mounting bracket from accessory gearbox.
(5)
Remove vibration absorber mounts (10) (Post-SB1422) from bracket (2).
(6)
72-00-00
Page 113
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FLANGE
2
5
C7479
Starting Control
Figure 106
72-00-00
Page 114
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 106

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Bolt
Mounting Bracket (Ref.)
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Starting Control
72-00-00
Page 115
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
4
8
5
6
7
1
3
9
10
11
2
8
12
C9280
Oil Filter Element Removal
Figure 107
72-00-00
Page 116
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 107

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Compressor Inlet Case

Preformed Packing
Filter Element
Preformed Packing
Preformed Packing
Stepped Spacer
Oil Filter Cover
Oil Filter Housing
Oil Filter Element Puller
Knurled Nut
Rod
Collet Assembly
72-00-00
Page 117
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
2
1
3
4
5
C9281A
Oil Filter Housing Assembly Removal
Figure 108
72-00-00
Page 118
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 108

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Performed Packing
Oil Filter Housing Assembly
Plastic Ring
Preformed Packing
Head
Nut
Weight
Rod
72-00-00
Page 119
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
2
TERMINAL BLOCK
8
10
1
6
PROPELLER REVERSING
CABLE HOUSING
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
5
C7480C
T5 Trim Wiring Harness
Figure 109
72-00-00
Page 120
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 109

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
T5 Trim Harness
Bolt
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Self-locking Nut
Bolt (Alumel Terminal)
Bolt (Chromel Terminal)
Spacer
72-00-00
Page 121
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
2
3
C7481
Ignition Regulator
Figure 110
72-00-00
Page 122
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 110

1.
2.
3.
Ignition Regulator
Washer
Bolt
72-00-00
Page 123
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
PRESB1337
PRESB1422
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
2
3
1
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
1
POSTSB1337
3
5
6
POSTSB1422
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
11
10
9
12
C8496B
Ignition Exciter Installation
Figure 111
72-00-00
Page 124
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 111

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Bolt Pre-SB1422
Mounting Bracket
Ignition Exciter
Washer Pre-SB1422
Nut Pre-SB1422
Bolt
Washer
Nut Post-SB1422
Washer Post-SB1422
Vibration Absorber Mount Post-SB1422
Flanged Sleeve Post-SB1422
Bolt Post-SB1422
72-00-00
Page 125/126
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR SUB-ASSEMBLIES

1.
General
A.
Personnel disassembling the engine or modules should read the Introduction Sections of
this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul procedures (Ref.
INTRODUCTION, Outline of Overhaul Procedures).
B.
This chapter contains overhaul procedures for a complete engine, and when applicable,
overhaul procedures for approved engine modules. Overhaul procedures for an engine
module program will be defined in Special Instructions (SIs).
C.
On receipt of an engine or gas generator module (GGM) for overhaul, remove air inlet
screen and examine for foreign object damage (FOD) in compressor rotor assembly.
Inspect externally for damage, burning, corrosion, and signs of leakage. Record all
observations made at this inspection to provide reference during disassembly of
engine; special notice is to be made of any discrepancy which might not be apparent
after cleaning. All affected parts must be tagged to identify nature of fault and, after
removal from engine, these parts subjected to detailed inspection before cleaning.
D.
correctly fitted. Loose or unattached components usually indicate that they have been
replaced because of previous unserviceability. Record all discrepancies and check against
data sheets received with engine for information relating to unserviceabilities
E.
may be repeated in areas where such parts support more than one component.
F.
Disassembly is divided into three sections: DISASSEMBLY-1 through DISASSEMBLY-3.

Unscheduled removal of the power section from gas generator assembly is found in
DISASSEMBLY-3.
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY-1: EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY-2: ACCESSORY COMPONENTS
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR SUBASSEMBLIES
G. Seal all openings as soon as possible after removal of external parts and accessory
units. Place each component in a separate polyethylene bag or dust-proof container,
and store on suitable racks until required for overhaul. Segregate parts during storage to
prevent impact damage.
H.
When engine is separated at bolting flanges, install major assemblies/modules in

appropriate stands, cover with plastic sheeting, and seal to prevent ingress of moisture
and foreign material.
I.
Use plastic spatulas when removing preformed packings to prevent possibility of scores
and scratches on seal grooves and lands; damage in these areas can produce improper
seating and result in leakage.
72-00-00
Page 101
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
J.
2.
Discard all preformed packings, tabwashers, cotterpins and gaskets immediately after
removal, to prevent possible reuse.
Not Applicable
3.
Special Tools
4.
Tool No.
Name
PWC30037
PWC30128-04
PWC30226
PWC30269
PWC30373
PWC30517
PWC30712
PWC30800
DELETED
PWC32396
Sling
Puller
Jacking Screws
Ring
Pusher/Puller
Stand
Adapter
Stand
Jackscrew

Not Applicable
5.
Removal of Fireseals
A.
Center Fireseals
(1)
Remove center fireseal as follows (Ref. Fig. 101):

(a) Remove self-locking nuts and washers (6) and bolts (7) securing top (1) and
bottom (4) center fireseal mount ring support brackets (5) to integral support
brackets (8) on gas generator case. Remove nuts, bolts and brackets (5) from
fireseal.
(b) Remove self-locking nuts (2) and bolts (3) and separate top center fireseal
mount ring and bottom center fireseal mount ring from gas generator case.
(c) Overhaul removed parts (Ref. 72-30-01).
B.
Rear Fireseal (without wash ring)

(1)
Remove fireseal from engines without compressor wash ring (Ref. Fig. 101).
(a) If necessary, remove air inlet screen (Ref. 72-20-00, DISASSEMBLY).
NOTE:
Bracket (18) and attachment nuts and bolts were previously removed.
72-00-00
Page 102
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(b) Remove two self-locking nuts (13), washers (14) and bolts (12), and separate
support bracket (15) from rear fireseal (16).
(c) Remove self-locking nuts (17) and bolts (19) from each side of upper and lower
fireseal brackets, and separate both halves of fireseal (16) and (23) from air
inlet case.
NOTE:
On Post-SB1441 engines, remove spacers (24) from between upper

and lower fireseal brackets.
(d) Overhaul rear fireseal mount ring (Ref. 72-30-02).

C.
Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring

(1)
Remove fireseal from engines with compressor wash ring installed (Ref. IPC) (Ref.
Fig. 101):
(a) Remove air inlet screen (Ref. 72-20-00, DISASSEMBLY).
NOTE:
Bracket (18) and attachment nuts and bolts were previously removed.
(b) Remove two self-locking nuts (13), washers (14) and bolts (12), and separate
(c) Remove two self-locking nuts (13), washers (14) and bolts (12), and separate
(d) Remove two self-locking nuts (17) and bolts (19) from each side of upper and
lower fireseal brackets, and separate both halves of fireseal (16) and (23) from
air inlet case.
NOTE:
On Post-SB1441 engines, remove spacers (24) from between upper

and lower fireseal brackets.
(e) Overhaul rear fireseal and wash ring (Ref. 72-30-02).

6.
Separate Engine into Major Sub-Assemblies

A.
Removal of Power Section (Ref. Fig. 102)

(1)
Place suitable oil container below propeller reduction gearbox (7), remove oil drain
plug (8) (Pre-SB1217) or magnetic chip detector (8) (Post-SB1217) and allow
residual oil to drain from gearbox.
(2)
Install power section sling (PWC30037) on propeller reduction gearbox (7).

(a) Position mounting plate of sling (1) over propeller mounting flange on reduction
gearbox (7), and engage dowels on flange with corresponding holes in plate.
(b) Secure sling (1) to propeller mounting flange with four socket-head cap screws
(17), installed from rear of mounting flange. Tighten screws and torque 700 to
770 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 103
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10
16
15
13
9
14
11
1
12
2
18
17
23
2
GAS
GENERATOR
CASE
3
IGNITION CABLES
22
8
20
19
17
4
24
19
6
3
DETAIL
C41544
Center and Rear Fireseal Mount Rings and Compressor Wash Ring
Figure 101
72-00-00
Page 104
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 101

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Center Fireseal Mount Ring (Top)

Self-locking Nut
Bolt
Center Fireseal Mount Ring (Bottom)
Support Bracket
Self-locking Nut and Washer
Bolt
Integral Support Bracket
Compressor Wash Ring (RH Tube) (optional equipment)
Cap, Tee
Tee, Wash Ring
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Upper Support Bracket
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring (Top)
Self-locking Nut
Lower Support Bracket
Bolt
Compressor Wash Ring (LH Tube) (optional equipment)
Self-locking Nut
Bolt
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring (Bottom)
Spacer (Post-SB1441)
(c) Attach hoist to lifting lug on sling (1), and take up slack on hoist to support weight
of power section.
(3)
Remove interturbine temperature thermocouple (T5) terminal block retaining bolts

and push terminal block and gasket into gas generator case.
(4)
Remove self-locking nuts (2) and bolts (4) securing exhaust duct (3) to gas
generator case (5) at flange C.
(5)
Separate and withdraw power section from gas generator case.
(6)
Install mount ring (PWC30269) and two engine stand adapters (PWC30712) on
power section.
(a) Place mount ring (9) on flange of exhaust duct. Position mount ring with set of
three holes at each side of horizontal plane, and secure with bolts (11) and
self-locking nuts (12).
(b) Secure one adapter (10) to each set of three holes in mount ring (9) with two
hexagon-head machine screws (13).
72-00-00
Page 105
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C7207
Removal of Power Section
Figure 102
72-00-00
Page 106
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 102

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
B.
Power Section Sling

Self-locking Nut
Exhaust Duct
D-head Bolts
Gas Generator Case
Engine Stand
Propeller Reduction Gearbox
Magnetic Chip Detector
Power Section Mount Ring
Engine Stand Adapter
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Hexagon-head Screw
Bolt
Washer
Nut
Socket-head Cap Screw
(7)
Lower power section into stand (PWC30800), and secure adapters (10) to
mounting disks on stand with bolts (14), washers (15) and nuts (16). Tighten nuts
securely.
(8)
Remove sling (1) from power section.
(9)
Overhaul power section (Ref. 72-01-00).
Removal of Accessory Gearbox (Ref. Fig. 103)

(1)
Remove oil drain plug (12) and allow residual oil to drain from accessory gearbox.
Reinstall oil drain plug to prevent loss of part.
(2)
Using accessory gearbox transfer tube puller (PWC30128-04), withdraw oil transfer
tube (21) from elbow boss inside accessory gearbox, and remove tube from bottom
of compressor inlet case (22). Remove and discard preformed packings (20).
(3)
Remove plug (8) from center boss in rear face of accessory gearbox and discard
preformed packing (7).
(4)
Determine location of coupling shaft lock ball, at compressor rear hub coupling, by
viewing through the hole in the center boss. Rotate compressor until notch in
washer at rear hub is at 3 oclock position. This will ensure the lock ball is at the
12 oclock position on the splined end of the rear hub; preventing the ball from
dropping out of position (Ref. Fig. 103).
72-00-00
Page 107
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
4
2
5
6
10
9
1
23
11
12
22
14
20
13
21
6
14
1
19
15
18
17
16
VIEW
C7483B
72-00-00
Page 108
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 103

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Coupling Shaft
Preformed Packing
Washer
Self-locking Nut
Accessory Gearbox Housing
Preformed Packing
Plug
Starter-generator Overboard Drain Adapter (Ref)
Drain Adapter Cap (Ref)
Preformed Packing
Accessory Gearbox Oil Drain Plug
Adapter (Engines with vacuum pump drive)
Tee (Engines without vacuum pump drive)
Diaphragm
Compressor Hub Coupling Shaft
Preformed Packing
Oil Tank Center Tube
Preformed Packing
Lock Ball
Preformed Packing
Oil Transfer Tube
Spacers
Screw
Nut
Body
72-00-00
Page 109
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
24
25
26
24
25
26
DETAIL
1
19
DETAIL A
LOCKBALL ARRANGEMENT
15
C13622
72-00-00
Page 110
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(5)
Insert threaded end of accessory gearbox driveshaft puller/pusher (PWC30373)

through center boss in rear face of accessory gearbox and screw into centerbore
of drive gearshaft connected to coupling shaft (1). Handtighten nut on puller/pusher
to remove end float.
NOTE:
(6)
Two self-locking nuts and washers securing oil-to-fuel heater, engine

lifting bracket (4) and accessory gearbox to studs on compressor inlet
case have previously been removed.
Remove remaining self-locking nut (5) and lifting bracket (4).
CAUTION: ACCESSORY GEARBOX DIAPHRAGM (14) AND HOUSING (6) ARE

SECURED TOGETHER BY FOUR COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREWS AND
SELF-LOCKING NUTS. ASSUMING THE 12 OCLOCK POSITION TO
BE NO. 1, NUTS AND SCREWS SECURING DIAPHRAGM TO HOUSING
ARE LOCATED AT POSITIONS NOS. 4, 8, 14 AND 18 VIEWED
CLOCKWISE. DO NOT REMOVE THESE FOUR NUTS.
(7)
Remove self-locking nuts (5) securing accessory gearbox to studs on compressor

inlet case (22). Remove washers (3), four spacers (PT6A-27/-28) or six spacers
(PT6A-21) (23) and three support brackets.
(8)
Install accessory gearbox jackscrews (PWC30226 or PWC32396) in four

flange-jacking inserts, located at each of the diaphragm-to-housing attachment nuts.
Carefully, separate accessory gearbox from studs on compressor inlet case (22)
by tightening on alternate jackscrews.
(9)
Withdraw accessory gearbox from compressor inlet case and remove preformed
packing (2) from accessory gearbox (6) at flange G.
NOTE:
If lock ball (19) drops out of locking position between compressor hub
coupling shaft (15) and coupling shaft (1) during removal of accessory
gearbox, retrieve ball from No. 1 bearing housing area, or from oil scavenge
passage in compressor inlet case (22), as applicable.
(10)
Remove pusher/puller (PWC30373) from center boss of accessory gearbox.
(11)
If oil tank center tube (17) and two oil transfer tubes are withdrawn with accessory
gearbox, remove tubes from gearbox, discard preformed packings and retain tubes
with compressor inlet case (22) for subsequent overhaul of these parts.
(12)
Install accessory gearbox in stand (PWC30517).
(13)
Enclose plug (8) and lock ball (19) in a protective bag and tie to accessory
gearbox.
(14)
Overhaul accessory gearbox (Ref. 72-60-00).
(15)
Overhaul gas generator assembly (Ref. 72-30-00).
72-00-00
Page 111
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
7.
Unscheduled Removal of Power Section from Gas Generator Assembly (Ref. Fig. 104)
A.
Install Engine in Stand (PWC30800)

(1)
Install power section sling (3) (PWC30037) on propeller reduction gearbox (15), and
remove power section as follows:
(2)
Place suitable oil container under reduction gearbox (15), and remove oil drain plug
(14) or magnetic chip detector (14), as applicable; allow residual oil to drain from
gearbox.
(3)
Disconnect coupling nut of propeller governor pneumatic (Py) line (9) at bulkhead
coupling (11) on center fireseal mount ring. Cap lines.
(4)
Remove cotterpin, nut, bolt and spacer (25) securing front rod end clevis (1) to
propeller reversing lever (17).
(5)
Remove cotterpin, nut, bolt and washer (26) securing propeller governor interconnect
rod end (2) to air bleed link (27) on propeller governor (6).
(6)
Remove self-locking nut and bolt from support bracket of wire rope casing (8) at
flange C.
(7)
Disconnect propeller reversing linkage from bracket (7) (Pre-SB1185) on PT6A-27/28

engines, as follows:
(a) Remove cotterpin, washer and straight pin (18) securing rear rod end clevis
(20) to propeller control cam (19).
(b) Loosen nut on rear clamping bolt. Disengage terminal (21) and assembly of rod
end clevis (20) from wire rope (22) by turning counterclockwise to free rope
from internal thread of clamping bolt.
(c) Disconnect wire rope casing (8) from rear of front swivel joint (4) at engine
lifting bracket (7).
CAUTION: HANDLE WIRE ROPE WITH CARE. STORE IN A PLASTIC BAG FOR
PROTECTION AGAINST CONTAMINATION AND POSSIBLE
DAMAGE.
(d) Remove locknut (5) from front swivel joint (4), and withdraw link assembly and
wire rope forward, and free of engine lifting bracket (7).
(8)
Disconnect propeller reversing linkage from bracket (7) PT6A-27/28 (Post-SB1185)

and all PT6A-21 engines.
(a) Loosen locknut (5) at rear of engine lifting bracket (7), that secures front swivel
joint (4) to lifting bracket.
(b) Remove inner nut (28) and bolt (30), and release outer nut and bolt securing
swivel joint retaining plate (29) to front lifting bracket (7). Swing retaining plate
out of engagement, and lift propeller reversing linkage front end clear of
slot in lifting bracket (7). Suitably support linkage.
72-00-00
Page 112
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(9)
Remove bolts securing T5 trim harness leads to terminal posts on terminal block
(10) on gas generator assembly.
(10)
Remove two retaining bolts securing T5 thermocouple terminal block (10) to gas
generator assembly. Release terminal block and gasket into gas generator
assembly.
(11)
Attach hoist to lifting lug on sling (3); take up slack on hoist to support weight of
power section.
CAUTION: DO NOT ROTATE OR DISTURB INTERSTAGE SEALING RINGS ON

POWER TURBINE STATOR HOUSING, UNLESS THEY ARE TO BE
REMOVED FOR INSPECTION.
(12)
Remove nuts and bolts at flange C, and separate power section from gas generator
assembly. Using sling (3), partially withdraw power section.
(13)
Cap all oil transfer tubes (12) and install caps on couplings (13).
(14)
Withdraw power section from gas generator assembly and install in stand (Ref.
Para. 6.,A., preceding).
72-00-00
Page 113
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
28
8
21
7
8
POSTSB1185
19
30
20
29
SPACER SLEEVE
23
18
REAR FIRESEAL
25
22
24
INPUT LEVER
17
27
CONTROL LEVER
MOUNTING BRACKET
26
FCU CONTROL ROD
2
VIEW
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
3
1
7
6
22
VIEW B
11
8
10
17
16
15
13
14
FLANGE
12
C7484
Unscheduled Removal of Power Section from Gas Generator Assembly
Figure 104
72-00-00
Page 114
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 104

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Reversing Linkage Front Clevis

Governor Interconnecting Rod
Sling
Swivel Joint (Front)
Locknut
Propeller Governor
Lifting Bracket (Front) (Post-SB1185) or
Lifting Bracket (Front) (Pre-SB1185)
Wire Rope Casing
Propeller Governor Pneumatic Line (Py)
T5 Terminal Block
Bulkhead Coupling
Oil Transfer Tubes
External Couplings
Oil Drain Plug (Pre-SB1217) or
Magnetic Chip Detector (Post-SB1217)
Reduction Gearbox
Cap Screw (Sling)
Propeller Reversing Lever
Straight Headed Pin
Rod-end Clevis (Rear)
Wire Rope Terminal
Wire Rope
Swivel Joint (Rear)
Coupling Nut - Wire Rope Casing
Bolt, Washer, Castellated Nut
Air Bleed Link
Nut
Retaining Plate (PT6A-27/28 (Post-SB1185)
and all PT6A-21 Engines)
Bolt
72-00-00
Page 115/116
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE - CLEANING
1.
General
A.
Personnel cleaning engine components should refer to INTRODUCTION of this manual

to familiarize themselves with general overhaul procedures (Ref. Outline of Overhaul
Procedures).
B.
General cleaning procedures in this chapter and specific cleaning procedures in each of
the other chapters should be used in conjunction with cleaning procedures described in
P&WA Standard Practices Manual P/N 585005.
C.
Certain cleaning procedures used in the manual will refer to the letter prefix SPOP, an
abbreviation for Service Process Operation Procedure, followed by a control number,
e.g., SPOP 209. Whenever any normal SPOP cleaning method is specified, reference
should be made to P&WA Standard Practices Manual for detailed information.
D.
In addition to the above SPOPs, Service Process Operation Procedure numbers

prefixed with the letter U are of P&WC origin, e.g. SPOP U002, PERMANENT TYPE OIL
FILTER CLEANING AND INSPECTION. These SPOPs are tabulated in this chapter,
to which reference will be made from other chapters using the procedures. The
composition and preparation of Service Process Solutions (SPS) used in the procedures
are also tabulated in this chapter. Each solution is identified by an SPS number.
Materials required to prepare the process solutions are assigned a Service Process
Material Control (SPMC) number.
E.
Where a chapter/section/unit provides specific cleaning procedures for engine parts or

assemblies, an illustration is provided for use with its appropriate table. To avoid
repetitive cleaning information on similar parts such as bearings, tubes etc., reference
will be made to this chapter/section/unit.
F.
All engine parts, other than standard replacement parts such as gaskets and preformed
packings not detailed in respective tables, should be cleaned in accordance with
SPOP 209. Tubes in this category must be blown through with clean, dry compressed
air and examined to ensure they are unobstructed. Cap all tubes immediately after
cleaning to prevent the entry of contaminants which could affect engine operation.
G. If cleaning of tubes specified in applicable chapter is ineffective, additional cleaning

should be carried out as described in P&WA Standard Practices Manual (Ref. 72-20,
SPECIFIC PARTS CLEANING).
H.
2.
Segregate bearings from other engine parts and handle carefully (Ref. 70-21, P&WA
Standard Practices Manual). Clean bearings as specified in table of applicable
chapter/section.
The consumable materials listed below are used in the following procedures.
For alternate products, suppliers and suppliers addresses refer to Consumables Material List
P/N 3043340.
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 201
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC05-195
PWC09-005A
PWC11-014
PWC11-020
PWC11-032
PWC11-050
PWC15-003
Acid, Nitric
Compound, Universal Joining
Alcohol, Isopropyl
Solvent, Chromate Conversion
Solvent, Degreaser
Solution, Wet Abrasive
Compound, Corrosion Preventive Thin Film
Special Tools
Not Applicable
4.

Not Applicable
5.
Cleaning
A.
General
(1)
The importance of engine cleaning cannot be overstated for the following reasons:
(a) Permits a thorough examination of components for the presence of service
flaws and loss of dimensions through abrasion and wear.
(b) Removes deposits which adversely affect the efficient functioning of engine
components.
(c) Prepares surfaces for repair and salvage processes such as plating, welding
and painting.
(d) Removes various organic or inorganic coatings that require replacement, either
for inspecction of the underlaying surfaces, or to remove deteriorated coatings
unsuitable for further service.
B.
General Precautions
(1)
Since one reason for cleaning is to prepare parts for adequate inspection,
excessive cleaning should be avoided and the following points kept in mind:
(a) In general, parts that will be subjected to visual inspection only or to magnetic
particle inspection, do not require the high degree of cleanliness necessary for
parts that will be subjected to fluorescent-penetrant inspection.
(b) Stains on cadmium or nickel-cadmium plated parts need not be removed since
they do not impair magnetic-particle inspection. Scrubbing such stains may
remove the plate and necessitate replating.
(c) Oxide coatings need not be removed unless critical penetrant inspection is
called for.
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 202
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(d) Paints and varnishes on non-ferrous parts need not be stripped, unless
subsequent fluorescent-penetrant inspection indicates that they cause a
fluorescence which interferes with crack detection, or the condition is such that
paint or varnish requires replacement.
(e) If Hylomar (PWC09-005A) has previously been used on mating surfaces, and
cleaning is not effective with applicable SPOP, a nylon brush should be used in
these areas.
C.
Cleaning Precautions
(1)
To avoid possible damage to costly engine parts, the following points should be
noted:
(a) Always refer to the appropriate table before cleaning any engine part. Some
parts can be seriously damaged if an unsuitable cleaning process is used.
(b) Make sure that process requirements are met, by frequently checking
temperature of solutions, strength of solutions and immersion time in solutions.
(c) Regularly test cleaning solutions according to the recommended schedule.
(d) After cleaning parts that contain recesses, passageways or enclosed areas, care
must be taken to ensure these areas have been thoroughly cleaned out.
Damage may result from hydraulic action of residual oil, grease, preservation
compound or other liquids trapped in blind holes into which studs, bolts, inserts or
similar fittings will be screwed or press-fitted.
(e) Acid-cleaning methods shall not be used where there is any possibility of the
cleaning agent becoming entrapped, or not completely removed, during
cleaning.
(f)
D.
Since they are subject to stress corrosion caused by entrapment of

halogen-containing materials, titanium parts must not be processed through
trichlorethylene degreasers.
Corroded Magnesium Housings

(1)
Corroded magnesium housings shall be cleaned as follows:

(a) Mask all core passages.
(b) Glass bead clean corroded areas only per SPOP 16. Corrosion areas not
accessible by blasting may be cleaned by rotary file.
(c) Remove masking and remove any remaining residue per SPOP 208.
(d) Pressure flush all passages and internal surfaces using varsol filtered through
10 micron filter.
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 203
Feb 02/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
E.
Oil Filter Cleaning and Inspection

(1)
In a stainless steel container, soak filter element in carbon removing solvent (SPMC
U0024) for 30 to 60 minutes at room temperature.
(2)
Immerse element in cleaning solvent (SPMC U0021) in an ultrasonic cleaner (with

backflushing adapter and flush filter of 3 to 5 microns) for 1 to 3 minutes at 48 C
(118F).
NOTE:
(3)
Boiling point is 47.6C (117.6F).
Simultaneously backflush and ultrasonic clean (SPMC U0021) the element at a flow
rate of 1 to 3 gal/min at 30 psig. and at an ultrasonic frequency 25 kHz minimum
for 1 to 3 minutes at 38C (100 F).
NOTE:
Temperature of condensed vapors is approximately 38C (100F).
(4)
Rotate the element 180 degrees. Continue to backflush and ultrasonic clean
simultaneously (SPMC U0021) at a flow rate 1 to 3 gal/min at 30 psig. for 1 to 3
minutes at 38C (100F) .
(5)
Hold element in vapors below water jacket level for 1 to 5 minutes at 48C (118F).
(SPMC U0021)
NOTE:
Cooling water should be flowing in a constant stream through water jacket,

at not more than 27C (80F), otherwise unnecessary losses of highly
volatile solvent (SPMC U0021) will occur. Continue to run water through
cooling system at least 30 minutes after ultrasonic cleaner is switched off.
(6)
Drain element above water jacket level 1 to 5 minutes.
(7)
Use clean, dry compressed air to dry the element for 1 to 3 minutes.
(8)
Inspect the element for lint deposits.
(9)
Use clean, dry compressed air and/or plastic or wooden spatula to remove any lint
deposits.
(10)
Remove any remaining lint deposits by soaking the element in lint dissolving
solution (SPS U0020) for 60 minutes at room temperature. (Ref. Table 201).
(11)
Flush the element in hot water 66 to 93 C (150 to 200 F) for 1 to 5 minutes to

remove any remaining lint residue.
(12)
(13)
Swab element end caps with 5 to 10% nitric acid solution (SPMC U1000) to
remove any copper deposits.
(14)
Pressure flush the element with cold water at room temperature.
(15)
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 204
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(16)
Use a 10 power magnification glass to inspect the element for broken wires. Reject
the element if broken wires are found. Sharp and deep dents, if otherwise
acceptable, should not be straightened.
(17)
Do a bubble point test with the element submerged 1/2 inch below the surface of
cleaning solvent (SPMC U0021) at 22 C (72 F). Rotate the element slowly and
smoothly until first air bubble emerges. Reject the element if the bubble point value
is less than 3.00 inches - water gage (40 micron filter).
NOTE:
Slowly increase the air pressure without creating ambient vibrations.
(18)
(19)
Vibropeen cleaning date near part number.
(20)
Seal the element in a clean plastic bag.

TABLE 201, SPS U0020 - Lint Dissolving Solution Preparation
SOLUTION NO.
AND NAME
SPS U0020
Lint dissolving
solution
Schweitzer
Reagent
SPOP & MATERIAL
QUANTITY
PREPARATION
Cupric Sulfate
SPMC U0020
100 grams/liter
A.
Dissolve SPMC U0020

in water
B.
Precipitate with SPMC U0022
C.
Wash precipitate
thoroughly
D.
Form saturated
solution of
precipitate in SPMC U0023
Sodium Hydroxide
SPMC U0022
Ammonium Hydroxide
SPMC U0023
F.
Cleaning P3 Air Filter

(1)
(2)
(3)
In a stainless steel container, soak filter element in carbon removing solvent

(PWC11-020) for 15 to 30 minutes at room temperature.
Dip rinse element in hot water 66 to 93C (150 to 200 F) .
Immerse element in cleaning solvent (PWC11-014) or (PWC11-032) in an ultrasonic
cleaner (with backflushing adapter and flush filter of 3 to 5 microns) for 1 to 3
minutes at 48C (118F).
NOTE:
Boiling point is 47.6C (117.6F).
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 205
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(4)
Simultaneously backflush and ultrasonic clean the element at a flow rate of 1 to 3

gal/min at 30 psig. and at an ultrasonic frequency 25 kHz minimum for 1 to 3
minutes at 38 C (100F).
NOTE:
Temperature of condensed vapors is approximately 38 C (100F).
(5)
Rotate the element 180 degrees. Continue to backflush and ultrasonic clean
simultaneously at a flow rate 1 to 3 gal/min at 30 psig. for 1 to 3 minutes at 38C
(100F).
(6)
Hold element in vapors below water jacket level for 1 to 5 minutes at 48C (118F).
NOTE:
Cooling water should be flowing in a constant stream through water jacket,

at not more than 27C (80F), otherwise unnecessary losses of highly
volatile solvent (PWC11-014) or (PWC11-032) will occur. Continue to run
water through cooling system at least 30 minutes after ultrasonic cleaner is
switched off.
(7)
Drain element above water jacket level 1 to 5 minutes.
(8)
(9)
Inspect the element for lint deposits.
(10)
Use clean, dry compressed air and/or plastic or wooden spatula to remove any lint
deposits.
(11)
Remove any remaining lint deposits by soaking the element in lint dissolving
solution for 60 minutes at room temperature. (Ref. Table 201).
(12)
Flush the element in hot water 66 to 93C (150 to 200F) for 1 to 5 minutes to
remove any remaining lint residue.
(13)
(14)
Swab element end caps with 5 to 10% nitric acid solution (PWC05-195) to remove
any copper deposits.
(15)
Pressure flush the element with cold water at room temperature.
(16)
(17)
Use a 10 power magnification glass to inspect the element for broken wires. Reject
the element if broken wires are found. Sharp and deep dents, if otherwise
acceptable, should not be straightened.
(18)
Do a bubble point test with the element submerged 1/2 inch below the surface of
cleaning solvent (PWC11-014) or (PWC11-032) at 22C (72F). Rotate the element
slowly and smoothly until first air bubble emerges. Reject the element if the
bubble point value is less than 8 inches - water gage.
NOTE:
Slowly increase the air pressure without creating ambient vibrations.
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 206
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(19)
(20)
Seal the element in a clean plastic bag.
G. Vapor Honing
(1)
Degrease using (SPOP 209) at room temperature.
(2)
Mask as required using (SPOP 36) at room temperature.
(3)
Vapor hone to a uniform matter surface (PWC11-050) at room temperature.
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW VAPOR HONE NOZZLE TO DWELL IN ANY ONE

LOCATION LONGER THAN REQUIRED.
(4)
Nozzle angle at 45 to 70 degrees.
(5)
Nozzle pressure 90 to 100 psi.
(6)
Nozzle distance 8 inches.
(7)
Water rinse at room temperature.
(8)
Remove all masking material.
(9)
Dry element with clean, dry compressed air.
(10)
Inspect for a uniform matte surface.
(11)
Preserve in corrosion preventive oil (PWC15-003) at room temperature.

TABLE 202, SPS U0090 - Wet Abrasive Slurry Preparation
SOLUTION NUMBER
AND NAME
COMPOSITION (MATERAIL
AND MAKE UP)
SPS U0090
Wet Abrasive Slurry
Trisodium Phosphate
SPMC 1515
0.10 oz/gal.
(PWC11-050)
A.
Fill tank with

water to 75% of
operating volume.
Novaculite
SPMC 3066
16 oz/gal.
(PWC11-050)
B.
With circulating
pump operating,
slowly add required
amount SPMC 3066
Anti-Solidifying Compund
SPMC 1612
0.16 to 16 oz of SPMC 3066
(PWC11-050)
C.
Add required
amounts of SPMC
1612 and SPMC 1515.
D.
Fill tank with

water to 100% of
operating volume.
PREPARATION
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 207
Feb 02/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 202, SPS U0090 - Wet Abrasive Slurry Preparation (Contd)

SOLUTION NUMBER
AND NAME
COMPOSITION (MATERAIL
AND MAKE UP)
PREPARATION
E.
Operate circulating
pump 3 minutes
minimum to mix
slurry before
operating machine.
72-00-00
ENGINE - CLEANING
Page 208
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE - INSPECTION
1.
2.
General
A.
Personnel engaged on overhaul of the engine should acquaint themselves with the
INTRODUCTION section of this manual (Ref. Outline of Manual Overhaul
Procedures). Certain inspection procedures will refer to the P&WA Standard Practices
Manual P/N 585005 (Ref. 70-30, INSPECTION).
B.
Inspection procedures within this manual may refer to the letter prefix SPOP, an
abbreviation for Service Process Operation Procedure, which is followed by a control
number, e.g., SPOP 62, STANDARD FLUORESCENT PENETRANT INSPECTION. For all
SPOP inspection methods, refer to P&WA Standard Practices Manual P/N 585005.
C.
Where chapter/section/unit provide specific inspection procedures for engine parts or

assemblies, a figure is provided for illustration purposes. To avoid repetitive inspection
information on similar parts such as tubes, hoses, bearings, etc., reference will be made to
this chapter.
D.
Each component must be carefully inspected by trained specialists who are capable of
deciding, when no limits are specified, whether the part is suitable for further service,
requires repair, or must be replaced. In addition to visual inspection for surface fault
conditions, magnetic-particle or fluorescent-penetrant inspection must be carried out
on specific parts to assist detection of cracks or material defects. If no limits are specified,
cracks in any component are cause for its rejection. Where limits for wear or damage
are given, it must be borne in mind that these are maximum limits. At the conclusion of
magnetic-particle inspection, each component must be demagnetized.
E.
Surface damage in the form of nicks, dents or scratches, which does not exceed the
limits specified, shall be removed with a fine stone or abrasive cloth. Local smoothing
must extend over an area at least fifteen times the depth of damage. The sharper the
damage, the more desirable it is to have the affected area smoothed. Surface finish
of all repairs must be as smooth as, or smoother than the original finish, and finish marks
must follow the pattern of original machining.
Not Applicable
3.
Special Tools
Not Applicable
4.

Not Applicable
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 301
Mar 05/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
5.
Self-locking Fasteners
Engine assembly torque limits are provided in text, or referred to in Table 601 of the
appropriate Chapter/Section for self-locking fasteners i.e., locknuts, helical coil inserts and
self-locking bolts and screws.
TABLE 301, Minimum Acceptable Locking Torque for Self-locking Nuts and Self-locking Helical
Coil Inserts
THREAD SIZE
TORQUE (LB.IN.)
MIN. MAX.
THREAD SIZE
TORQUE (LB.IN.)
MIN. MAX.
0.112-40
0.5
0.4375-14
16.5
100
0.112-48
0.5
0.4375-20
14.0
100
0.138-32
1.0
0.500-13
24
150
0.138-40
1.0
0.500-20
18
150
0.164-32
1.5
0.5625-12
30
200
0.164-36
1.5
0.5625-128
24
200
0.190-24
2.0
13
0.625-11
40
300
0.190-32
2.0
13
0.625-18
32
300
0.250-20
4.5
30
0.750-10
60
400
0.250-28
3.5
30
0.750-106
50
400
0.3125-18
7.5
60
0.875-9
82
600
0.3125-24
6.5
60
0.875-14
70
600
0.375-16
12.0
80
1.000-8
110
800
0.375-24
9.5
80
1.000-12
90
800
Self-locking fasteners are reused at overhaul, if limits specified in Table 301 can be obtained
with mating parts identical to those used on the engine.
Or, where necessary, torque can be verified at reassembly with the locking feature fully
engaged and the fastener unseated (not in contact with any other part), so that only the
frictional hold on the screw thread is measured.
Unless otherwise specified, apply thread lubricant to all parts to be torqued, using engine oil
(Ref. SB1001), or equivalent.
Torque required to overcome static friction shall not be less than the value given in the
minimum breakaway torque column, Table 301.
Torque required to overcome kinetic friction shall not be greater than the value given in the
maximum locking torque column, Table 301.
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 302
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
6.
Service Time Marking (Ref. Fig. 301)

A.
Life Monitoring Methods

(1)
Service Life of Parts (Hours)

(a) The total operating hours (accumulated) of certain engine parts are required for
record or warranty purposes. Engine parts in this category are marked at
manufacture with a serial number placed on a convenient and, whenever
possible, plainly visible surface.
(b) Serialized engine parts include: combustion chamber liner, main antifriction
bearings, etc.
(c) Serialized engine accessories include: engine-driven pump, fuel control unit,
compressor bleed valve, ignition exciter, etc.
(d) In order to maintain a complete record of total accumulated operating hours of
serialized parts, a method such as the Specimen Inspection Record Sheet
(Ref. Fig. 301) or a card index system, must be established by the facility
operator.
(2)
Service Life of Parts (Hours/Cycles)

(a) The engine-logged service time between each overhaul in hours and cycles
shall be marked on each life-limited rotor component part listed (Ref.
05-10-00 and SB1002).
(b) Applicable marking methods to ensure legibility and durability of mark, in a
manner that will not affect function or service ability, are described in P&WA
Standard Practices Manual (Ref. 70-11, MARKING OF PARTS.)
B.
Accumulation of Nos. 1 through 4 Bearing Hours

(1)
Although engine main bearings Nos. 1 through 4 and the propeller reduction
gearbox bearings are retired on condition only, it is considered beneficial to maintain
a record of their accumulated hours in either of the following ways:
(a) Inspection records, identifying bearings with their serial numbers.
(b) Manually vibro-peening accumulated operating hours directly on the bearing
adjacent to the serial number; afterwards, lightly stone marked area to
remove any raised edges.
7.
Tubes and Hoses

A.
Standard Instructions
(1)
Tubing
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 303
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C41344
Specimen Inspection Record Sheet
Figure 301
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 304
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(a) Circumferential scratches in tubes are acceptable provided they do not exceed
a 45 degree segment on circumference. Any number of scratches is permissible;
these may be blended out provided depth of blend does not exceed 0.005
inch.
(b) Longitudinal scratches in tubes must not exceed one-half inch in length. Any
number of scratches is permissible.
(c) Nicks and chafing marks in tubes are acceptable and may be blended provided
they do not exceed 0.005 inch in depth. Each blended area must not exceed
one-half square inch.
(d) Dents in tubes are of limited acceptability, provided there are no restrictions to
flow caused by sharp edges or corners. Dents are unacceptable within one
inch of ferrule scarf-welds, or in a blended area.
(e) Minor isolated pitting is acceptable if not greater than 0.003 inch in depth.
Clusters of pits should be blended out to a maximum depth of 0.005 inch.
(f)
Rust and stains on tubes are acceptable if they can be removed by light
polishing with a very mild abrasive.
(g) Examine tubes for cracks, especially at brazed joints.

(h) Examine coupling and threaded fittings for cracks or damaged threads.
(i)
(2)
Check tube bores for obstructions.
Hoses
(a) High pressure hoses that operate at pressures above 150 psig must be
rejected if any crimps or buckles are evident.
NOTE:
(3)
A crimp or buckle is an abrupt change in the hose liner contour

caused when the hose is bent at too small a radius. As a result, the
liner will be partially collapsed in one location. This condition, which can
be detected without removal of the metal braid, is similar to that
which occurs when a cardboard tube is bent. When the affected hose
is straightened, the collapsed area will expand but a change in
contour remains.
Metal Braid
(a) Hoses with cuts in metal braid, having more than three broken wires per plait,
or more than six broken wires per linear foot, must be replaced.
(b) Replace flexible hoses where braid wires have chafed or worn to inner liner.
(4)
Pressure Test
(a) Test high pressure hoses with hydraulic fluid at 3,000 psig. Maintain pressure
for a minimum of two minutes.
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 305
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8.
Antifriction Bearing Inspection

A.
Inspection Procedures
Standard antifriction bearing inspection procedures are described in P&WA Standard
Practices Manual. (Ref. 70-35, ANTIFRICTION BEARING INSPECTION.) The procedures
include: general precautions, inspection reports, unpacking new bearings, inspection
areas, feel tests, scriber tracing, visual inspection and bearing protection.
B.
Bearing Repairs
No bearing repairs are permitted other than the repairs contained in P&WC approved
manuals or the Anti-Friction Bearing Visual Inspection Standard P/N 3039731.
C.
Aniti Friction Standard Procedures (Ref. Table 302)

NOTE:
(1)
To ensure maximum accuracy when taking measurements, all components

comprising a bearing assembly must be at the same temperature. Warming of
parts through excessive handling should be avoided.
Measuring Inside and Outside Diameters

(a) Take three readings of each measurement at three equally-spaced positions,
and establish the arithmetical average for the final recorded measurement.
(b) To ensure correct readings, use a dial bore gage, or a similar gage operating
on the air-gap principle; both types of instrument have to be capable of
measuring accurately within 0.0001 inch with a gage force not exceeding four
ounces.
(c) Reject any bearing assembly having I.D. or O.D. dimensions outside the limits
specified in Table 302, for the particular bearing.
NOTE:
Since the foregoing method of measurement is accurate only to

approximately 0.0005 inch, this margin of error should be taken into
consideration before rejecting an otherwise serviceable bearing
assembly.
TABLE 302, Bearing Inspection Limits
BEARING
LOCATION
(NOTE 1)
Accessory
Gearbox
BEARING
ASSEMBLY
PART NO.
3010674
3028005
3031724
3101636-01
INNER RACE
I.D. (in.)
OUTER
RACE O.D.
(in.)
0.9449
0.9453
1.6532
1.6535
RACE MIN.
HARDNESS
VALUE
(ROCKWELL)
(NOTE 2)
C58
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
REMARKS
Twelve
Bearings
(max.)
Page 306
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 302, Bearing Inspection Limits (Contd)
BEARING
LOCATION
(NOTE 1)
BEARING
ASSEMBLY
PART NO.
INNER RACE
I.D. (in.)
OUTER
RACE O.D.
(in.)
RACE MIN.
HARDNESS
VALUE
(ROCKWELL)
(NOTE 2)
3007194
3028003
3033459
3101864-01
1.1809
1.1811
2.8343
2.8346
C58
2 and 3
3006146
3028004
3031717
3102455-01
1.5746
1.5748
1.5746
1.5748
2.6769
2.6772
2.6769
2.6772
C61
C60
3009243
3028006
3101635-01
1.1809
1.1811
2.8343
2.8346
C58
2nd Stage
Carrier
3003476
3028007
3031714
3102454-01
3.1496
3.1500
4.3697
4.3701
C58
C57
Thrust
Bearing
3007147
3028008
3101795
3102227-01
2.9524
2.9528
5.1176
5.1181
C58
REMARKS
NOTE: 1. Refer to INTRODUCTION.

NOTE: 2. Race hardness testing necessary only when overheating of bearing assembly
suspected. Readings up to one Rockwell point below minimum value acceptable to
compensate for instrument error and variation.
9.
Gears and Gearshaft Inspection

NOTE:
A.
The following general inspection procedures should be used for all gears and
gearshafts except where more specific inspection procedures/data are detailed in
the relevant chapters of this manual.
Visual Inspection Of Gear Teeth

CAUTION: HANDLE COMPONENTS WITH EXTREME CARE. ALWAYS WEAR
CLEAN SYNTHETIC RUBBER OR LINT-FREE COTTON GLOVES
DURING HANDLING. PROTECT GEARS AND GEARSHAFTS WITH
ENGINE OIL, AND PLACE IN CLEAN PLASTIC BAG OR CLEAN SUITABLE
CONTAINER IF NOT REQUIRED FOR IMMEDIATE USE.
(1)
Spalling: Reject if evident.
(2)
Surface Pitting: Accept pitting damage up to 0.005 inch deep and 0.010 inch
diameter, provided no more than five pits are found in 0.250 inch diameter area.
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 307
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
B.
(3)
Raised Material and Sharp Edges: Stone to remove.
(4)
Localized Nicks, Dents or Scratches: Remove sharp edges and blend damage up
to 0.003 inch deep and 0.010 inch wide, provided a minimum 80% of total tooth
surface contact pattern remains. Polish to restore original surface finish and maintain
tooth profile.
(5)
Uneven Tooth Surface Contact Pattern: Damage up to 0.003 inch deep is

acceptable, provided a minimum of 80% of the total tooth surface contact pattern
remains. Polish to restore original surface finish and maintain tooth profile.
Magnetic Particle Inspect

(1)
C.
D.
E.
Inspect gears and gearshafts using appropriate SPOP (Refer to relevant chapter for
specific SPOP callout).
Inspect Carbon Seal Face

(1)
Localized Nicks, Dents or Scratches: Damage up to 0.002 inch deep without high
spots and not extending across more than 50% of sealing face is acceptable. Lap
face if damage exceeds limits.
(2)
Runout: Runout must be 0.001 inch FIR in relation to datums unless otherwise
stated.
(3)
Flatness: Flatness must be within two helium light bands. Lap face (Ref. Repair) if
flatness exceeds limits.
(4)
Surface Finish: Surface finish must be within 4 micro-inches or better.
Inspect Splines
(1)
Surface Pitting: Accepts pitting damage up to 0.005 inch deep by 0.015 inch
(2)
(3)
to 0.005 inch deep and 0.010 inch wide, provided a minimum 80% of total spline
surface contact pattern remains. Polish to restore original surface finish and maintain
spline profile.
(4)
Galling: Remove damage up to 0.005 inch deep by polishing to restore original

surface finish. Maintain original spline profile.
(5)
Wear, Uneven Spline Surface Contact Pattern: Damage up to 0.005 inch deep is
acceptable, provided a minimum of 80% of the total spline surface contact pattern
remains. Polish to restore original surface finish and maintain spline profile.
Inspect Threads
(1)
Surface Pitting: Accept pitting damage up to 0.003 inch deep by 0.010 inch
diameter, provided no more than three pits are found in 0.250 inch length.
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 308
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
F.
(2)
Raised Material and Sharp edges: Stone to remove.
(3)
to 0.005 inch deep and 0.010 inch wide, provided a minimum 90% of total thread
contact pattern remains. Polish to restore original surface finish and maintain original
thread profile.
(4)
Galling: Remove damage up to 0.005 inch deep by polishing to restore original

surface finish. Maintain original thread profile.
(5)
Wear: Damage up to 0.003 inch deep is acceptable.
Inspect Retaining Ring Grooves and Slots

(1)
(2)
(3)
to 0.005 inch deep and 0.010 inch wide. Polish to restore original surface finish.
(4)
Wear: Damage up to 0.005 inch deep is acceptable.
G. Inspect Oil Hole(s)

(1)
H.
Ensure holes are clean and free of any obstructions.
Inspect Gearshaft Bearing Diameters

NOTE:
The following inspection is for damage on bearing diameters having direct

contact with balls/rollers of bearing.
CAUTION: DIAMETER(S) IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH BEARING(S) HAVING NO

INNER RACE MUST NOT BE PLATED.
I.
(1)
(2)
(3)
to 0.005 inch deep and 0.010 inch wide, provided damage is 0.050 inch minimum
apart. Polish to restore original surface finish and maintain geometric tolerances.
(4)
Scratches or Scoring: Remove sharp edges and blend damage up to 0.005 inch
deep and 0.010 inch wide, provided damage is 0.050 inch minimum apart. Polish
to restore original surface finish and maintain geometric tolerances.
Inspect Remaining Surfaces

(1)
Surface Pitting: Accept minor pitting damage up to 0.005 inch deep by 0.015 inch
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 309
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
J.
(2)
(3)
to 0.010 inch deep and 0.010 inch wide. Polish to restore original surface finish and
maintain geometric tolerances.
Inspect All Surfaces

(1)
Remove surface stains, corrosion deposits up to 0.001 inch deep using SPOP 16 .
Prior to wet glass bead blasting, mask the following areas:
(a) Diameters in direct contact with balls/rollers of bearing.
(b) Carbon seal contact face(s).
(c) Oil seal(s) diameter(s).
(d) Oil hole(s).
72-00-00
ENGINE - INSPECTION
Page 310
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE - REPAIR
1.
2.
General
A.
Personnel engaged in overhaul of the engine should acquaint themselves with the
INTRODUCTION section of this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul
procedures (Ref. Outline of Overhaul Procedures).
B.
Specific repairs are provided in certain chapters of the manual; repairs common in many
areas of the engine are described in this chapter, e.g., helical coil inserts, oversize stud
holes, etc. Standard repairs should be used where specified (Ref. P&WA Standard
Practices Manual P/N 585005).
C.
Many repair procedures refer to the letter prefix SPOP, an abbreviation for Service
Process Operation Procedure, which is followed by a control number, e.g., SPOP 21,
CADMIUM PLATE. Whenever any repair SPOP method is required, refer to P&WA
Standard Practices Manual P/N 585005 for detailed information.
D.
These instructions have been written with the understanding that all components have
been cleaned, inspected and tagged to indicate suitability for further service, require
repair or must be replaced.
E.
Where specific procedures include inspection using either fluorescent-penetrant or

magnetic-particle methods, reference must be made to the appropriate table in Inspection
for detailed instructions.
P/N 3043340.
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC05-101
PWC05-108
PWC07-016
PWC07-017
PWC07-037
PWC08-005
PWC09-004
PWC11-009
PWC11-016
PWC11-023
Cloth, Abrasive Aluminum Oxide

Flux, Silver Brazing, High Temperature
Thinner, Surface Sealant
Coating, Surface Sealant
Touch-up Kit, Surface Sealant
Filler Metal, Brazing, Silver
Sealant, Silicone Rubber
Alcohol, Ethyl Denatured
Perchlorethylene (Inhibited)
Solvent, Cleaning
Special Tools
Not Applicable
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 401
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
4.

Not Applicable
5.
Restoration of Protective Coating

A.
Stripping of Surface Sealant (Araldite) Coating from Magnesium Components

(1)
Degrease component per SPOP 209.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE STRIPPER IS FREE OF WATER TO AVOID CORROSION

OF MAGNESIUM PART.
(2)
Strip surface sealant (Araldite), epoxy primer and aluminized paint per SPOP 260.
(3)
If local spots persist on component, mask as required, and remove by dry

plastic blast per SPOP 19.
(4)
Touch-up bare metal per SPOP 41.

NOTE:
B.
Complete immersion in tank of dichromate solution may be required if the

component has been extensively dry pastic blasted to remove the old
coating.
Application of Surface Sealant (Araldite) on Magnesium Components

NOTE:
It is preferable that shop temperature be between 16 to 21 C (61 to 70 F)

with a relative humidity of 35 to 75 % during application of surface sealant.
(1)
Clean component per SPOP 209.
(2)
(3)
Mask studs, pins, helical coil inserts, jacking inserts and internal sleeves per
SPOP 36.
(4)
Bake for 20 minutes minimum at 143 to 154 C (290 to 310 F).
(5)
Cool down to room temperature and make sure that masking is still in place.
NOTE:
(6)
Use thinner (PWC07-016) as required to obtain proper viscosity for the

spray gun.
Apply, as soon as possible, surface sealant (PWC07-017) to make sure that

moisture is not absorbed.
NOTE:
Mix per manufacturers recommendations and apply coat (total thickness

of 0.00025 to 0.00045 inch).
(7)
Air dry for 15 to 30 minutes at room temperature in a dust free atmosphere.
(8)
Cure first coat for 15 minutes at 195 to 200 C (385 to 400 F).
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 402
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(9)
Bake final coat for 45 to 60 minutes at 195 to 200 C (385 to 400 F).
NOTE:
C.
(10)
Restore epoxy primer and aluminized enamel paint per SPOP 148 except, bake
enamel paint for 45 minutes at 143 to 149 C (290 to 300 F).
(11)
Remove masking.
Touch-up of Araldite Coated Components

NOTE:
This touch-up procedure is to be done to reworked areas not exceeding 5 % of

the total surface of the component. If this limit is exceeded, strip and recoat
entire component with Araldite coating per Subparas. A. and B.).
(1)
Degrease component per SPOP 209 or locally degrease reworked area per
SPOP 208.
(2)
(3)
Mask studs, pins, helical coil inserts, jacking inserts and internal sleeves per
SPOP 36.
(4)
Prepare two-part epoxy coating (PWC07-037) by mixing one part by volume of

resin with one part by volume of catalyst.
NOTE:
Coating may be applied by either a brush or spray gun. Use thinner

(PWC07-016) as required to obtain proper viscosity for the spray gun.
(5)
Bake for 20 minutes minimum at 143 to 154 C (290 to 310 F).
(6)
Cool down and verify masking at room temperature.
(7)
Touch-up component as soon as possible with surface sealant (PWC07-037) to

make sure that moisture is not absorbed.
NOTE:
Apply one coat (0.0004 to 0.0007 inch).
(8)
Air dry for 20 minutes at room temperature.
(9)
Bake for one hour at 93 to 121 C (200 to 250 F).
(10)
6.
Air dry 15 to 30 minutes between multiple coats.
Locally restore epoxy primer and aluminized enamel paint on reworked areas per
SPOP 148 except, bake enamel paint for 45 minutes at 143 to 149 C (290 to
300 F).
General Procedures
A.
Oversize studs are installed as replacements for those parts which are stretched, loose
or have damaged threads. Should a stud that is already oversize require replacement,
use the next oversize stud. Use the correct stud drivers to insert new studs and torque to
values given (Ref. 70-52, P&WA Standard Practices Manual). The Illustrated Parts
Catalog for the engine contains part numbers and location of studs.
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 403
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL
B.
7.
Damaged Stud Holes

A.
8.
When threads of a stud hole are damaged beyond dimensions suitable for a maximum
oversized stud, they may be repaired using a helical coil insert (Ref. Para. 7., following).
The Parts Catalog may provide part numbers and locations of suitable helical coil
inserts. Before other methods of replacing studs are attempted, e.g., standard insert or
solid inserts, ensure sufficient material remains around the repair so as not to impair
the integrity of cavity walls, etc.
Repair Damaged Stud Holes

(1)
Check damaged hole is suitable for repair.
(2)
Install new insert (Ref. SPOP415).
Replacement of Helical Coil Insert

A.
Replace Damaged Inserts

(1)
Remove unserviceable insert using recommended extracting tool.
(2)
Install new insert (Ref. SPOP415).
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 404
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
9.
Weld Repair
A.
Welding Procedures
(1)
B.
10.
Weld Repairs
(1)
Unless otherwise directed, stress relief after welding is not required.
(2)
A new weld shall not be applied over an existing weld repair.
(3)
Weld beads shall be dressed to within 0.005 inch of adjacent parent metal. No
undercutting is permissible
(4)
The width of weld bead shall not exceed 0.150 inch at any point.
Loop Clamps
A.
11.
Recommended welding procedures are described in the INTRODUCTION section

of this manual, and details of procedures to be followed during welding of engine
parts are given in 70-42, P&WA Standard Practices Manual.
Replacement of Damaged Loop Clamp Grommets (Ref. Fig. 401)

(1)
Soften cement between grommet and clamp with cleaning solvent (PWC11-023),
and remove grommet and all residual cement from clamp.
(2)
Roll new grommet around suitable rod to obtain required inside diameter (dia. A).
Exercise care when forming loop to avoid damaging grommet.
(3)
Wipe mating surfaces of clamp and grommet with a clean, lint-free cloth moistened
in cleaning solvent (PWC11-023), to ensure clean and dry contact areas for
application of cement.
(4)
Apply a thin film of cement (PWC09-004) to designated areas on loop clamp and
grommet.
(5)
Position grommet in loop clamp, align as shown and press cemented surfaces
together. Allow cement to cure for 24 hours at room temperature.
(6)
Check adhesion of grommet to loop clamp. If unsatisfactory, repeat steps (1)

through (5).
Copper Plating
For copper plating (PS 304) and service process solutions refer to Standard Practices
Manual 70-44-02.
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 405
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL
APPLY CEMENT OVER

THIS AREA
GROMMET
DIA. A
LOOP CLAMP
VIEW
AA
C13462
Replacement of Loop Clamp Grommet
Figure 401
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 406
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL
12.
Stainless Steel Oil Tubes

A.
Repair Oil Tubes With Dents (Area a, Fig. 402)

(1)
Stainless steel oil tubes with round-bottom dents found in Area a can be repaired
as follows.
NOTE:
(2)
Insert a brass rod of the appropriate size into the tube damaged area and secure
the other end of the brass rod in a vise or other suitable holder. The brass rod
should be the largest diameter that will fit into the tube without damaging the ferrule.
(3)
Use a suitable smooth-faced hammer to lightly tap the tube outer wall surface to
re-shape the tube to its original shape. Rework the damaged areas of the tube in
small increments with light hammer blows. Attempts to rework large areas with single
hammer blows could result in the tube being rejected.
(4)
Make sure that the ferrule or other areas of the tube were not damaged during
rework.
(5)
Locally polish the reworked area.
WARNING:
B.
Do not remove ferrules.
COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE THE

TUBE IS TESTED IN A MANNER SO THAT PERSONNEL ARE
PROTECTED IN THE EVENT OF A TUBE FRACTURE OR FAILURE.
(6)
Pressure test the tube at 150 to 200 psi. No leakage is permitted.
(7)
Clean the tube assembly (Ref. Chapter 79-20-01, CLEANING).
Repair Oil Tubes With Damaged Ferrules Or Dents (Area b, Fig. 402)
(1)
Stainless steel oil tubes dented within 0.750 inch from the ferrule (Area b), can be
repaired without removing the ferrule, provided that the ferrule is not damaged. If
the ferrule is not damaged, rework the tube to remove dents in Area b, (Ref. Para. A.,
steps (2) to (6)).
(2)
Only if the ferrule is damaged, or if replacement of it is necessary for access to

perform the repair, proceed as follows:
(a) Locally heat the ferrule until able to remove it from the tube. Discard the
damaged ferrule or retain undamaged ferrule.
(b) Strip the remaining silver braze using SPOP 305.
(c) Rework the damaged tube to remove dents in Area b (Ref. Para. A., steps (2)
to (5).
(d) Prepare ferrule and tube for brazing according to AMS 2664:
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 407
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CAUTION: DO NOT HIGHLY POLISH SURFACES TO BE JOINED. DO NOT

USE ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPE ABRASIVES SUCH AS CROCUS
CLOTH TO POLISH SURFACES.
1
Lightly clean OD of tube and ID of ferrule with No. 320 grit silicon carbide
cloth PWC05-101. Degrease with PWC11-009.
Apply sufficient flux PWC05-108 to completely coat joining surfaces.
(e) Install new or undamaged ferrule on the tube in its original position.
(f)
Support the assembled tube in its required length and alignment.
(g) Braze the ferrule on the tube according to AMS 2664 using torch-braze (neutral
flame) with brazing rod (PWC08-005).
(h) Rinse in clean hot water to remove all traces of flux.
(i)
Inspect brazed area for continuity of braze all around the ferrule.
WARNING:
(j)
(3)
COMPRESSED AIR CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY. MAKE SURE

THE TUBE IS TESTED IN A MANNER SO THAT PERSONNEL ARE
PROTECTED IN THE EVENT OF A TUBE FRACTURE OR
FAILURE.
Pressure test at 150 to 200 psi. No leakage is permitted.
Clean the tube assembly (Ref. Chapter 79-20-01 or 79-20-04, CLEANING).
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 408
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL
BRAZE FERRULE
0.750
0.750
C80605
Repair of Stainless Steel Oil Tube (Typical)
Figure 402
72-00-00
ENGINE - REPAIR
Page 409/410
Aug 16/2002

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
A.
Personnel engaged in final assembly of the engine should refer to the INTRODUCTION
section of this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul procedures (Ref.
Outline of Manual Overhaul Procedures).
B.
Final assembly is divided into three sections: FINAL ASSEMBLY-1 through FINAL
ASSEMBLY-3.
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-1: ENGINE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-2 : ACCESSORY AND EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-3 : FINAL CHECKS
2.
C.
To ensure that major sub-assemblies, accessories, external components and their

associated parts are correctly grouped, assembled and installed to suit the engine model
and service bulletin (S.B.) standard, reference should be frequently made to the
Illustrated Parts Catalog and applicable S.Bs.
D.
Do not allow loop clamps to move cables from their natural contour when tightening
attachment bolts, as chafing of cable will result.
E.
Subassembly instructions for major components are described in the relevant

Chapter/Section/Unit, as applicable for that component.
P/N 3043340.
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC06-002
PWC09-022
Petrolatum, White
Compound, Jointing
Special Tools
4.
Tool No.
Name
PWC30037
PWC30373
Sling
Pusher/Puller

Not Applicable
72-00-00
Page 501
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
5.
Assembly of Engine Major Sub-Assemblies

A.
Installation of Accessory Gearbox Assembly to Gas Generator Assembly (Ref. Fig. 503)
(1)
With accessory gearbox assembly and gas generator assembly assembled to

standard detailed in Chapters 72-60-00 and 72-30-00 respectively, and with gas
generator assembly mounted in stand (Ref. 72-30-00), proceed as follows:
(a) Remove storage protection or sealing materials from rear face of gas generator
assembly and front face of accessory gearbox, in preparation for assembly.
(b) Ensure that transfer tubes and associated preformed packings are installed
correctly on rear face of inlet case and have not been disturbed since
assembly of gas generator assembly.
(c) Make sure that ball-lock spring, plug and associated parts are in position in
compressor hub coupling shaft (15).
(d) Slowly rotate compressor until hole in compressor hub coupling shaft (15) is at
12 oclock position. Place lock ball (19) in hole, and pack with petrolatum
(PWC06-002)) to retain ball during following assembly (Ref. Fig. 503, Sheet 2).
(e) Install preformed packings (16) and (18) on oil tank center tube (17), and insert
tube into centerbore of inlet case.
(f)
Install preformed packing (2) on spigot of accessory gearbox diaphragm (14).
(g) Lift gearbox onto gas generator assembly, aligning dowel in diaphragm with hole
in compressor inlet case (22). Locate gearbox on inlet case studs and align
coupling shaft, oil transfer tubes and oil tank center tube, taking care not to
damage preformed packings.
(h) Insert pusher tool (PWC30373) through rear of gearbox housing at plug (8)
location. Engage threaded end of pusher with threaded drive gearshaft,
connected to input coupling shaft (1), and screw body of pusher into gearbox
housing. Back-off nut on pusher sufficiently to allow full forward travel of pusher
for engagement of coupling shaft (1) with lock ball (19) on compressor rear
hub coupling (15).
CAUTION: IF LOCK BALL BECOMES DISLODGED FROM COMPRESSOR HUB
COUPLING, BALL MUST BE RETRIEVED BEFORE ASSEMBLY
CONTINUES.
(i)
Apply hand-pressure on pusher tool to engage lock ball (19). When ball is
properly engaged, end-float on drive gearshaft and input coupling shaft will
be reduced to a slight fore and aft movement.
(j)
Install spacers, brackets and plain washers (Ref. Figs. 501 and 502). Install a
self-locking nut on each of 16 studs. Tighten nuts in a diametric sequence and
torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
(k) Remove pusher tool from drive gearshaft and gearbox.
72-00-00
Page 502
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(l)
Install preformed packing (7, Fig. 503) on plug (8). Install plug and torque 150
to 160 lb.in.
(m) Install preformed packings (20) on oil transfer tube (21); insert assembly in
boss at 7 oclock position at bottom of inlet case.
6.
Power Section
A.
Installation of Power Section on Gas Generator Assembly (Ref. Fig. 504)

(1)
With power section and gas generator assembly assembled to standard detailed in
Chapters 72-01-00 and 72-30-00 respectively, and gas generator assembly
mounted in a vertical position in stand (Ref. 72-30-00), proceed as follows:
(a) Place overhauled power section in stand (Ref. 72-01-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY) into
a vertical position.
(b) Locate sling (2) (PWC30037) on propeller mounting flange, and engage dowels
in flange bolt holes. Secure sling to flange with four socket-head cap screws
(1).
(c) Attach hoist to nose ring on sling to take weight of power section, and remove
bolts securing mount ring to exhaust duct.
(d) Hoist power section clear of mount ring and stand.
(e) Ensure that protective covers installed during overhaul of power section and
gas generator assembly are removed.
(f)
Check that gas generator case flange C, and power section exhaust duct
flange C, are clean, free from nicks, scratches, dents and other damage
likely to affect sealing efficiency. Smear a thin layer of compound (PWC09-022)
on exhaust flange before assembly.
(g) Install interstage sealing ring(s) on power turbine stator housing:

1
Two ring Pre-SB1218; install so that ring gaps are diametrically opposite
each other, one gap at TDC.
CAUTION: BEFORE INSTALLING NEW SEALING RING POST-SB1218,

LOCATE THE WORD PRESS ETCHED ON ONE SIDE. THE
RING MUST BE INSTALLED WITH THIS SIDE FACING THE
REAR OF THE ENGINE TO ENSURE CORRECT SEALING.
2
One ring Post-SB1218; install in accordance with CAUTION, preceding.

NOTE:
On all engines, the single interstage sealing ring Post-SB1218

can be used when the intent of SB1157 has been already
incorporated.
(h) Rotate gas generator assembly (6) in stand so that flange C is uppermost.
72-00-00
Page 503
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE LIFTING BRACKET
SUPPORT BRACKET Py TUBE
35 36 1
SUPPORT BRACKET
REVERSING LINKAGE
(PRESB) (POSTSB)
2
5
12
14
38
SCAVENGE OIL
COUPLING
VIEW OF FLANGE A
(LOOKING FORWARD)
ENGINE LIFTING BRACKET
PRESSURE OIL
COUPLING
MOUNTING HOLES FOR PROPELLER

REVERSING LINKAGE
16
15
28 27
NO. 31
VIEW OF FLANGE C
(LOOKING FORWARD)
MOUNTING HOLES FOR OILTOFUEL

HEATER. WASHER REQUIRED
SPACER REQUIRED
37
36
1
BRACKET
14
13
SPACER REQUIRED
12
11
5
6
10
9
SPACER REQUIRED
FUEL PRESSSURE TUBE MOUNTING BRACKET
WASHER REQUIRED
VIEW OF FLANGE G
(LOOKING FORWARD)
NOTE
DIAPHRAGM TO HOUSING ATTACHMENT
SCREWS ARE FITTED AT POSITIONS MARKED THUS
AND ARE ONLY TO BE LOOSENED OR TIGHTENED
WHEN DISMANTLING GEARBOX ASSEMBLY.
C8512C
Bracket Location on Flanges - PT6A-21 Pre-SB1330 Engines
Figure 501
72-00-00
Page 504
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(i)
Lower power section onto gas generator case until mating flanges are six
inches apart.
(j)
Install new gasket on terminal block (4) of T5 thermocouple wiring harness.

Insert block through gas generator case; ensure that gasket is correctly
positioned and secure with two bolts. Tighten bolts, torque 36 to 40 lb.in. and
lockwire.
NOTE:
If bolts securing terminal block have been removed, ensure they are
reinstalled as described in preceding step.
CAUTION:
WHEN LOWERING POWER SECTION, ENSURE FLANGE C OF

GAS GENERATOR CASE AND EXHAUST DUCT ARE PARALLEL
AND AXIALLY-ALIGNED. IF ASSEMBLIES DO NOT MATE FREELY,
REMOVE TWO BOLTS SECURING TERMINAL BLOCK;
WITHDRAW POWER SECTION AND CHECK FOR CAUSE OF
INTERFERENCE.
(k) Lower power section carefully into position onto gas generator case ensuring
locating groove at 12 oclock position on edges of flange C of exhaust duct
and gas generator case are aligned.
(l)
Perform loop and ground resistance checks of T5 system (Ref. 72-01-00,

SUB-ASSEMBLY).
(m) During insertion of Dee-headed bolts (5) through mating flanges of power
section and gas generator case, assemble propeller governor pneumatic
(Py) tube bracket, reversing control wire rope casing bracket, and scavenge
and pressure oil couplings at locations shown on Figures 501 and 502. Install
self-locking nuts (3) on each bolt and torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in.
(n) Rotate gas generator to horizontal position in stand as required.
7.
Installation of Fireseals
A.
Center Fireseal
(1)
Install center fireseal (Ref. Fig. 505)

(a) Place top center fireseal mount ring (1) on engine, and secure support brackets
(5) to fireseal with bolts and nuts, and to integral support brackets (8) with bolts
(7), washers and self-locking nuts (6), fingertight.
(b) Place bottom center fireseal mount ring (4) on engine, and secure support
brackets (5) to fireseal with bolts and nuts, and to integral support brackets
(8) with bolts (7), washers and self-locking nuts (6), fingertight.
(c) Attach top mount ring (1) to bottom mount ring (4) with bolts (3) inserted from
bottom on left side and from top on right side, and secure with self-locking nuts
(2); torque nuts 36 to 48 lb. in.
(d) Tighten and torque nuts fitted in step (a) and (b), 36 to 40 lb. in.
72-00-00
Page 505
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
SUPPORT BRACKET REVERSING LINKAGE

(PRESB) (POSTSB)
SUPPORT BRACKET Py TUBE
ENGINE LIFTING
BRACKET
35 36 1
5
12
14
38
VIEW OF FLANGE A
(LOOKING FORWARD)
SCAVENGE OIL
COUPLING

11
WASHER
REQUIRED
SPACER REQUIRED POSTSB1290 & 1378

BRACKET FITS UNDER SPACER AND
4
12
5
10
LOOP CLAMP SUPPORTING ELECTRICAL

CABLE (P3 TUBE)
P3 AIR FILTER BRACKET PT6A28 POSTSB1290 & 1378
SPACER REQUIRED WHEN POSTSB1205 BRACKET FITTED
P3 AIR FILTER BRACKET PT6A28 POSTSB1253

OR PT6A27/28 POSTSB1205 & SB1343
WASHER REQUIRED
VIEW OF FLANGE G
(LOOKING FORWARD)
PRESSURE OIL
COUPLING

3
13
NO. 31
STARTING FLOW
CONTROL
NOTE
DIAPHRAGM TO HOUSING ATTACHMENT SCREWS
ARE FITTED AT POSITIONS MARKED THUS
AND ARE ONLY TO BE LOOSENED TIGHTENED
WHEN DISMANTLING GEARBOX ASSEMBLY
14
28 27

REVERSING LINKAGE
SPACER
REQUIRED
16
15
36
VIEW OF FLANGE C
(LOOKING FORWARD)
ENGINE LIFTING
BRACKET
SPACER
REQUIRED
37
C8475C
Bracket Location on Flanges - PT6A-27/-28 Pre-SB1330/Post-SB1343 Engines
72-00-00
Page 506
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

ENGINE LIFTING
BRACKET
16
15
SPACER
REQUIRED

REVERSING LINKAGE
14
13
3
4
12
SPACER
REQUIRED
11
ANGLE
BRACKETS
FUEL PRESSURE TUBE

MOUNTING BRACKET
10
9
P3 FILTER BRACKET
7
NOTE
ARE FITTED AT POSITIONS MARKED THUS AND
ARE ONLY TO BE LOOSENED OR TIGHTENED WHEN
DISMANTLING GEARBOX ASSEMBLY.
WASHER REQUIRED
SPACER
REQUIRED
VIEW OF FLANGE G
(LOOKING FORWARD)
ENGINE LIFTING
BRACKET
15
SPACER
REQUIRED
14
16
13
3
4
11
P3 FILTER BRACKET
STARTING FLOW
CONTROL
10
9
WASHER REQUIRED
WASHER REQUIRED
8 7
VIEW OF FLANGE G
(LOOKING FORWARD)
NOTE
ARE FITTED AT POSITIONS MARKED THUS AND
ARE ONLY TO BE LOOSENED OR TIGHTENED WHEN
DISMANTLING GEARBOX ASSEMBLY.
ANGLE
BRACKET
12
SPACER
REQUIRED

REVERSING LINKAGE
C10252
Bracket Location on Flanges - PT6A-27/-28 Pre-SB1330/Post-SB1343 Engines
72-00-00
Page 507
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
4
2
5
6
10
9
1
23
11
12
22
14
20
13
21
6
14
1
19
15
18
17
16
VIEW
C7483B
Installation of Accessory Gearbox
72-00-00
Page 508
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 503

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Coupling Shaft
Preformed Packing
Washer
Self-locking Nut
Accessory Gearbox Housing
Preformed Packing
Plug
Starter-generator Overboard Drain Adapter (Ref.)
Drain Adapter Cap (Ref.)
Preformed Packing
Accessory Gearbox Oil Drain Plug
Adapter (Typical) (Engines with vacuum pump drive), or Tee
(Engines without vacuum pump drive)
Diaphragm
Compressor Hub Coupling Shaft
Preformed Packing
Oil Tank Center Tube
Preformed Packing
Lock Ball
Preformed Packing
Oil Transfer Tube
Spacers
Screw
Nut
Body
72-00-00
Page 509
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
24
25
26
24
25
26
DETAIL
1
19
A
15
DETAIL A
LOCKBALL ARRANGEMENT
C13622
Installation of Accessory Gearbox
72-00-00
Page 510
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(e) Install external lines and components passing through center fireseal mount
ring.
B.
Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring (if fitted) (Ref. Fig. 505)
(1)
The following procedure should be adapted to suit the installation if engine does not
incorporate compressor wash ring option.
(a) Remove protective material and air inlet screen from compressor inlet case
(Ref. 72-30-00, DISASSEMBLY).
(b) Locate top and bottom rear fireseal sections (16) and (23) around inlet case
and secure together with two bolts (19) and nuts (17), fingertight.
NOTE:
On Post-SB1441 engines, install up to four spacers (24) maximum

between upper and lower fireseal brackets to reduce bracket
distortion.
(c) Align holes in upper support bracket (15) with holes in top half of fireseal and
secure together with bolts (12), washers (14) and nuts (13), fingertight.
NOTE:
Support bracket (15), previously installed (Ref. 72-20-00,

SUB-ASSEMBLY), is secured at the other end with bolt to breather cap
flange on compressor inlet case.
(d) Secure lower support bracket (18) to bottom half fireseal (23) with bolts (22)
and nuts (21), fingertight.
NOTE:
Nuts and bolts securing lower support bracket will be tightened and
torqued during installation of ignition cables at a later stage.
(e) Tighten nuts (13) and (17) and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.

(f)
C.
Install air inlet screen and protective material (Ref. 72-30-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY)
on compressor inlet case.
Installation of Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring

(1)
On engines fitted with compressor wash ring (Ref. IPC), install with rear fireseal as
follows (Ref. Fig. 505):
(a) Remove protective material and air inlet screen from compressor inlet case
(Ref. 72-30-00, DISASSEMBLY).
(b) Locate top and bottom rear fireseal sections (16) and (23) around inlet case
and secure together with two bolts (19) and nuts (17), fingertight.
NOTE:
On Post-SB1441 engines, install up to four spacers (24) maximum

between upper and lower fireseal brackets to reduce bracket
distortion.
72-00-00
Page 511
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
FLANGE
4
5
C7214
Installation of Power Section on Gas Generator Case
Figure 504
72-00-00
Page 512
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 504

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Socket-head Cap Screw

Sling
Self-locking Nut
T5 Thermocouple Wiring Harness and Terminal Block
D-head Bolts
Gas Generator Assembly
Stand
Exhaust Duct
(c) Position compressor wash ring (20), with its bracket holes aligned with holes
in top half of fireseal (16) and upper support bracket (15), and secure together
with two bolts (12), washers (14) and nuts (13), fingertight.
NOTE:
Support bracket (15), previously installed (Ref. 72-20-00

SUB-ASSEMBLY), is secured at the other end with bolt to breather cap
flange on compressor inlet case.
(d) Place compressor wash ring (9), complete with tee (11) and cap (10), on
compressor inlet case, and connect coupling nut of tube (20) to tee.
(e) Correctly align top and bottom fireseal sections (16) and (23) and wash rings
(9) and (20); tighten nuts (13) and (17) and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(f)
Install air inlet screen and protective material (Ref. 72-30-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY)
on compressor inlet case.
(g) Tighten tube (20) coupling nut to tee (11), torque 270 to 300 lb.in. and lockwire.
(h) Secure lower support bracket (18) to bottom half fireseal (23) with bolts (22)
and nuts (21), fingertight.
NOTE:
Nuts and bolts securing lower support bracket will be tightened and
torqued during installation of ignition cables at a later stage.
72-00-00
Page 513
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10
16
15
13
9
14
11
1
12
2
18
17
23
2
GAS
GENERATOR
CASE
3
IGNITION CABLES
22
8
20
19
17
4
24
19
6
3
DETAIL
C41544
Center and Rear Fireseals
Figure 505
72-00-00
Page 514
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 505

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Center Fireseal Mount Ring (Top)

Self-locking Nut
Bolt
Center Fireseal Mount Ring (Bottom)
Support Bracket
Self-locking Nut and Washer
Bolt
Integral Support Bracket
Compressor Wash Ring (RH Tube) (optional equipment)
Cap, Tee
Tee, Wash Ring
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Upper Support Bracket
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring (Top)
Self-locking Nut
Lower Support Bracket
Bolt
Compressor Wash Ring (LH Tube) (optional equipment)
Self-locking Nut
Bolt
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring (Bottom)
Spacer (Post-SB1441)
72-00-00
Page 515/516
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
A.
Personnel engaged in the final assembly of the engine should read the Introduction
sections of this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul procedures
(Ref. INTRODUCTION, Outline of Overhaul Procedures).
B.
ASSEMBLY-3.
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-2: ACCESSORY AND EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-3: FINAL CHECKS
C.
The type of lockwire (safety wire) used during assembly shall comply with Specification
AMS5687 which, unless otherwise specified, is 0.025 inch diameter, heat and corrosion
resistant steel wire (PWC05-089) and will not be specified in assembly instructions.
D.
Do not allow loop clamps to move cables from their natural contour, when tightening
E.
Refer to Final Assembly-1 and Figure 501 for bracket location before finally making any
flange joint.
F.
Subassembly instructions for major components are described in the relevant

G. Where aluminum foil seal retaining plates are installed on external tubes at fireseals, the
plates must be installed so that the aluminum foil faces the fireseal mount ring.
H.
2.
Ensure that major sub-assemblies, accessories, external components and their

and service bulletin (SB) standard.
For alternate products, suppliers, and suppliers addresses, refer to Consumable Materials
List P/N 3043340.
Item No.
Name
PWC03-001
PWC04-001
PWC05-007
PWC05-031
PWC05-089
PWC05-205
PWC06-005A
Oil, Engine Lubricating

Grease, Synthetic
Fluid, Check
Flux, Resin
Lockwire or Safetywire, Nickel Alloy (CRES)
Solder
Lubricant, Fluorocarbon
72-00-00
Page 501
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC06-005B
PWC09-005A
Lubricant, Fluorocarbon
Compound, Jointing
Special Tools
4.
Tool No.
Name
PWC30114-09
PWC30114-16
PWC30800
Wrench
Wrench
Stand

Not Applicable
5.
Installation of Accessory Units

A.
Oil Filter Element, Filter Housing and Check Valve Assembly (Ref. Fig. 501)
(1)
With assembly overhauled to Chapter 79-20-02:

(a) Install new preformed packing (12) in groove at inner end of oil filter housing
(1).
(b) Install packing retainer (11) (Pre-SB1127), or plastic ring (11) (Post-SB1127),
on inner section of groove at center of housing.
(c) Assemble preformed packing (10) SB1127 in outer section of groove, against
packing retainer or plastic ring (11).
NOTE:
When incorporating Post-SB1127, the existing oil filter housing (1),

preformed packing (10) and packing retainers (11) are replaced within
new items of an improved configuration.
(d) Insert oil filter housing and check valve assembly (1) into compressor inlet case
and, using hand pressure, push assembly in until firmly seated.
NOTE:
Do not apply side loads on housing while being pressed into inlet
case.
(e) Assemble new preformed packings (2) Post-SB1118 and (4) on filter element
(3).
(f)
Install filter element (3) (perforated flanged end first) into filter housing (1) in
compressor inlet case.
72-00-00
Page 502
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(g) Install new preformed packing (5) on filter cover (7).

NOTE:
Ensure teflon spacer (6) is in position and secure on lugs of filter

cover.
(h) Install filter cover on compressor inlet case mounting (13), and secure with four
plain washers (9) and self-locking nuts (8). Tighten nuts and torque 32 to
36 lb.in.
B.
Starting Control (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 502)

(1)
With starting control overhauled to Chapter 73-10-04:

(a) Remove blanking caps and drain preservation fluid.
NOTE:
Depreservation of fuel system is implemented before engine test run

(Ref. Testing).
(b) Install starting control (5) on mounting studs on flange G (Ref. Final Assembly-1,
Fig. 502). Secure with two washers (4, Fig. 502) and self-locking nuts (3).
Tighten nuts and torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
(c) Secure bracket (2) to starting control (5) with bolt (1); torque 32 to 36 lb.in. and
lockwire (PWC05-089).
NOTE:
C.
At installation of dual scavenge oil tubes, a flexible scavenge hose is

secured at its flanged end by two bolts through two remaining holes in
bracket (2) into accessory gearbox.
Fuel Pump (Ref. Fig. 503)

(1)
With fuel pump overhauled to Chapter 73-10-02, install on engine:

NOTE:
It may be more convenient to pre-assemble fuel pump to fuel control unit

(Ref. Paras. D. and E. following) on the bench, then install units together
on engine.
(a) Remove protective caps from inlet and outlet ports of pump and drain off any
preservation fluid.
NOTE:
Complete depreservation of fuel system is implemented before engine

test run.
(b) Install gasket (4) on mounting pad studs of accessory gearbox (5).
72-00-00
Page 503
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1
2
3
5
6
13
VIEW
12
9
8
1
11
10
13
PRESB1247
VIEW B
12
1
11
10
POSTSB1247
VIEW B
C7855
Installation of Oil Filter Element, Housing and Check Valve Assembly
Figure 501
72-00-00
Page 504
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 501

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Oil Filter Housing and Check Valve Assembly

Preformed Packing
Filter Element
Preformed Packing
Preformed Packing
Teflon Spacer
Oil Filter Cover
Self-Locking Nut
Washer
Preformed Packing
Packing Retainer (Pre-SB1127)
Fluorocarbon Plastic Ring (Post-SB1127)
Preformed Packing
Compressor Inlet Case (Mounting Boss)
CAUTION: PRE-SB1316: DO NOT REMOVE COUPLING FROM PUMP. ENSURE

DRIVE COUPLING IS CORRECTLY SECURED ON PUMP INTERNAL
SPLINES BY LIGHTLY PULLING AND PUSHING BY HAND.
COUPLING SHOULD BE SLIGHTLY LOOSE, BUT SHOULD MOVE
IN OR OUT. CHECK PROTRUSION OF COUPLING FROM
MOUNTING FACE OF PUMP. MEASUREMENT SHOULD BE 1.000
TO 1.120 INCHES. ENSURE COUPLING IS NOT DISPLACED
DURING ASSEMBLY TO GEARBOX. POST-SB1316: PUMP INPUT
DRIVE COUPLING FEATURES A STOP FLANGE AND MORE
POSITIVE RETENTION. THERE SHOULD BE NO AXIAL MOVEMENT.
CAUTION: FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH STEP (c) FOLLOWING, BY
LUBRICATING SPLINES WITH ANYTHING OTHER THAN ENGINE
OIL, MAY RESULT IN ACCELERATED SPLINE WEAR AND POSSIBLE
FUEL PUMP DECOUPLING.
(c) Remove all traces of grease from splines, and spline bore, and lubricate with
clean engine oil (PWC03-001). Ensure oil mist lubrication hole in accessory
gearbox fuel control drive gearshaft is not blocked.
CAUTION: TURN ACCESSORY GEARBOX GEAR TRAIN UNTIL SMOOTH
ENGAGEMENT OF PUMP COUPLING IS ACHIEVED. MISALIGNMENT
OR USE OF FORCE MAY CAUSE DISPLACEMENT OF PUMP
COUPLING.
(d) Locate fuel pump (1) on studs of mounting boss (5) turning accessory gearbox
gears until coupling shaft splines are aligned, then press pump fully into
engagement. Secure pump with plain washers (3) and self-locking nuts (2).
(e) Functional check of pump will be conducted at engine testing (Ref. Testing).
72-00-00
Page 505
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FLANGE
2
5
C7479
Installation of Starting Control
Figure 502
72-00-00
Page 506
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 502

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Bolt
Mounting Bracket
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Starting Control
Fuel Control Unit (PT6A-21 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 504)

(1)
With fuel control unit overhauled to Chapter 73-20-00:

(a) Remove blanking caps and drain preservation fluid from fuel control unit.
NOTE:

test run (Ref. Testing).
(b) Install new coupling (5) to fuel control unit.

(c) Install preformed packing (7) in recess on face of fuel pump.
(d) Install fuel control unit (1) on fuel pump and engage with splined coupling (5).
Carefully place FCU on studs of pump and secure with washers (3) and
self-locking nuts (2). Tighten nuts and torque 75 to 85 lb.in.
(e) Serrated spacer (4), fuel control arm (9) and arm extension (8) remain loosely
assembled at this stage. For final adjustment, refer to appropriate procedure of
Paragraph 6., following.
E.
Fuel Control Unit (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 505)

(1)
With fuel control unit overhauled to Chapter 73-20-00:

(a) Remove blanking caps and drain preservation fluid from fuel control unit.
NOTE:

(b) Install coupling (4) Post-SB1155, Pre-SB1194 or alternative coupling

Post-SB1194 to fuel control unit.
(c) Install preformed packing (5) in recess on face of fuel pump.
(d) Install fuel control unit (1) on fuel pump and engage with splined coupling (4).
Carefully place FCU on studs of pump and secure with washers (3) and
self-locking nuts (2). Tighten nuts and torque 75 to 85 lb.in.
(e) Serrated spacer (13), fuel control arm (14) and arm extension (15) remain
loosely assembled at this stage. For final adjustment, refer to appropriate
procedure of Paragraph 5., following:
72-00-00
Page 507
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
2
1
C7173
Installation of Fuel Pump
Figure 503
72-00-00
Page 508
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 503

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
(f)
Locate interconnect rod (10) between arm on fuel control unit and arm on starting
control. Temporarily secure upper rod end connector with bolt (6), spacer (7),
washer (8) and castellated nut (9), and lower rod end connector with bolt (6),
spacers (11) and (12), washer (8) and castellated nut (9).
NOTE:
F.
Fuel Pump
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Gasket
Accessory Gearbox Mounting Boss
Castellated nuts will be torqued and locked with cotterpins after final
adjustment of interconnect rod.
Oil-to-Fuel Heater (Ref. Fig. 506)

(1)
With oil-to-fuel heater and oil return check valve overhauled to Chapter 73-10-01:
(a) Remove blanking caps and drain preservation fluid from oil and fuel ports of
oil-to-fuel heater.
NOTE:
Complete depreservation of fuel system is conducted before engine

(b) Remove blanking caps from oil return check valve assembly (4), and install
preformed packings (2) and (5) in their respective grooves.
(c) Locate check valve (4) in oil-to-fuel heater port, and insert large end of valve
through hole in lifting bracket (6) to engage with adapter (1) and studs at
flange G.
(d) Secure oil-to-fuel heater to studs with two washers and self-locking nuts; torque
nuts 32 to 36 lb.in.
(e) Retain check valve assembly (4) to adapter (1) with retaining plate (3) and two
bolts. Torque bolts 32 to 36 lb.in. and lockwire .
G. Check Valve (Minimum Pressurizing) (Ref. Fig. 506)
(1)
Install overhauled check valve (minimum pressurizing) to Pre-SB1161 or

Post-SB1161 (Ref. Chapter 79-20-03):
(a) Install new preformed packing (19) on spigot of check valve spring seat (18).
(b) Insert check valve (21), valve spring (20) and check valve seat (18) into check
valve sleeve (22), and secure with retaining ring (17).
(c) Install three new preformed packings (23) on check valve sleeve (22) and
insert into check valve housing (24).
72-00-00
Page 509
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
6
1
5
4
8
9
C7203
PT6A-21 Engines
Installation of Fuel Control Unit
Figure 504
72-00-00
Page 510
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 504

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Fuel Control Unit

Self-locking Nuts
Washer
Serrated Spacer
Splined Coupling
Fuel Pump
Preformed Packing
FCU Arm Extension
Fuel Control Arm (Typical)
(d) Install new preformed packings (25) and (26) on check valve housing (24),
and insert check valve housing into port at 2 oclock position on compressor
inlet case.
(e) Install new preformed packing (16) on adapter (15).
(f)
Install adapter (15) and rear fireseal mount ring support bracket (14) on check
valve housing (24) and secure to compressor inlet case with two bolts. Tighten
and torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. and lockwire (PWC05-089).
(g) Assemble nut (11), backup ring (12) and new preformed packing (13) on elbow
(10).
(h) Install elbow (10) in adapter (15) and position at angle noted on original
installation (Ref. INTRODUCTION for elbow assembly procedures).
H.
(i)
Install oil tube assembly (9) between elbow on check valve assembly and
elbow on oil-to-fuel heater (8). Tighten and torque coupling nuts 90 to
100 lb.in.
(j)
Torque nut (11) 38 to 42 lb.in. and lockwire (PWC05-089).
Propeller Governor (Ref. Fig. 507)

(1)
With propeller governor overhauled to Chapter 61-20-00:

(a) Lightly lubricate new preformed packing (2) and install on nipple (3).
(b) Screw nipple (3) into governor Py port and torque 65 to 75 lb.in.
(c) Place new gasket (6) on gearbox mounting pad, raised surface uppermost.
72-00-00
Page 511
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
5
4
FUEL PUMP
13
14
15
9
7
8
10
STARTING FLOW CONTROL
10
6
SHAFT EXTENSION FOR

LOCATION OF SHIPPING PLATE
12
11
8
9
C7478
PT6A-27/-28 Engines
Installation of Fuel Control Unit
Figure 505
72-00-00
Page 512
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 505

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15
Fuel Control Unit

Self-locking Nut
Washer
Splined Coupling
Preformed Packing
Bolt
Spacer
Washer
Castellated Nut
Interconnect Rod
Spacer
Spacer
Serrated Spacer
Fuel Control Arm
(d) Install governor (1) over studs and engage drive splines. If necessary, rotate
propeller shaft to assist drive engagement. Ensure governor flange is fully
seated on gasket and install washers (5) and nuts (4). Tighten and torque nuts
(REF. NO. 186, Table 601) using wrench (Ref. PWC30114-09 or
PWC30114-16), as appropriate.
NOTE:
I.
Reference should be made to appropriate procedure in Paragraph

6.following for pressure tests, connection of linkage and Py tube.
Ignition Current Regulator (Ref. Fig. 508)

(1)
With regulator overhauled to Chapter 74-10-01, install on engine:

NOTE:
The ignition regulator is associated with engines that incorporate the glow
plug ignition system.
(a) Locate regulator (1) on three mounting bosses of the accessory gearbox at the
8 oclock position.
(b) Secure regulator with three washers (2) and bolts (3); tighten and torque bolts
36 to 40 lb.in. and lockwire (PWC05-089).
J.
Ignition Exciter (Ref. Fig. 509)

(1)
With ignition exciter overhauled to Chapter 74-10-00, install on engine:

NOTE:
The ignition exciter is associated with engines that incorporate the spark
igniter ignition system.
(a) Locate mounting bracket (2) on three mounting bosses of the accessory
gearbox at the 8 oclock position.
72-00-00
Page 513
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
4
5
COMPRESSOR
INLET CASE
6
FLANGE
10
9
11
12
3
14
15
16
23
17
24
18
25
19
26
20
21
22
COMPRESSOR
INLET CASE
C7477
Installation of Oil-to-fuel Heater and Check Valves
Figure 506
72-00-00
Page 514
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 506

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Oil Return Adapter

Preformed Packing
Retaining Plate
Oil Return Check Valve Assembly
Preformed Packing
Engine Lifting Bracket (Rear)
Elbow
Oil-to-fuel Heater
Oil Tube Assembly
Elbow
Nut
Back-up Ring
Preformed Packing
Ring Support Bracket
Adapter
Preformed Packing
Retaining Ring
Retaining Plate Spring Seat (Pre-SB1161)
Check Valve Spring Seat (Post-SB1161)
Preformed Packing
Valve Spring
Check Valve (Minimum Pressurizing)
Check Valve Sleeve
Preformed Packings
Check Valve Housing
Preformed Packing
Preformed Packing
(b) Secure bracket with three washers (7) and bolts (6); tighten and torque bolts 36
to 40 lb.in. and lockwire (PWC05-089).
(c) Install vibration absorber mounts (10) Post-SB1422 in holes in bracket (2) and
insert sleeves (11) into mounts.
(d) Install ignition exciter (3) on mounting bracket (2).
NOTE:
Mounting bracket (2) Post-SB1337 on PT6A-21/28 engines (Beech

Installation) has repositioned ignition exciter mounting holes (Ref. Fig.
509).
(e) Secure exciter with four bolts (1), washers (4) and self-locking nuts (5)
Pre-SB1422; torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in. Alternatively, secure exciter with bolts
(12), washers (9) and nuts (8) Post-SB1422; torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 515
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
C7199
Installation of Propeller Governor
Figure 507
72-00-00
Page 516
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 507

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
6.
Propeller Governor (Typical)

Preformed Packing
Straight nipple
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Gasket
Reduction Gearbox
Installation of Externals
A.
Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-21 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 510)
(1)
Secure coupling nuts of flexible hose (1) to straight nipple on fuel pump and elbow
on FCU. Torque coupling nuts 170 to 200 lb.in. and lockwire.
NOTE:
Make sure hose fits snugly between FCU and fuel pump fittings without
forcing or twisting.
(2)
Secure coupling nuts of flexible hose (2) to elbow on fuel pump and straight nipple
on oil-to-fuel heater. Tighten coupling nuts, torque 450 to 500 lb.in., and lockwire.
(3)
Insert coupling (6) into bracket (5) of flange G. Secure coupling with jam nut (4)
and torque nut 38 to 42 lb.in.
(4)
Slide tube seals (17) over fuel pressure tube (20) on each side of centre fireseal
mount ring. Butt seals against mount ring. Position insulations (16) next to seals
and retaining plates (15) next to insulations.
(5)
Slide tube seals (9) over fuel pressure tube (20) on each side of rear fireseal mount
ring. Butt seals against mount ring. Position insulations (8) next to seals and
retaining plates (7) next to insulations.
CAUTION: HEAD OF BOLTS SECURING RETAINING PLATES TO REAR AND

CENTER FIRESEAL MUST BE LOCATED ON AIR INLET SIDE.
(6)
Secure tube seals, insulations and retaining plates to center fireseal mount ring with
bolts (18) and nuts (19). Secure tube seals, insulations and retaining plates to rear
fireseal mount ring with bolts (10) and nuts (11). Torque nuts to obtain firm
contact of parts plus 180 degrees.
(7)
Secure loop clamps (12 and 23) to fuel pressure tube (20).
(8)
Secure loop clamp (12) to support bracket (22) to rear of fuel drain valve on gas
generator case with washer(s) (21), nut (13) and bolt (14). Tighten nut and torque
36 to 40 lb.in.
NOTE:
To align front fuel tube, a maximum of two spacing washers may be

positioned between loop clamps and support bracket.
72-00-00
Page 517
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
2
3
C7481
Installation of Ignition Current Regulator
Figure 508
72-00-00
Page 518
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 508

1.
2.
3.
(9)
Ignition Regulator
Washer
Bolt
Secure coupling nuts of tube (20) to bulkhead coupling (6) and elbow on flow divider
and dump valve. Torque coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in., and lockwire.
(10)
For Pre-SB1471 Engines: Connect rear fuel pressure tube (3) between bulkhead
coupling (6) and connector on fuel control unit. Tighten tube coupling nut, torque
270 to 300 lb.in. and lockwire.
(11)
For Post-SB1471 Engines:

(a) Remove existing bolt and use to secure bracket (29) to boss of reduction
gearbox housing assembly.
(b) Secure loop clamp (28) to tube assembly (3) and install to bracket (29) with nut
(26) and bolt (27). Torque nut 36. to 40 lb.in.
(c) Install tube assembly (24) or fuel flowmeter (25) if fitted, to rear fuel pressure
tube (3) and tube assembly (30). Torque coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in. and
lockwire.
(d) Install tube assembly (30) to bulkhead coupling (6). Torque coupling nut 90 to
100 lb.in. and lockwire.
(e) Connect rear fuel pressure tube (3) to connector on fuel control unit. Tighten
and torque coupling nut 270 to 300 lb.in. and lockwire.
(12)
B.
Check for leaks during engine testing (Ref. Testing).
Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) (Ref. Fig. 511)
(1)
Connect flexible hose (6) to straight nipple (7) and FCU elbow (5); tighten and torque
coupling nuts 170 to 200 lb.in. and lockwire.
(2)
Connect flexible hose (9) to straight nipple (8) and elbow (10) on fuel pump; tighten
and torque coupling nuts 450 to 500 lb.in. and lockwire.
NOTE:
(3)
Flexible hose (9) is not used on some installed PT6A-28 engine models.
Component is airframe supplied. Slave hose must be provided for engine
test.
Connect fuel bypass tube (3) between connector (1) on fuel control unit and tee
(11) on starting control. Torque coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in. and lockwire.
72-00-00
Page 519
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
PRESB1337
PRESB1422
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
2
3
1
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
1
POSTSB1337
3
5
6
POSTSB1422
ACCESSORY GEARBOX
11
10
9
12
C8496B
Installation of Ignition Exciter
Figure 509
72-00-00
Page 520
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 509

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Bolt (Pre-SB1422)
Mounting Bracket
Ignition Exciter
Washer (Pre-SB1422)
Nut (Pre-SB1422)
Bolt
Washer
Nut (Post-SB1422)
Washer (Post-SB1422)
Vibration Absorber Mount (Post-SB1422)
Flanged Sleeve (Post-SB1422)
Bolt (Post-SB1422)
CAUTION: WHEN INSTALLING FUEL TUBE (4) ENSURE THAT SHORTER END IS
CONNECTED TO FUEL CONTROL UNIT. INCORRECT INSTALLATION
MAY RESULT IN CHAFING BETWEEN TUBE AND ADJACENT AIRFRAME
EQUIPMENT.
(4)
Connect fuel pressure tube (4) between adapter (2) on fuel control unit and elbow
(14) on starting control. Torque coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in., and lockwire.
(5)
Place one (rear) seal retaining plate (15) over rear coupling nut on fuel pressure
tube (20), insert tube forward through rear fireseal mount ring and place two
center seal retaining plates (15) over tube.
(6)
Insert tube (20) forward through center fireseal mount ring, and place one (forward)
seal retaining plate (15) over tube.
(7)
Secure coupling nuts of tube (20) to elbow (22) and straight nipple (12). Torque
coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in. and lockwire .
(8)
Place one (rear) seal retaining plate (15) over rear of fuel pressure tube (21), insert
tube forward through rear fireseal and place two (center) seal retaining plates (15)
over tube.
(9)
Insert tube (21) forward through center fireseal, and place one (forward) seal
retaining plate (15) over tube.
(10)
Secure coupling nuts of tube (21) to elbow (23) on fuel manifold inlet adapter
assembly and straight nipple (13) on starting control. Torque coupling nuts 90 to
100 lb.in. and lockwire .
(11)
Place insulations (16) and seals (17), with slits diametrically opposite, on tubes (20)
and (21) at each side of center and rear fireseal. Position retaining plates (15)
(already on tubes) next to insulation (16), with aluminized side of insulation facing
mount rings (eight locations).
72-00-00
Page 521
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FUEL
CONTROL
UNIT
1
3
VIEW
A
30
27
PRESB1471
29
24
FLOW DIVIDER AND

DUMP VALVE
28
15
25
26
16
19
17
POSTSB1471
20
18
3
22
23
21
14
20
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
15
12
16
13
12
8
OILTOFUEL HEATER
11
10
7
8
9
FUEL
PUMP
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
6
VIEW
5
4
C7922C
PT6A-21 Engines
Installation of Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses
Figure 510
72-00-00
Page 522
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 510

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Fuel Hose (Fuel Pump to FCU)

Fuel Hose (Fuel Heater to Fuel Pump)
Fuel Tube (rear)
Jam Nut
Bracket
Coupling
Retaining Plate
Insulation
Seal
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Loop Clamp
Self-locking Nut
Bolt
Retaining Plate
Insulation
Seal
Bolt
Self-locking Nut
Fuel Tube (front)
Spacing Washer(s) (two max)
Support Bracket
Loop Clamp (glow plug ignition only)
Fuel Flowmeter (Airframe Supplied) (Post-SB1471)
Nut (Post-SB1471)
Bolt (Post-SB1471)
Loop Clamp (Post-SB1471)
Bracket (Post-SB1471)
CAUTION: HEADS OF BOLTS SECURING SEAL RETAINING PLATES TO REAR

AND CENTER FIRESEALS MUST BE LOCATED ON AIR INLET SIDE.
(12)
Secure plates (15), insulation (16) and seals (17) to center and rear fireseal mount
rings with two bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque (REF. NO. 549,
Table 601).
72-00-00
Page 523
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(13)
Install loop clamps (18) and (19) on their respective fuel pressure tube (20) and
(21). Locate spacing washers (if required for alignment) between clamps and
secure with two nuts and bolts to support bracket attached to rear drain valve on
gas generator case. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
NOTE:
(14)
Install one loop clamp (24) on each tube (20) and (21) and, on engines with glow
plug ignition system, install one additional loop clamp (26) on each tube.
NOTE:
(15)
C.
To align fuel pressure tubes, a maximum of two spacing washers can be

used between each loop clamp and the support bracket.
Loop clamps will be secured during subsequent installation of ignition

leads.
Check lines for leaks during engine test (Ref. Testing).
Pressure Oil Transfer Tubes (Ref. Fig. 512)

(1)
Install pressure oil transfer tube:

(a) Install preformed packings (14) on both ends of front transfer tube (15), and
preformed packing (17) in groove of elbow (16).
(b) Place elbow (16) on one end of tube (15) and insert other end into external
coupling (13) on flange C.
NOTE:
External coupling was installed after assembly of power section to gas

generator assembly.
(c) Position elbow (16) on reduction gearbox and secure with two bolts and
washers; torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. and safety wire.
(d) Install preformed packing (12) on forward end of center transfer tube (11), and
insert tube into coupling (13).
(e) Place one (center) seal retaining plate assembly (5) and seal (4) over rear of
rear transfer tube (6), and slide toward center of tube.
NOTE:
(f)
On later configuration, install insulation between plates (5) and seals

(4) (Ref. IPC).
Place one (center) seal retaining plate assembly (10) and seal (9) over forward
end of transfer tube (6), and slide toward center of tube.
NOTE:

(9) (Ref. IPC).
(g) Install preformed packings (3) on each end of transfer tube (6) and preformed
packing (7) on adapter.
NOTE:
Alignment spacers (8) are used on adapter of rear tube (Pre-SB1169

only).
72-00-00
Page 524
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(h) Insert rear end of transfer tube (6) through rear fireseal mount ring and forward
end of tube through center fireseal mount ring.
(i)
Place one (forward) seal (9), insulation (19) and seal retaining plate assembly
(10) over forward end of tube (6).
NOTE:
(j)

(9) (Ref. IPC).
Place one (rear) seal (4), insulation (18) and seal retaining plate assembly (5)
over rear end of tube (6).
NOTE: 1. On later configuration, install insulation between plates (5) and seals
(4) (Ref. IPC).
NOTE: 2. Aluminized side of retaining plate assemblies to be facing mount
rings (four locations).
(k) Install preformed packing (2) on elbow (1), and place elbow on rear end of
transfer tube (6).
(l)
Insert forward end of transfer tube (6) into rear end of transfer tube (11),
adapter into boss on gas generator case, and locate elbow (1) on inlet case.
(m) Install elbow (1) with bolts and washers. Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. and safety
wire.
(n) Secure flange of adapter to gas generator case with two bolts. Tighten, torque
bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. and lockwire.
CAUTION: HEADS OF BOLTS SECURING SEAL RETAINING PLATE
ASSEMBLIES TO REAR AND CENTER FIRESEALS ARE LOCATED
ON COMPRESSOR AIR INLET SIDE OF RESPECTIVE
FIRESEALS.
(o) Secure seal retaining plate assemblies (5) and (10) and seals (4) and (9) to
center and rear fireseals with two bolts and self-locking nuts at each location.
Tighten nuts and torque (REF. NO. 549, Table 601).
(p) Check for oil leaks during engine test (Ref. Testing).
D.
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube (Ref. Fig. 513)

(1)
Install preformed packings (1) and (9) on front and rear flanges (3) and (10) of
No. 2 bearing scavenge tube (11). Install gasket (2) on front flange.
(2)
Pass front end of scavenge tube through rear fireseal mount ring, and locate
flanges on respective bosses on gas generator and compressor inlet cases.
(3)
Locate rear fireseal mount ring support bracket (8) (already installed on fireseal) on
front hole of scavenge tube rear flange (10). Secure tube rear flange (10) and
bracket to boss with two bolts. Tighten bolts, torque 36 to 40 lb.in. and lockwire.
72-00-00
Page 525
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
OILTOFUEL HEATER
FCU
7
FUEL PUMP
FUEL
PUMP
10
2
11
13
3
4
17
16
12
15
14
15
16
17
STARTING CONTROL
FUEL MANIFOLD
INLET ADAPTER
ASSEMBLY
CENTER FIRESEAL
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RINGS
20
DETAIL A
TYP. 4 PLACES
TUBE SEALING
18
22
19
23
A
21
A
B
25
19
26
R/H IGNITION CABLE

19
21
24
18
20
24
25
26
18
PT6A27/28 ENGINES
(PRESB1196)
L/H IGNITION CABLE

VIEW B
PT6A27/28 ENGINES (POSTSB1196)
C8486
PT6A-21/-28 Engines
Installation of Fuel Delivery Tubes and Flexible Hoses
Figure 511
72-00-00
Page 526
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 511

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
Connector (on FCU)

Adapter (on FCU)
Fuel Bypass Tube
Fuel Pressure Tube
Elbow (on FCU)
Fuel Hose
Straight Nipple
Straight Nipple
Fuel Hose
Elbow (on Fuel Pump)
Tee
Straight Nipple
Straight Nipple
Elbow
Insulation
Seal
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Fuel Pressure Tube - Secondary
Fuel Pressure Tube - Primary
Elbow
Elbow
Loop Clamps
Backplate
Loop Clamps (Glow Plug Ignition)
(4)
Secure front flange (3) to gas generator case with two bolts. Tighten bolts, torque 36
to 40 lb.in. and lockwire.
(5)
Install seals (6) and seal retaining plate assemblies (5) and (7) (foil side facing
seal) on scavenge tube. Secure assemblies and seals to rear fireseal mount ring
with two retaining plates (4), four bolts (heads located on compressor air inlet side of
mount ring) and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque (REF. NO. 549, Table
601).
(6)
Check for oil leaks (Ref. Testing).
72-00-00
Page 527
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
INLET CASE
7
8
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
1
6
4
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
5
18
12
18
9
11
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
19
17
10
19
10
14
16
REDUCTION
GEARBOX
15
FLANGE
C
13
14
C6980A
Installation of Pressure Oil Transfer Tubes
Figure 512
72-00-00
Page 528
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 512

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
E.
Elbow (Rear)
Preformed Packing
Preformed Packing
Seals
Retaining Plates
Rear Tube Post-SB1169
Rear Tube Pre-SB1169
Preformed Packing
Alignment Spacers (Pre-SB1169 only, ref)
Seals
Retaining Plates
Center Tube Post-SB1169
Center Tube Pre-SB1169
Preformed Packing
Coupling
Preformed Packing
Front Tube
Elbow (Front)
Preformed Packing
Insulation Plate
Insulation Plate
External Dual Scavenge Oil Tubes (Ref. Fig. 514)

(1)
If the intent of SB1087 is embodied, ensure that seal retaining plates (11 and 13),
inner seals (12) and (14) and rear transfer tubes (10) are of the correct part
numbers, as these parts to Pre-SB1087and Post-SB1087 standard are not
interchangeable. Center and rear fireseal lower mounting rings are also modified to
accommodate this service bulletin.
(a) Install preformed packings (9) on each end of rear transfer tubes (10).
(b) Place inner seals (12) and (14) and inner retaining plates (11) and (13) in the
center of both rear transfer tubes (10).
(c) Insert transfer tubes (10) through center and rear fireseals, and locate outer
seals (12) and (14) and outer retaining plates (11) and (13) over ends of
tubes.
(d) Remove transfer coupling (8), installed during initial assembly, from flange C.
(e) Connect rear ends of transfer tubes (10) to ports of external scavenge pump.
(f)
Assemble transfer coupling (8) over ends of tubes (10); mount coupling on flange
C, engaging dowel of coupling in flange hole.
72-00-00
Page 529
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10
11
6
4
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
C7463
Installation of No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube
Figure 513
72-00-00
Page 530
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 513

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Preformed Packing
Gasket
Front Flange
Seal
Rear Fireseal Mount Ring Support Bracket
Preformed Packing
Rear Flange
No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Tube
(g) Loosely secure coupling with three Dee-headed bolts, washers and
self-locking nuts.
(h) Install preformed packings (1) on short transfer tube (2) and insert tube into
boss on reduction gearbox.
(i)
Assemble sleeve seal (4) and preformed packing (3) in No. 3 and 4 bearing
scavenge port of front transfer elbow (5).
(j)
Install preformed packings (6) on both ends of front transfer tubes (7). Insert
tubes into respective ports on transfer elbow (5).
(k) Place oil transfer elbow (5) and tubes under reduction gearbox. Insert short
transfer tube (2) into port on transfer elbow (5), and rear end of transfer
tubes (7) into respective ports on transfer coupling (8).
(l)
Locate oil transfer elbow on mounting boss of reduction gearbox, making sure
that preformed packing (3) and sleeve seal (4) mate with corresponding hole in
boss. Secure elbow (5) with three bolts and plain washers. Tighten bolts,
torque 36 to 40 lb.in. and lockwire.
(m) Torque self-locking nuts, that secure oil transfer coupling (8) to flange C, 36 to
40 lb.in.
(n) Tighten self-locking nuts and torque (REF. NO. 549, Table 601).
(o) Install preformed packing (16) on flanged end of scavenge oil hose (15), and
insert into boss on accessory gearbox. Align bolt holes on flange with
corresponding holes in accessory gearbox and bracket (17) on starting control
(PT6A-27/-28 engines) and secure with two bolts. Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in.
and lockwire.
NOTE:
Scavenge oil hose (15) Pre-SB1116 is fitted to engines without

vacuum pump drive; scavenge oil hose (15) Post-SB1116 is fitted to
engines with vacuum pump drive.
72-00-00
Page 531
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(p) Secure coupling nut of hose (15) to adapter or tee, as applicable, on scavenge
pump housing. Tighten coupling nut, torque 400 to 500 lb.in. and lockwire.
F.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-21 Engines) (Ref. Figs. 515 and 516)

(1)
Install glow plug ignition cables Pre-SB1196 (Ref. Fig. 515):

(a) Insert both ignition cables (3) through rear fireseal (13) and center fireseal (14)
apertures.
(b) Position flanges (8) of each cable on rear and center fireseal (13) and (14) and
secure with four bolts and self-locking nuts. Two top bolts also secure mount
ring support bracket (7). Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
NOTE:
Heads of bolts securing flanges to center and rear fireseal mount

rings must be located on compressor air inlet side of respective mount
ring.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE LUBRICANTS OF ANY TYPE

TO BE USED ON CABLES WITH TEFLON INSULATED SLEEVES.
LUBRICANTS CONTAINING GREASE, SILICONE OR PETROLATUM
MUST NOT BE USED ON ANY IGNITION COMPONENTS AS
CONTAMINATION OF ELECTRICAL CONTACTS WITHIN
CONNECTORS OR CENTRAL CONDUCTOR OF CABLE CAN
RESULT IN A HIGH RESISTANCE PATH WHICH COULD GENERATE
HEAT AND OXIDATION.
(c) Lightly spray insulated ends of cable conductors with fluorocarbon dry-spray
lubricant (PWC06-005A).
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW BRAIDING, FERRULES OR GLOW PLUG TO
TURN WHEN SCREWING ON COUPLING NUTS.
(d) Connect coupling nuts on ignition cables (3) to respective glow plugs, and
connectors on ignition regulator. Screw couplings onto mating thread by
hand, making sure no binding occurs between coupling nuts and cable.
(e) Tighten and torque coupling nut connectors to glow plugs (REF. NO. 566, Table
601) and ignition regulator (REF. NO. 561, Table 601). Lockwire coupling nut at
ignition regulator end.
(f)
Assemble one loop clamp (4) on each cable (3) (Ref. Details A and B); secure
to bracket (2) on center fireseal (14) and integral bracket on gas generator
case with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(g) Assemble four loop clamps (9) on ignition cable (3) (Ref. Detail C).
(h) Secure two of these loop clamps to loop clamps (10) on fuel tube with bolts
and self-locking nuts.
(i)
Secure third loop clamp to bracket (12) on air inlet screen with bolt and
self-locking nut.
72-00-00
Page 532
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(j)
Secure fourth loop clamp to fuel line and ignition support bracket (11) with bolt
and self-locking nut.
(k) Tighten all self-locking nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.

(l)
(2)
Assemble four loop clamps (6) on ignition cable (3) (Ref. Detail D), and secure
in pairs to brackets (5) on flange E with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten
nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
Install spark ignition cables (Post-SB1196) (Ref. Fig. 516):

(a) Insert both ignition cables (6) through rear fireseal (14) and center fireseal (4)
apertures.
NOTE:
Heads of bolts securing cable flanges to fireseals to be located on air

inlet side of respective mount ring.
(b) Position flanges of each cable (6) (Ref. Detail A) on center fireseal (4) with
brackets (3) located on rear face of upper hole. Secure together at each
cable flange position with two bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque
36 to 40 lb.in.
(c) Position flanges of each cable (6) on front of rear fireseal (14) (Pre-SB1482,
Ref. Detail D) or rear of rear fireseal (14) (Post-SB1482, Ref. Detail F) with
brackets (11) and (15) positioned over one hole in cable flange. Secure together
at each cable flange location with two bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten
MUST NOT BE USED ON ANY IGNITION COMPONENTS AS
HEAT AND OXIDATION.
(d) Taking care not to spray electrical contacts, lightly spray insulated ends of
cable conductors with fluorocarbon dry-spray lubricant (PWC06-005A).
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW BRAIDING, FERRULES OR IGNITER PLUG TO
(e) Connect coupling nuts at ends of ignition cables (6) to respective spark igniters
and connectors on ignition exciter. Screw couplings onto mating threads by
hand, making sure that no binding occurs between coupling nut and cable.
Tighten and torque cable coupling nuts (REF. NO. 566, Table 601). Secure
coupling nuts at ignition exciter end with lockwire.
(f)
Attach bracket (2) (Ref. Detail A) to angle bracket on center fireseal (4) (two
places) with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 533
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C
16
17
15
12
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
10
13
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
9
11
B
14
4
5
6
1
8
7
6
2
C7464
Installation of External Dual Scavenge Oil Tubes
Figure 514
72-00-00
Page 534
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 514

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Preformed Packings
Transfer Tube
Preformed Packing
Sleeve Seal
Front Scavenge Oil Transfer Tube
Preformed Packing
Front Transfer Tubes
External Scavenge Oil Transfer Coupling
Preformed Packings
Rear Transfer Tubes
Seal Retaining Plates
Seals
Seal Retaining Plates
Seals
Scavenge Oil Hose
Preformed Packing
Support Bracket (Starting Flow Control, PT6A-27/-28
Engines)
(g) Assemble loop clamps (1) and (5) on both ignition cables (Ref. Detail A) and
secure to angle brackets (2) and (3) (already installed) with bolts and
self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
CAUTION: LOOP CLAMPS MUST BE POSITIONED TO REDUCE POSSIBLE
CHAFING OF THE IGNITION CABLE WITH THE FUEL LINE IN THE
VICINITY OF CENTER FIRESEAL AND AIR SCREEN.
(h) Assemble loop clamp (16) on ignition cable (6). Secure loop clamp to rear fuel
pressure tube (20) with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36
to 40 lb.in.
(i)
Pre-SB1482; Assemble loop clamp (9) on ignition cable (6). Secure clamp
to bracket (22) on air inlet screen. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(Ref. Detail D).
Post-SB1482; Assemble loop clamp (9) on ignition cable (6). Secure clamp
to bracket (22) with bolt and self locking nut, and bracket (22) to bracket
(21) using bolt, washer and self-locking nut. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to
40 lb.in. (Ref. Detail E).
Assemble loop clamps (10) and (13) on ignition cables (6) (Ref. Detail D or F)
and secure to brackets (11) and (15) (already installed) with bolts and
self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 535
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(j)
Assemble loop clamp (18) (Ref. Detail C) on ignition cable (6) and secure to
angle bracket (19) with bolt and self-locking nut fingertight.
NOTE:
Attachment of angle bracket (19) (Ref. Detail C) will be accomplished

during installation of compressor delivery pneumatic tubes.
(k) Assemble loop clamps (7) and (8) on ignition cables (6) (Ref. Detail B) and
secure together with bolt and self-locking nut. Tighten nut and torque 36 to
40 lb.in.
G.
Ignition Cables (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) (Ref. Figs. 517 and 518)

(1)
Install glow plug ignition cables (Pre-SB1196), as follows: (Ref. Fig. 517)
(a) Install overhauled ignition cables (2) and (3) between center and rear fireseal
mount rings, passing cable ends through respective holes in mount rings.
(b) Install cable flanges (7) on center fireseal mount ring (Ref. Detail B) and secure
with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
NOTE:

ring.
(c) Install cable flanges (14) on rear fireseal mount ring (Ref. Detail E) and secure
with four bolts and self-locking nuts. Two top bolts also secure mount ring
support bracket (15). Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
MUST NOT BE USED ON ANY IGNITION COMPONENTS, AS
HEAT AND OXIDATION.
(d) Lightly spray insulated ends of cable conductors with fluorocarbon dry-spray
lubricant (PWC06-005A).
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW BRAIDING, FERRULES OR GLOW PLUG TO
(e) Connect coupling nuts of ignition cables (2) and (3) to respective glow plugs
(1), and connectors on ignition regulator. Screw couplings onto mating thread
by hand, making sure no binding occurs between coupling nuts and cable.
(f)
Tighten coupling nuts (REF. NO. 566, Table 601) at glow plugs, and (REF. NO.
561, Table 601) at ignition regulator. Lockwire coupling nuts at ignition regulator
end .
72-00-00
Page 536
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(g) Secure loop clamps (4) (Ref. Detail A) on cables (2) and (3) to angle brackets
(5) on center fireseal mount ring, and integral brackets (6) on gas generator
case, with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(h) Secure loop clamps (8) (Ref. Detail C) on cables (2) and (3) to loop clamps (9)
on fuel tubes with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to
40 lb.in.
(2)
(i)
Secure loop clamps (10) and (12) (Ref. Detail D) on cables (2) and (3) to loop
clamps (13) on fuel tubes, with backplate (11), bolts and self-locking nuts.
(j)
Secure loop clamps (17) and (18) (Ref. Detail F) to angle brackets (16) on
flange E with bolts and self-locking nuts; torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in.
Install spark ignition cables (Post-SB1196), as follows: (Ref. Fig. 518)

(a) Install overhauled ignition cables (2, and 3) (Ref. 74-20-00) between center and
rear fireseal mount rings, passing cable ends through respective holes in
mount rings.
(b) Locate cable flanges (10) (Ref. Detail B) on center fireseal mount ring and
position bracket (8) on rear face of flange. Secure with bolts and self-locking
NOTE:

ring.
(c) Install cable flanges (18) (Ref. Detail E) on rear fireseal mount ring and position
angle brackets (20) on front face of each flange upper hole position. Secure
with four bolts and self-locking nuts. Top two bolts also secure mount ring support
bracket (21). Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
MUST NOT BE USED ON ANY IGNITION COMPONENTS, AS
HEAT AND OXIDATION.
(d) Taking care not to spray electrical contacts, lightly spray insulated end of cable
conductors with fluorocarbon dry-spray lubricant (PWC06-005B).
72-00-00
Page 537
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
DETAIL
DETAIL
2
1
1
4
3
14
3
5
13
14
9
12
14
11
10
3
13
10
4
8
9
DETAIL
DETAIL
C8489
Pre-SB1196
Installation of PT6A-21 Engine Ignition Cables
Figure 515
72-00-00
Page 538
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 515

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Coupling Nut Connector

Bracket
Ignition Cables
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Ignition Cable Flanges
Loop Clamps
Loop Clamps
Fuel Line and Ignition Support Bracket (Attached to fuel
drain valve)
Bracket
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW BRAIDING, FERRULES OR IGNITER PLUG TO

(e) Connect coupling nuts at end of ignition cables (2) and (3) to respective spark
igniters (1) and connectors on ignition exciter. Screw couplings onto mating
threads by hand, making sure that no binding occurs between coupling nut and
cable. Tighten coupling nuts (REF. NO. 566, Table 601). Lockwire coupling
nuts at ignition exciter with lockwire (PWC05-089).
(f)
Secure two brackets (6) to bracket (7) with one bolt and self-locking nut.
Tighten nut and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(g) Secure one angle bracket (5) (Ref. Detail A) to angle bracket (6) and center
fireseal mount ring (two places) with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts
and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(h) Secure one loop clamp (4) on each cable (2) and (3) to angle brackets (5) with
bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(i)
Secure loop clamps (9) (Ref. Detail B) on cables (2) and (3) to angle brackets
(8), on center fireseal mount ring, with bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nut
(j)
Secure one loop clamp (11) (Ref. Detail C) on cable (3) to angle bracket (12)
with bolt and self-locking nut. Tighten nut fingertight.
NOTE:
Angle bracket (12) (Ref. Detail C) will be secured during subsequent

installation of compressor delivery pneumatic tubes.
72-00-00
Page 539
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
4
DETAIL
DETAIL
A
5
B
POSTSB1337
ALTERNATIVE
LOCATION
D
C
A
PRESB1482 CONFIGURATION SHOWN
10
11
12
13
18
17
14
19
22
15
16
DETAIL
DETAIL
C8490C
Post-SB1196
72-00-00
Page 540
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 516

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Ignition Cables
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Rear Fireseal mount Ring
Bracket
Loop Clamp
Insulated Tube
Loop Clamp
Bracket
Rear Fuel Pressure
Bracket
Bracket
72-00-00
Page 541
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
POSTSB1482
15
20
22
10
21
13
11
16
DETAIL E
14
DETAIL F
C22988A
72-00-00
Page 542
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(k) Secure loop clamps (13) and (15) (Ref. Detail D) on cables (2) and (3) to loop
clamps (16) on fuel tubes with backplate (14), bolts and self-locking nuts.
(l)
Secure loop clamps (17) and (19) (Ref. Detail E) on cables (2) and (3) to angle
brackets (20), on rear fireseal mount ring, with bolts and self-locking nuts.
(m) Secure loop clamp (22) (Ref. Detail F) on cable (2) to loop clamp (23) on cable
(3) with bolt and self-locking nut. Tighten nut and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
H.
Propeller Interconnect Linkage Components

(1)
Remove protective material from overhauled linkage (Ref. 76-10-00); lubricate all
bearings by rotating outward and applying grease (PWC04-001).
(2)
The assembly procedure provides for installation of the complete propeller

reversing linkage when a test cell facility acceptable to the reversing propeller
configuration is available.
(3)
Where test facilities are of a non-reversing propeller configuration, such as when

testing against a dynamometer or when engine-testing without using the propeller
reversing function, the procedures described in paragraphs 6. to 7. inclusive should
not be implemented until after engine final acceptance test, and prior to shipment
of engine.
(4)
These instructions are given primarily for shipping purposes and the resultant
rigging may differ considerably from that required when the engine is installed
in the airframe.
(5)
At engine installation by the airframe manufacturer, the linkage is adjusted to suit a

particular airframe requirement. Adjustment may include altering rod lengths,
moving clevis pins to different holes and, if necessary, selecting a different cam to
obtain the necessary power response characteristics.
(6)
The final rigging arrangement is part of the aircraft certification requirement,

detailed in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. Therefore, when an engine is reinstalled
in the aircraft after overhaul or repair, the engine should be rigged in accordance
with the Aircraft Maintenance Manual and not in accordance with the P&WC Engine
Maintenance or Overhaul Manual.
(7)
Install push-pull interconnect linkage as follows (Ref. Fig. 519):

(a) Install swivel joint retaining plate (22) on engine front lifting bracket (23) and
secure with two bolts (24) and self-locking nuts (15). Tighten nuts and torque
36 to 40 lb.in.
(b) Insert adjuster and swivel joint assembly (21) into lifting bracket assembly (23)
and secure with nut (4) (Ref. Detail A). Tighten nut and torque 95 to 105 lb.in.
and lockwire.
72-00-00
Page 543
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
DETAIL
DETAIL
17
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
4
5
DETAIL
DETAIL
18
16
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
DETAIL
7
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
FUEL TUBES
B
A
IGNITION
REGULATOR
A
C
FLANGE
3
10
11
12
14
15
13
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
FUEL TUBES
14
DETAIL
DETAIL
E
C8487
Pre-SB1196
Installation of PT6A-27/-28 Engine Ignition Cables
Figure 517
72-00-00
Page 544
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 517

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Glow Plug
Ignition Cable (LH)
Ignition Cable (RH)
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Bracket
Cable Flange
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Backplate
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Cable Flange
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
(c) Insert flexible shaft casing (7) rearward through center fireseal mount ring,
and locate seal retaining plate (12) and nut (4) on casing behind mount ring.
Move casing rearward into hole in rear fireseal mount ring and install plate (12)
on casing forward of center mount ring.
CAUTION: WHEN TIGHTENING CASING NUT, DO NOT ALLOW CASING TO
TURN.
(d) Connect forward end of casing (7) to wire rope terminal and swivel joint
assembly (21), and secure with casing nut (6) (Ref. Detail A). Tighten nut and
torque (REF. NO. 582, Table 601) and lockwire.
(e) Align hole in wire rope clamp (19) to receive wire rope (5). Push wire rope
forward from rear end and, at the same time, turn wire rope terminal assembly
(20) until wire rope is fully engaged in clamp and terminal. Secure clamp (19) with
spacer (29) and self-locking nut (15), and torque nut (REF. NO. 581, Fits and
Clearances). Ensure wire rope is in safety by inserting the end of a piece of
lockwire in terminal safety hole. Rope is in safety when lockwire will not pass
through hole.
(f)
Locate nut (4) mid-way on casing swivel joint (3). Insert swivel joint through
rear fireseal mount ring and connect wire rope (5) and casing (7). Secure
casing to swivel joint with nut (6) fingertight (Ref. Detail C).
72-00-00
Page 545
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
DETAIL
DETAIL
4
DETAIL
11
10
12
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
7
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
1
PT6A28
POSTSB1337
ALTERNATIVE
LOCATION
G
A
DETAIL
D E F
B C
A
3
1
IGNITION
EXCITER
14
13
DETAIL
18
15
17
22
16
21
20
19
FUEL TUBES
DETAIL
18
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
23
20
DETAIL
DETAIL
C8488A
Post-SB1196
Installation of PT6A-27/-28 Engine Ignition Cables
Figure 518
72-00-00
Page 546
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 518

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Spark Igniter
Ignition Cable (Left-hand)
Ignition Cable (Right-hand)
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Angle Bracket
Bracket
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Cable Flange
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Backplate
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
Cable Flange
Loop Clamp
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
CAUTION: WHEN TIGHTENING CASING NUT, DO NOT ALLOW CASING TO

TURN.
(g) Check that casing (7) is centralized in center fireseal mount ring hole. Screw
second nut (4) (already on casing) onto swivel joint (3). Tighten both nuts
against mount ring and mounting bracket and torque 95 to 105 lb.in. Torque
casing nut (6) (REF. NO. 582, Table 601). Lockwire nuts (4) and nut (6).
NOTE:
Installation of nuts (4) also secures mount ring to mounting bracket

(28).
(h) Assemble loop clamp (8) on casing (7) and secure to angle bracket (25) on
flange C with bolt (17) and self-locking nut (15). Tighten nut and torque 36 to
40 lb.in. (Ref. Detail B).
NOTE:
(i)
Installation of bracket (25) was previously carried out during assembly

of power output section to gas generator assembly.
Place two seals (14) on casing (7), one each side of center fireseal mount ring.
72-00-00
Page 547
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(j)
Place two insulations (13) on casing (7), one on outside of each seal (14), with
aluminized side of each insulation facing mount ring, and slits in insulations
and seals diametrically opposite.
(k) Secure two plates (12), insulations (13), seals (14) and angle bracket (18) to
center fireseal mount ring with two bolts (17) and self-locking nuts (15), and
torque (REF. NO. 549, Fits and Clearances), (Ref. Detail C).
(l)
Assemble loop clamp (8) on casing (7) forward of center fireseal mount ring
and secure clamp to bracket (18) with bolt (17), washer (16) and self-locking
nut (15). Tighten nut and torque 36 to 40 lb.in. (Ref. Detail C).
NOTE:
(8)
The T5 trim harness (11) will be secured to casing (7) with loop
clamps (8) and (10), bolt (17), spacer (9) and self-locking nut (15)
when harness is installed after engine test.
Install front interconnect linkage as follows (Ref. Fig. 520):

(a) Remove two self-locking nuts (18) and washer (19) securing propeller thrust
bearing cover assembly at the 1 and 2 oclock positions (Ref. Detail D).
(b) Place guide pin bracket (17) on studs and secure with nuts (18) (Ref. Detail D),
and torque (REF. NO. 188, Table 601).
(c) Locate sleeve spacer (11) in upper hole in propeller lever (15) and locate lever
end in clevis of push-pull control rod front terminal (10). Insert bolt (12) through
clevis and lever, and secure with castellated nut (1). Torque nut 25 to
35 lb.in. and lock with cotterpin (8) (Ref. Detail B).
(d) Install sleeve bushing (16) in center hole of lever (15); locate lever in fork of
Beta valve plunger (14) and secure with pin (13), washer (2) and cotterpin
(8).
(e) Assemble washer (2), rod assembly connector (3) and second washer (2) on
wire rope clamp (9) and secure with castellated nut (1). Tighten nut, torque 25
to 35 lb.in. and lock with cotterpin (8) (Ref. Detail A).
(f)
Position interconnect linkage fully forward against low pitch stop, and air bleed
link (4) fully forward against maximum stop. Align rear connector (3) with
airbleed link (4); check that center of connector hole is approximately 1/32 inch
to rear of center of outer hole in link. If necessary, adjust length of rod
assembly (7).
(g) Check that both connectors (3) are in safety in rod assembly (7) by inserting a
piece of lockwire in rod safety holes. Connectors are in safety if lockwire will
not pass through holes. Secure connectors (3) and nuts (6) to rod (7). Torque
nuts (6) 12 to 18 lb. in. and lockwire (PWC05-089) connectors (3) and nuts
(6) to rod (7).
72-00-00
Page 548
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(h) Secure rear connector (3) to airbleed link (4) with bolt (5), washer (2) and
castellated nut (1). Torque nut 24 to 36 lb. in. and lock with cotterpin (8)
(Ref. Detail A).
NOTE:
(9)
Final adjustment of the low pitch stop position and rod assembly
length can only be achieved with a propeller installed.
Install rear interconnect linkage as follows (Ref. Fig. 521):

(a) Remove two bolts (3) securing flange cover (12) to accessory gearbox housing.
(b) Remove two self-locking nuts (13) securing accessory gearbox to air inlet
case at flange G. Locate cambox assembly (4) on two accessory gearbox
studs, followed by an electrical connector bracket (Ref. Final Assembly-1).
Secure bracket and cambox with self-locking nuts (13). Tighten nuts and torque
32 to 36 lb.in.
(c) Locate angle bracket (1) on accessory gearbox raised boss and cover (12);
secure with two bolts (3) fingertight. Insert remaining bolt (2) in top hole of
bracket and screw into control lever mounting bracket (4). Torque each bolt 36
to 40 lb.in. and lockwire.
(d) Set FCU by rotating control arm (18) fully counterclockwise, then slowly rotate
arm clockwise until FCU governor cam pick-up point is felt. Set arm
counterclockwise just clear of pick-up point, and retain in this position.
(e) Position of arm (18) should be approximately 16 degrees below horizontal with
arm pointing rearwards.
NOTE:
(f)
Sixteen degree angle is nominal for purposes of overhaul. Actual

setting may differ when engine is installed in airframe.
If necessary, reset arm (18) by slackening FCU arm extension (17) and rotating
arm on serrated spacer. Tighten arm extension (17), torque (REF. NO. 598,
Table 601) and lockwire.
NOTE:
Serrations on FCU arm together with unequal number of serrations on

faces of spacer provide vernier adjustment in increments of 0.6
degree.
(g) Rotate shaft of cambox (4) until shoulder pin of follower lever is at track point
in propeller control cam (8).
NOTE:
Track point of cam slot is at the rear end of arc-shaped slot where an
abrupt change in cam profile occurs.
(h) To ensure that rod assembly (16) is assembled to correct length, rod is
measured from center of one connector to center of the other, and recorded (Ref.
76-10-00). If, during installation of rod assembly (16), connectors fail to align
with holes in FCU lever (29) and FCU arm (18), readjust in accordance with
assembly procedures (Ref. 76-10-00).
72-00-00
Page 549
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(i)
Align holes in FCU lever (29) and FCU arm (18) with holes in connectors of rod
assembly (16) and install bolts (7) at each end.
(j)
Check each connector for safety by inserting a piece of lockwire in safety holes
in rod. When lockwire will not pass through holes, connectors are in safety.
(k) Lock bolts (7), previously installed, with washer (14) and castellated nut (15).
Tighten nut and torque (REF. NO. 585, Table 601) and lock with cotterpin (5).
(l)
On engines with starting control, set FCU arm (18) to 16 degrees below
horizontal (Ref. step (d) preceding). Insert rig pin (Rod 0.120 inch dia.)
through hole in starting control lever (26) and into detent plate rigging slot of
starting control (27) (RUN position is normally 72 degrees).
NOTE:
The run position may be referred to as IDLE, LO-IDLE, or

GROUND-IDLE, depending on installation.
CAUTION: WHEN ADJUSTING INTERCONNECT ROD, 45 DEGREE RIGGING

SLOT IN STARTING CONTROL MUST NOT BE USED UNLESS IT IS
KNOWN THAT AIRFRAME INSTALLATION HAS BEEN MODIFIED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH AIRFRAME MANUFACTURERS
INSTRUCTIONS.
(m) On applicable engine/aircraft installations, adjust length of control rod (23) to
provide a maximum gap of 0.030 inch at lower end of rod when rod is
connected between FCU arm and starting flow control lever (26) (Ref. Figs.
521 and 522).
(n) The following substeps are provided for their informational value:
1
The RUN position (Ref. Fig. 522) on the starting control may be at 45 or
72, depending on the airframe installation, and is defined by detents or
rigging slots in the plate behind the lever. Movement from 45 to 90 has no
effect on starting control operation and is provided only to actuate the
FCU control arm via the telescopic rod and introduce the hi-idle function.
Most installations incorporating this function use the 72 RUN position. With
the rod adjusted as above, movement of the start control lever from 72 to
90 will provide approximately the correct hi-idle speed, final adjustment
being made by the starting control maximum stop.
However, for installations using the 45 RUN position, movement of the

start control lever from 45 to 90 will provide a hi-idle speed considerably
higher than required. This must be compensated for by increasing the gap at
the lower end of the rod as required to obtain the desired rpm or,
alternatively, limiting movement of the cockpit starting control lever when
selecting HI-IDLE.
(o) Tighten rod assembly (23) jam nuts (22, Fig. 521), torque 32 to 36 lb.in. and
lockwire (PWC05-089).
(p) Apply a light film of grease (PWC04-001) to ball end fitting of control rod
assembly (23).
72-00-00
Page 550
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(q) Secure upper end of rod assembly (23), to FCU lever (19) with bolt (21),
spacer sleeve (20), washer (14) and castellated nut (15). Tighten nut, torque 12
to 18 lb.in. and lock with cotterpin (5).
(r)
Secure lower end of rod assembly (23) to start control lever (26) with bolt (21),
spacer sleeves (24) and (25), washer (14) and castellated nut (15). Tighten nut,
torque 12 to 18 lb.in. and lock with cotterpin (5).
(s) Remove rig pin from starting control (27).

(t)
Align slot in head of wire rope clamp (1, Fig. 519) in push-pull terminal (2)
along length of terminal. Locate terminal over wire rope (5) and casing
swivel joint (3); wind terminal onto wire rope until fully engaged with clamp (1).
Secure wire rope (5) to clamp (1) with washer (30) and self-locking nut (15)
and torque (REF. NO. 581, Table 601). Check that wire rope is in safety by
inserting lockwire in safety hole in terminal. Rope is in safety when lockwire
will not pass through hole.
(u) Set follower lever pin to track point in cam (Ref. step (g) preceding). Apply
slight pressure on terminal (2, Fig. 519) toward propeller control cam (8,
Fig. 521).
(v) Adjust rod end clevis on rear terminal (11) until hole in clevis aligns with middle
hole of cam (8); unscrew clevis one complete turn. Tighten jam nut (10) and
torque 38 to 42 lb.in. Check that terminal thread is in safety by inserting lockwire
in clevis safety hole. Terminal is in safety when lockwire will not pass through
hole.
(w) Secure clevis of terminal (11) to cam (8) with pin (9), washer (6) and cotterpin
(5).
I.
(10)
If test facility is of the non-reversing propeller configuration, connect reversing

controls after engine final acceptance test, using procedures described in (4),(5)
and (6), preceding.
(11)
After complete assembly of controls, operate and check controls for full and free
movement in the correct sense.
(12)
Check reversing system components are in safety and all locking devices are
correctly secured.
Propeller Governor Pneumatic Tubes (Ref. Fig. 523)

(1)
Remove all protective material applied on completion of overhaul (Ref. 73-10-08).
(2)
Insert bulkhead coupling (9) in center fireseal mount ring (from rear side) and secure
with jam nut (10). Torque nut 38 to 42 lb.in
(3)
Install one seal retaining plate (5) on front end of tube (4) and slide toward rear
end. Place tube loosely in slot of rear fireseal and install second plate (5).
72-00-00
Page 551
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
15
25
17
POSTSB1528
FLANGE
REAR FIRESEAL
D
B
28
4
3
2
1
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
SUPPORT BRACKET
11
C
15
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
10
8
26 27
12
16
DETAIL
17
15
15
5
DETAIL
FLANGE
15
17
17
25
15
17
DETAIL
C
6
17
13
14
13
12
PRESB1528
18
19
29
4
5
15
20
21
15
22
7
23
24
DETAIL
A
C9445E
Interconnect Linkage Group - Push-pull

Figure 519
72-00-00
Page 552
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 519

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
Wire Rope Clamp

Casing Swivel Joint
Nut
Wire Rope
Casing Nut
Flexible Shaft Casing
Loop Clamp
Spacer
Loop Clamp (Ref. only)
T5 Trim Wiring Harness (Ref. only)
Insulation
Seal
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Bolt
Bracket
Wire Rope Clamp
Adjuster and Swivel Joint Assembly
Retaining Plate
Bolt
Bracket
D-head Bolt (Pre-SB1528)
Tee Bolt (Post-SB1528)
Self-locking Nut (Ref.)
Bracket
Spacer
72-00-00
Page 553
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10
15
A
B
AIRBLEED
LINK
14
D
15
THRUST
BEARING
COVER
1
17
18
9
10
12
DETAIL D
11
1
8
DETAIL B
6
13
DETAIL
16
DETAIL
4
3
2
14
1
8
17
15
C9450A
Interconnect Linkage Group - Front Components
Figure 520
72-00-00
Page 554
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 520

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Castellated Nut
Washer
Rod End Connector
Propeller Governor Airbleed Link
Bolt
Nut
Rod Assembly
Cotterpin
Wire Rope Clamp
Push-pull Control Rod Terminal
Sleeve Spacer
Bolt
Pin
Beta Valve Plunger
Propeller Lever
Sleeve Bushing
Guide Pin Bracket
Self-locking Nut
(4)
Place insulations (6) and seals (7) (slit diametrically opposite) on pneumatic tube (4)
each side of rear fireseal mount ring. Position retaining plates (5) next to insulation
(6) with aluminized side of insulation facing mount ring.
(5)
Connect tube (4) coupling nuts to coupling (9) and elbow (1); torque both coupling
(6)
Install seal retaining plate (8) between mount ring and forward seal (7); ensure
joggled portion of plate slots into fireseal.
CAUTION: BOLTS SECURING RETAINING PLATES TO REAR FIRESEAL MOUNT

RING MUST HAVE THE BOLT HEADS LOCATED ON COMPRESSOR AIR
INLET SIDE.
(7)
Secure seal retaining plates (5) and (8), insulations (6) and seals (7) to rear fireseal
mount ring with two bolts and self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque; (REF. NO.
549, Table 601).
(8)
Route electrical cable (3) across accessory gearbox and secure with loop clamp (2)
to top mounting stud of fuel pump, with washer and self-locking nut. Tighten nut
(9)
Connect electrical cable (3) to electrical connector flange G, as described for

heated pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. K., following).
(10)
Connect both ends of tube (11) to coupling (9) and nipple (14) on propeller
governor; tighten tube nuts and torque 90 to 100 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 555
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
29
8
29
11
10
5
6
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
15
14
3
17
2
13
23
12 FLANGE
1
VIEW
18
15
5
5
16
14
18
17
16
PT6A27/28 ENGINES
19
5
15
14
28
29
8
20
21
22
VIEW B
A
5
15
14
23
22
16
27
26
25
17
PT6A21 ENGINES
VIEW C
24
21
18
C11796
Interconnect Linkage Group - Rear Components
Figure 521
72-00-00
Page 556
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 521

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
J.
Angle Bracket
Bolt
Bolt
Control Lever Mounting Bracket
Cotterpin
Washer
Bolt
Pin
Jam Nut
Push-pull Wire Rope Rear Terminal
Flange Cover
Self-locking Nut
Washer
Castellated Nut
Rod Assembly
Fuel Control Arm
FCU Lever Assembly
Spacer Sleeve (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Bolt (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Jam Nut (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Rod Assembly (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Starting Control Lever (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Starting Control (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Fuel Control Unit (FCU) (Typical) (For PT6A-27-28 Engines)
Fuel Control Lever
(11)
Secure loop clamp (13) to angle bracket (12) with bolt and self-locking nut, and torque
nut 36 to 40 lb.in.
(12)
Lockwire all tube couplings and bulkhead connector after pressure test of
pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L., following).
Compressor Delivery Air Line (Ref. Figs. 525 and 526)

NOTE:
(1)
Refer to Table 501 for Engine/Service Bulletin Applicability.
Install pneumatic tubes and temperature compensator on PT6A-27/-28

(Pre-SB1123/Post-SB1123 Alternative Mod.) engines (Ref. Fig. 525):
72-00-00
Page 557
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
HIIDLE
F.C.U. DETAIL
LOW IDLE (RUN)
FROM 72 RUN POSITION, START
CONTROL ARM MOVES TO 90 ,
THUS MOVING F.C.U. ARM SUFFICIENTLY
TO ATTAIN HIIDLE.
MOVEMENT
TAKEOFF
(REF.)
HIIDLE
F.C.U. DETAIL
LOW IDLE (RUN)
GAP 0.030
18 MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
HIIDLE
90
IF GAP IS TILL SET TO 0.030 WHEN
USING 45 RUN POSITION, MOVEMENT
TO 90 WILL GIVE EXCESSIVELY HIGH
HIIDLE, GAP MUST BE PRESET TO
OBTAIN DESIRED SPEED OR COCKPIT
LEVER MOVEMENT MUST BE RESTRICTED
PRESET GAP FOR 45
RUN POSITION
MOVEMENT
72
LOW IDLE
(RUN)
0
HIIDLE
45
RUN POSITION
MOVEMENT
90
STARTING
CONTROL
DETAIL
45
CUTOFF AND
DUMP STOP
(0 REF.)
HIIDLE STOP
0
STARTING
CONTROL
DETAIL
C9216
Adjustment of Starting Control Telescopic Linkage
Figure 522
72-00-00
Page 558
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(a) Remove all protective material applied on completion of overhaul (Ref.

73-10-07).
(b) Install straight nipple (12) with preformed packing (13) in compensator (15) or
compensator body (14). Tighten nipple and torque to 65 to 75 lb.in.
(c) Install elbow (21) with preformed packing (18), back-up ring (19) and locknut
(20). Tighten locknut, torque 38 to 42 lb.in. and lockwire.
(d) Install seal (17) and insulation (16), aluminized side facing fireseal on studs of
compensator (15) or compensator body (14). Install seal (24), insulation (23),
aluminized side facing fireseal, and retaining plate (22) on elbow (21).
(e) Install compensator (15) or compensator body (14) on rear face of rear fireseal
and install seal (25) and retaining plate (26) over protruding ends of compensator
(15) or studs of body (14).
(f)
Install seal (24), insulation (23), aluminized side facing fireseal, and retaining
plate (22) over protruding elbow (21).
CAUTION: HEADS OF BOLTS SECURING RETAINING PLATES TO REAR

FIRESEAL MUST FACE COMPRESSOR AIR INLET SIDE.
(g) Secure compensator (15) or body (14) with two bolts (30) and two self-locking
nuts at elbow and two self-locking nuts at studs. Tighten nuts; torque 36 to
40 lb.in. at elbow and 32 to 36 lb.in. at studs.
(h) Connect compressor delivery pneumatic heated tube (6) to nipple (12) on
compensator (15) or compensator body (14), and to elbow (4) on fuel
control unit. Tighten locknut (3) and torque 38 to 42 lb.in., at the same time
holding elbow (5) in position. Tighten tube coupling nuts and torque to 90 to
100 lb.in.
(2)
(i)
Connect electrical cable to electrical connector at flange G, as described for

installation of heated pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. K.. following).
(j)
Complete installation of compressor delivery tubes will be accomplished

following pressure testing of pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L.. following).
Install pneumatic tubes (without temperature compensator) on PT6A-27/-28

Post-SB1123, Stnd. Mod) and all PT6A-21 engines, as follows (Ref. Fig. 526):
(a) Remove all protective material applied on completion of overhaul (Ref. 73-10-07).
(b) Install one seal retaining plate (3) over heated tube (11) and slide rearward
to center of tube. Position tube loosely in slot of rear fireseal mount ring, and
install second seal retaining plate (3).
(c) Place insulations (4) and seals (5) (slits diametrically opposite) on tube (11),
each side of rear fireseal. Position retaining plates (3) next to insulation (4),
aluminized side of insulation facing fireseal.
72-00-00
Page 559
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
13
14
TO PROPELLER
GOVERNOR
12
FLANGE
11
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
4
9
10
11
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING 7
5
8
3
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
1
C7469A
Installation of Propeller Governor Pneumatic Tubes
Figure 523
72-00-00
Page 560
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 523

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Elbow (on FCU)

Loop Clamp
Electrical Cable
Governor Pneumatic Tube - Heated
Insulation
Seal
Bulkhead Coupling
Jam Nut
Governor Pneumatic Tube - Front
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Straight Nipple
(d) Connect electrical cable (2) to electrical connector at flange G, as described

for installation of heated pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para.K., following).
(e) Complete installation of compressor delivery tube will be accomplished
following pressure testing of pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L., following).
(3)
Install pneumatic tubes and air filter on PT6A-27/-28 Post-SB1205 engines, as

(a) Remove all protective material applied on completion of overhaul (Ref.
73-10-07).
(b) Secure support bracket (5) to studs on flange G with three self-locking nuts.
Tighten two lower nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(c) Install air filter (6) (arrow on filter pointing toward rear of engine) on bracket (5)
and secure with locknut (4). Tighten nut and torque 38 to 42 lb.in.
(d) Assemble heated tube (3) on elbow of fuel control unit and air filter (6). Torque
both coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in.
(e) Connect electrical cable (2) to electrical connector at flange G, as described for
installation of heated pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. K. following).
(f)
Install one seal retaining plate (7) over insulated tube (13) and slide rearward
to first bend in tube. Position tube loosely in slot of rear fireseal mount ring,
and install second seal retaining plate (7).
(g) Place insulations (8) and seals (9) (slits diametrically opposite) on tube (13) at
each side of rear fireseal. Position retaining plates (7) next to insulation (8),
aluminized side of insulation facing fireseal.
72-00-00
Page 561
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REAR FIRESEAL
2
1
B
FLANGE
A
FLANGE
FOR ENGINE/S.B. APPLICABILITY REFER TO TABLE 101 OR 501
12
11
11
6
16
4
12
14
10
13
VIEW ON ARROW B
EXPLODED
C10413
Installation of Electrical Connector for Heated Pneumatic Tubes
72-00-00
Page 562
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 524

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
Screw
Bracket
Governor Pneumatic Heated Tube Electrical Cable
Cable (Sheet 1) Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated
Tube Electrical Cable and Compressor Delivery Pneumatic
Heated Center Tube Electrical Cable (Sheet 2)
Connector Shell
Rubber Insulator
Nylon Sleeve
Bell-end Fitting
Clamp Screw
Element in Governor Pneumatic Heated Tube
Element in Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Tube
Cable Sleeve
Pins
Element in Compressor Delivery Pneumatic Heated Center
Tube
72-00-00
Page 563
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REAR FIRESEAL
B
A
5
FLANGE
G
DETAIL
FLANGE
15
D
C
A
B
12
11
15
11
6
16
10
4
D
A
12
14
EXPLODED VIEW ON ARROW
13
B
C8495B
Installation of Electrical Connector for Heated Pneumatic Tubes

72-00-00
Page 564
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(h) Complete installation of compressor delivery tube will be accomplished

following pressure testing pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L., following).
(4)
Install pneumatic tubes and bowl-type filter on PT6A-28 Post-SB1290 engines, as

(a) Install bracket (4) on flange G (Ref. Final Assembly-1, Fig. 502) and secure
with two self-locking nuts (5). Tighten nuts and torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
(b) Install P3 filter assembly (15) on bracket (4) and, with loop clamp (8) located
on electrical cable, secure clamp and filter assembly with bolts (9), washer
and self-locking nuts to bracket (4). Tighten nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(c) Attach one end of heated hose (16) to elbow (17) on FCU and the other end to
elbow on P3 filter assembly (15). Tighten both coupling nuts, torque 90 to
100 lb.in.
(d) Assemble plate (10) on rear fireseal (forward side) at slot location; secure with
two bolts and self-locking nuts and torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
(e) Insert nipple end of heated center tube (1) forward through plate (10) and
secure with locknut (11); secure coupling nut at other end of center tube to
elbow on P3 air filter assembly (15).
(f)
Tighten center tube coupling nut at one end and torque 90 to 100 lb.in; tighten
locknut (11) at the other end and torque 38 to 42 lb.in.
(g) Connect electrical cables (2) and (3) to electrical connector at flange G (Ref.
Para. K., following).
(h) Completion of assembly of this system will be accomplished following pressure
testing of the pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L.).
(5)
Install pneumatic tubes and bowl-type filter (Post-SB1330/Post-SB1378 engines) as

(a) Install bracket (4) on flange G (Ref. Final Assembly-1, Fig. 502) and secure
with nut on lower stud.
(b) Install spacers (20) and (18) and bracket (6). Fit self-locking nuts (5), tighten
(c) Install P3 filter assembly (14) on bracket (4) and, with one washer, one angle
bracket (17) (Post-SB1330 only), two bolts (8) and self-locking nuts, secure
angle bracket and filter assembly to bracket (4). Tighten nuts and torque 36 to
40 lb.in.
(d) On Post-SB1583 engines, install P3 filter assembly (14) on bracket (4) and,
with four washers, one angle bracket (17) (Post-SB1330 only), two bolts (23)
and self-locking nuts, secure angle bracket and filter assembly to bracket (4).
72-00-00
Page 565
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(e) Assemble plate (9) on fireseal (forward side) at slot location; secure with two
bolts and self-locking nuts and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(f)
Insert nipple end of heated tube (1) forward through plate (9) and secure with
locknut (10); secure coupling nut at other end of tube to elbow on P3 air filter
assembly (14).
(g) Tighten tube locknut (10) and torque 38 to 42 lb.in.; tighten coupling nut at
other end of tube and torque 90 to 100 lb.in.
(h) Attach one end of heated tube (15) to elbow (16) on FCU and the other end to
elbow on P3 filter assembly (14). Tighten both coupling nuts and torque 90 to
100 lb.in.
(6)
(i)
Connect electrical cables (2) and (3) to electrical connector at flange G (Ref.
Para. K., following).
(j)
Completion of assembly of this system will be accomplished following pressure

testing of the pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L.).
Install pneumatic tubes and bowl-type filter (PT6A-27/-28 Engines Post-SB1343) as

(a) Install spacers (5) and bracket (4) on flange G (Ref. Final Assembly-1, Fig.
502) with two self-locking nuts. Torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in.
(b) Install P3 filter assembly (18) on bracket (4) and, with loop clamp (16) located
on electrical cable, with bolts (17), washers and self-locking nuts. Torque nuts
32 to 36 lb.in.
(c) On Post-SB1583 engines, install P3 filter assembly (18) on bracket (4) and,
with loop clamp (16) located on electrical cable, with Tee bolts (21), four
washers and self-locking nuts. Torque nuts 32 to 36 lb.in.
(d) Attach one end of heated hose (19) to elbow (20) on FCU and the other end to
P3 air filter assembly (18). Torque both coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in.
(e) Assemble plate (15) on rear of rear fireseal mount ring at slot location with two
bolts (9) and self-locking nuts. Torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
(f)
Insert nipple end of center insulated tube (1) forward through plate (15) with
locknut (14); attach coupling nut at other end of tube to elbow on P3 air filter
assembly (18).
(g) Torque center tube coupling nut at filter 90 to 100 lb.in., torque locknut (14) 38
to 42 lb.in.
(h) Connect electrical cable (2) to electrical connector at flange G (Ref. Para. K.).
(i)
Completion of assembly of this system will be accomplished following

pressure testing of pneumatic tubes (Ref. Para. L.)
72-00-00
Page 566
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(7)
Install pneumatic hoses, tube and bowl type filter (PT6A-27/-28 engines,
Post-SB1448) as follows (Ref. Fig. 531):
(a) Assemble, at rear fireseal mount ring slot location, tube retaining plate (10) on
rear and seal retaining plate (9) on front with bolts and self-locking nuts. Torque
(b) Install washer (11) on elbow (12), insert elbow through retaining plates (10
and 9) on rear fireseal mount ring with locknut (5). Torque nut 38 to 42 lb.in.
(c) Install P3 filter assembly (4) on bracket assembly (1) mounted on flange G,
with bolts (3) and self-locking nuts. Torque nuts 32 to 36 lb.in.
(d) Attach center heated hose (13) with electric cable (14) to elbow (12) on rear
fireseal mount ring and other end to P3 filter assembly (4) inner elbow (19).
Torque coupling nuts 90 to 100 lb.in.
(e) Attach rear heated hose (16) with electric cable (15) to P3 filter assembly (4)
outer elbow (18) and other end to elbow (17) on FCU. Torque coupling nuts 90
to 100 lb.in.
(f)
Install electrical connector (2) to bracket assembly (1) (Ref. Para. K.).
(g) Attach insulated tube (6) coupling nut to elbow (12) on rear fireseal mount ring.
Align gasket (7) between flange end of tube and gas generator case boss,
insert bolts (8) through flange and gasket into boss and tighten.
(h) Completion of system assembly will be accomplished following testing (Ref.
Para. L.).
K.
Installation of Electrical Connector from Heated Pneumatic Tube (Ref. Fig. 524)
(1)
After installation of pneumatic heated tubes, route leads to electrical connector and
solder as follows:
(a) Insert leads through loop clamp and rubber grommet (16), cable sleeve (13),
bell-end fitting (9), nylon sleeve (8) and relevant holes in rubber insulator (7).
NOTE:
Electrical leads from element (11) in Py heated tube connect to pins A

and C, and leads from element (12) in P3 heated tube connect to pins
B and D. Leads from element (15) (Ref. Fig. 524, Sheet 2) connect
to pins B and D also.
(b) Using a suitable soldering iron, solder leads to connector pin (14) solder
buckets, using solder (PWC05-205) and resin flux (PWC05-031).
(c) Slide rubber insulator (7) and nylon sleeve (8) over solder connections, position
bell-end fitting (9) over sleeve and secure to connector (6), fingertight.
72-00-00
Page 567
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
14
SB1123 ALTERNATIVE MOD.
ACCESSORY GEARBOX FLANGE

8
17
16
9
1
11
3
4
15
10
12
13
PRESB1123 REAR FIRESEAL
FUEL CONTROL UNIT

ELBOW ASSEMBLY
18
19
24
20
21
22
23
GAS GENERATOR CASE

28
29
27
26
25
30
24
23
22
C8484A
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Line - PT6A-27/-28 Pre-SB1123/Post-SB1123 Alternative
Mod.) Engines
Figure 525
72-00-00
Page 568
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 525

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Preformed Packing
Back-up Ring
Locknut
ElbowPre-SB 1123 or Elbow Post-SB1123
Metered Elbow ( Post-SB1123, Alternative Mod.)
Spacer
Electrical Receptacle
Loop Clamp
Straight Nipple
Preformed Packing
Compensator Body (Post-SB1123, Part B)
Temperature Compensator (Pre-SB1123 Alternative Mod.)
Insulation
Seal
Preformed Packing
Back-up Ring
Locknut
Elbow
Retaining Plate
Insulation
Seal
Insulation
Retaining Plate and Insulation
Gasket Pre-SB1276 or Corrugated Steel Gasket
Post-SB1276
Angle BracketPost-SB1196
Bolt 0.190-32 UNJF x 0.625 inch Alternative; Bolt 0.190-32
UNJF x 0.750 inch
CAUTION: DO NOT ALLOW LEADS TO TURN WHEN TIGHTENING

BELL-END FITTING.
(d) Install leads and cable sleeve with cable clamp, and clamp halves with screws
(10).
(e) Install connector assembly (3) in bracket (2), with four screws (1), washers and
self-locking nuts; torque nuts 7 to 8 lb.in. Install loop clamp (16) to bracket (2)
Post-SB1330 or angle bracket Post-SB1330 with bolt and self-locking nut.
Torque nut 36 to 42 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 569
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

6
5
3
8
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
7
12
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
9
10
11
FLANGE
FUEL CONTROL
UNIT ELBOW ASSY
C7466
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Line - PT6A-27/-28 (Post-SB1123, Stnd. Mod.) Engines
and all PT6A-21 Engines
Figure 526
72-00-00
Page 570
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 526

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
(f)
Loop Clamp
Cable
Insulation
Seal
Seal Retaining Plate Post-SB1162
Angle Bracket (engines with spark ignition system)
Post-SB1276
Loop Clamp
On PT6A-28 Pre-SB1290 and all PT6A-21/-27 engines, using a turbine

temperature indicating test set or suitable ohmmeter, measure electrical
resistance between connector pins of tube heater elements (Ref. Table 502).
(g) On PT6A-28 engines Post-SB1290, using a turbine temperature indicating test

set or suitable ohmmeter, measure electrical resistance between connector
pins of tube heater elements. (Ref. Table 502).
NOTE:
Because leads of rear and center heated tubes are soldered to the
same connector pins, both tube heater elements are checked
together, (their resistance values must be combined for the purpose of
the above checks). Refer to Table 502 for individual tube assembly
resistance values.
72-00-00
Page 571
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
BRACKET
9
10

1
7
2
14
FUEL CONTROL
UNIT ELBOW ASSEMBLY
6
5
4
FLANGE
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
3
12
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
11
13
C8508
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Line - PT6A-27/-28 (Post-SB1205) Engines
Figure 527
72-00-00
Page 572
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 527

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Loop Clamp
Cable
Locknut
Support Bracket
Air Filter
Insulation
Seal
Seal Retaining Post-SB1162
Post-SB1276
Compressor Delivery Insulated Tube
TABLE 501, Engine/Service Bulletin Applicability
Engine Model
PT6A-21
PT6A-27
PT6A-28
Service Bulletin No.
Fig. No.
Sheet No.
Pre-SB1330
531
Post-SB1330
531
Pre-SB1123
531
Post-SB1123(Stnd or Alt Mod)
531
Post-SB1205
531
Post-SB1330
531
Post-SB1343
531
Post-SB1378
531
Post-SB1448
531
Pre-SB1123
531
Post-SB1123(Stnd or Alt Mod)
531
Post-SB1205
531
Post-SB1290
531
Post-SB1314
531
Post-SB1330
531
Post-SB1343
531
Post-SB1448
531
72-00-00
Page 573
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
BRACKET
6
HEATED TUBE ELECTRICAL
CABLE
4
8
9
10
11
5
2
1
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
ELBOW ASSEMBLY
15
17
12
16
13
14
IGNITION CABLE
C8485
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Line - PT6A-28 Post-SB1290 Engines
Figure 528
72-00-00
Page 574
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 528

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.

Electrical Cable
Electrical Cable
Bracket
Nut
Loop Clamp
Bolt
Plate
Locknut
Gasket Pre-SB1276 Corrugated Steel Gasket Pre-SB1276
P3 Air Filter
Elbow
TABLE 502, Electrical Resistance Check
Tube Heater Element
Tube Ass P/N
pin Coding
Min. (Ohms) Res.
Max. (ohms) Res.
Py
3011843
A and C
7.6
8.4
P3
3011853
B and D
18.6
21.4
P3
3014216
B and D
18.6
21.4
P3
3021964
B and D
12.0
14.0
Py
3027974
A and C
7.6
8.4
P3
3028907
B and D
18.6
21.4
P3
3030517
B and D
33.0
37.0
P3
3030522
B and D
38.0
42.0
P3
3031439
B and D
24.7
27.3
P3
3031445
B and D
38.0
42.0
P3
3031448
B and D
38.0
42.0
P3
3031850
B and D
17.1
18.9
P3
3031943
B and D
38.0
42.0
P3
3032097
B and D
24.0
28.0
P3
3032309
B and D
37.0
41.0
72-00-00
Page 575
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
18
A
5
14
19
20
17
4
8
POSTSB1378
14
10
TO FUEL
CONTROL
16
12
15
1
3
2
11
13
22
22
21
22
4
14
DETAIL A
POSTSB1583
23
C79904
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Line Post-SB1330/Post-SB1378
Figure 529
72-00-00
Page 576
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 529

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
L.

Electrical Cable
Electrical Cable
Bracket
Nut
Loop Clamp
Bolt
Plate
Locknut
Gasket
Angle Bracket (engine with spark ignition only)
P3 Air Filter
Elbow
Angle Bracket Post-SB1330
Spacer
Bolt
Spacer
Nut
Washer
Bolt
Pressure Test Pneumatic Tubes

(1) Pressure test pneumatic lines and temperature compensator Pre-SB1123/Post-SB1123
Alternative Mod.) on PT6A-27/-28 engines, as follows (Ref. Fig. 525):
(a) Connect a supply of clean dry compressed air at 80 5 psig to elbow at
forward end of temperature compensator (15) or compensator body (14).
(b) Apply leak-checking fluid (PWC05-007) to entire surface of all connecting
points throughout pneumatic system. No leaks are permitted other than
from two bleed holes in fuel control unit and one bleed hole in propeller governor.
(c) Rectify any leakage and repeat pressure test.
(d) When pressure test is satisfactory, wipe off all traces of leak detecting fluid.
(e) Disconnect air supply.
(f)
Install applicable gasket (28) under flange of insulated tube (27), and locate
tube between elbow connector on compensator (15) or compensator body
(14).
72-00-00
Page 577
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

7

3
6
PRESB1583
14
15
FUEL CONTROL UNIT
ELBOW ASSEMBLY
FLANGE
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
20
17
16
19
11
18
12
13
21
10
IGNITION CABLE
22
16
FLANGE
18
22
23
DETAIL A
POSTSB1583
C10264A
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Line - PT6A-27/-28 Post-SB1343 Engines
Figure 530
72-00-00
Page 578
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 530

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

Electrical Cable
Loop Clamp
Bracket Assembly
Spacer
Nut
Nut
Bolt
Insulated Tube
Gasket
Bolt
Angle Bracket
Locknut
Plate
Bolt
P3 Filter Assembly
Heated Hose
Elbow
Tee Bolt
Washer
Nut
(g) Secure tube flange and gasket to gas generator case with two bolts. Place angle
bracket (29) (engines with spark ignition only) under head of lower bolt. Tighten
bolts and torque (REF. NO. 592, Table 601).
NOTE:
On Post-SB1276 engines, secure bolts together with lockwire

(PWC05-089). On Pre-SB1276 engines, torque will be rechecked
and bolts will be locked after completion of engine testing.
(h) Connect coupling nut at rear end of tube to elbow connector on compensator
(15) or compensator body (14); tighten and torque coupling nut 90 to 100 lb.in.
(2)
Pressure test pneumatic lines (without temperature compensator) on PT6A-27/-28

(Post-SB1123, Stnd. Mod.) and all PT6A-21 engines, as follows (Ref. Fig. 526):
(a) Connect a supply of clean dry compressed air at 80 5 psig to elbow on fuel
control unit.
72-00-00
Page 579
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FLANGE
2
19
7
18
3
9
17
6
5
16
8
15
REAR FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
14
11
12
10
13
C42271
Installation of Compressor Delivery Air Lines -PT6A-27/28 Post-SB1448 Engines
Figure 531
72-00-00
Page 580
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 531

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Bracket Assembly
Bolt
P3 Air Filter Assembly
Locknut
Insulated Tube
Gasket
Bolt
Plate, Seal Retaining
Plate, Tube Retaining
Washer
Elbow
Center Heated Hose Assembly
Electrical Cable, Center hose
Electrical Cable, Rear Hose
Rear Heated Hose Assembly
Elbow, FCU
Outer Elbow
Inner Elbow

(d) When pressure test is satisfactory, wipe off all traces of leak detecting fluid.
(f)
Install gasket (8) Pre-SB1276, or corrugated steel gasket (8) Post-SB1276

under flange of heated tube (11), and locate tube between elbow on fuel
control unit and boss on gas generator case.
(g) Secure tube flange and gasket to gas generator case with two bolts. On
engines with spark ignition system, place angle bracket (7) under head of lower
bolt. Tighten bolts and torque (REF. NO. 592, Table 601).
NOTE:
On Post-SB1276 engines, secure bolts together with lockwire

(PWC05-089). On Pre-SB1276 engines, torque will be rechecked
and bolts will be locked after completion of engine testing.
(h) Connect coupling nut at rear end of tube to elbow on fuel control unit, tighten
and torque coupling nut 90 to 100 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 581
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

(i)
Install seal retaining plate (6) between rear fireseal and rear seal (5). Secure
plates (6) and (3), insulations (4) and seals (5) to fireseal with two bolts and
self-locking nuts. Angle bracket (10) is positioned under lower nut. Tighten nuts
and torque (REF. NO. 549, Table 601).
(j)
Assemble loop clamp (9) on heated tube (11) and secure to bracket (10) with
bolt and self-locking nut. Tighten nut and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(k) Position loop clamp (12) and loop clamp and rubber grommet (1) on electrical
cable (2) and secure to studs on flange G with self-locking nuts. Tighten and
torque nuts 32 to 36 lb.in.
(3)
Pressure test pneumatic lines and air filter on PT6A-27/-28 Post-SB1205 engines,
as follows (Ref. Fig. 527):
(a) Connect a supply of clean dry compressed air at 80 5 psig to connector at
forward end of air filter (6).
(d) When pressure test is satisfactory, wipe off all traces of leak detection fluid.
(f)
Install gasket (12)Pre-SB1276, or corrugated steel gasket (12) Post-SB1276

under flange of insulated tube (13), and locate tube between connector on
filter (6) and boss on gas generator case.
(g) Secure tube flange and gasket to gas generator case with two bolts. Place
angle bracket (11) (engines with spark ignition system) under head of lower
NOTE:
On Post-SB1276 engines, secure bolts together with lockwire. On

Pre-SB1276 engines, torque will be rechecked and bolts will be locked
after completion of engine testing.
(h) Connect coupling nut at rear end of tube to connector on air filter, tighten and
torque coupling nut 90 to 100 lb.in., and lockwire.
(i)
Install seal retaining plate (10) between rear fireseal and rear seal (9). Secure
plates (7) and (10), insulations (8) and seals (9) to fireseal with two bolts and
self-locking nuts. Tighten nuts and torque (REF. NO. 549, Table 601).
72-00-00
Page 582
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(j)
Remove lower nut securing electrical connector bracket and upper nut securing
air filter support bracket (5) to flange G. Position loop clamp (1) and loop clamp
and rubber grommet (14) on cable (2) and secure to studs at flange G with
self-locking nuts. Tighten and torque nuts 32 to 36 lb.in.
NOTE:
(4)
The upper loop clamp also secures the governor air pressure tube
electrical cable to the lower mounting studs of the electrical receptacle
bracket.
Pressure test pneumatic lines and bowl-type filter on Post-SB1330 engine or

PT6A-28 (Post-SB1290) engines as follows (Ref. Figs.528 and 529):
(a) Connect a supply of clean dry compressed air to 80 5 psig to connector on
forward end of tube (1).
from two bleed holes in fuel control unit, one bleed hole in propeller governor,
and one vent hole in P3 filter cover.
(c) Rectify leakage and repeat pressure test.
(f)
Install Pre-SB1276 gasket (13) or Post-SB1276 corrugated steel gasket (13)

under flange of insulated tube (12) and locate tube between nipple on tube (1)
and boss on gas generator case.
(g) Secure tube flange with gasket to gas generator case with two bolts, placing
angle bracket (14) (engines with spark ignition system) under head of lower
NOTE:
On Post-SB1276engines, secure bolts together with lockwire. On

Pre-SB1276engines, torque will be rechecked and bolts will be locked
(h) Connect coupling nut of tube (12) to tube (1) and torque 90 to 100 lb.in.
(5)
Pressure test pneumatic lines and bowl-type filter on PT6A-27/-28 Post-SB1343

engines as follows (Ref. Fig. 530):
(a) Connect a supply of clean dry compressed air at 80 5 psig to connector on
forward end of tube (1).
72-00-00
Page 583
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(f)
Install Pre-SB1276 gasket (11) or Post-SB1276 corrugated steel gasket (11)

under flange of insulated tube (10) and locate tube between nipple on tube
(1) and boss on gas generator case.
(g) Secure tube flange with gasket to gas generator case with two bolts (12),
placing angle bracket (13) (engines with spark ignition system) under head
of lower bolt. Tighten bolts and torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
NOTE:
On Post-SB1276 engines, secure bolts together with lockwire . On

Pre-SB1276engines, torque will be rechecked and bolts will be locked
(h) Connect coupling nut of tube (10) to tube (1) and torque 90 to 100 lb.in.
CAUTION: ON SOME INSTALLATIONS, LOOP CLAMP (16) MAY BE RELOCATED
TO STUD ON FLANGE G TO AVOID CHAFING ON AIRFRAME
CONTROLS. REFER TO SB1290 FOR ALTERNATIVE CLAMPING
POSITIONS.
(i)
Remove lower nut (6) securing electrical receptacle bracket to flange G and
slacken rear bolt (17) securing P3 filter to mounting bracket (4). Insert cable
(2) through loop clamp (16) under head of loosened bolt (17). Position loop clamp
(3) on cable (2), secure to stud at flange G with nut (6), and torque 32 to
36 lb.in.
NOTE:
(6)
Loop clamp (3) also secures the governor air pressure tube electrical
cable to the lower mounting stud of the electrical receptacle bracket.
Pressure test pneumatic system on PT6A-27/-28 Post-SB1448 engines as follows

(Ref. Fig. 531):
(a) Connect a supply of clean dry compressed air at 80 5 psig to connector on
forward end of elbow (12).
NOTE:
If necessary, remove insulated tube (6) (Ref. DISASSEMBLY 1, Para.

E).

72-00-00
Page 584
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(f)
If insulated tube (6) was removed, attach coupling nut to elbow (12). Align
gasket (7) between flanged end of tube and gas generator boss, insert bolt
(8) through flange and gasket into boss, torque 32 to 36 lb.in. and safety wire.
Torque coupling nut 90 to 100 lb.in. and safety wire.
(g) If insulated tube (6) is in place, attach coupling nut to elbow (12) and torque 90
to 100 lb.in. Torque bolts (8) attaching flange end 32 to 36 lb.in. Safety wire
coupling nut and bolts.
(7)
Final Check
(a) Complete assembly of Post-SB1290/1330 compressor delivery tubes as follows
(Ref. Fig. 528):
1
Remove lower nut (5) attaching electrical receptacle bracket (6) and P3
filter mounting bracket (4) to flange G.
Remove rear self-locking nut and bolt attaching P3 filter, loop clamp and
rubber grommet (8) to mounting bracket (4).
Assemble loop clamp (7), loop clamp and rubber grommet (8) on cables (2
and 3). Install loop clamp (7) on stud at flange G with nut. Torque nut 32 to
36 lb.in.
NOTE:
Loop clamp (7) also attaches governor air pressure tube electrical
cable to lower mounting stud of electrical receptacle bracket.
CAUTION: ON SOME INSTALLATIONS CLAMP (8) MAY BE RELOCATED

TO STUD ON FLANGE G TO AVOID CHAFING ON AIRFRAME
CONTROLS. REFER TO SB1290 FOR ALTERNATIVE
CLAMPING POSITIONS.
4
Attach loop clamp and rubber grommet (8) to rear mounting position of P3
filter with self-locking nut and bolt (9). Torque nut 32 to 36 lb.in.
(b) Safety wire all coupling nuts in pneumatic system, leaving flange bolts
(Pre-SB1276 only) unlocked. Retorque and lock these bolts after engine test with
safety wire.
M.
T5 Trim Wiring Harness (Ref. Fig. 532)

(1)
Install class of trim thermocouple, determined from data established during engine
testing, as follows:
(a) Install probe of harness (3) through center fireseal mount ring, with bolts (4)
(from air inlet side) and self-locking nuts (7). Torque nuts 36 to 40 lb.in.
(b) Install one loop clamp (2), separated by spacer on probe and second clamp (1)
on reversing cable housing with bolt and self-locking nut, torqued 36 to 40 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 585
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CAUTION: BECAUSE INSULATION MATERIAL IS EXTREMELY FRAGILE, DO

NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE PRESSURE ON TERMINAL LUGS WHEN
INSTALLING BOLTS.
(c) Connect lugs of trim harness to respective AL (alumel) and CR (chromel) posts
on terminal block with bolts (8) and (9). Torque bolts (REF. NOS. 961 and 962
respectively, Fits and Clearances).
NOTE:
7.
AL bolt is larger than CR bolt, and post is slightly magnetic.
Installation of Power Section to Gas Generator Case

A.
Procedure
(1)
With gas generator assembly mounted in stand (PWC30800):

(a) Remove caps from pressure and scavenge oil transfer tubes (12) and install
new preformed packings on transfer tubes.
(b) Remove plugs from couplings (13) on power section at flange C.
(c) Remove protective covers installed after light overhaul. Make sure that gas
generator case and power section exhaust duct flanges C, are clean, free
from nicks, scratches, dents and defects likely to damage seals. Smear thin layer
of compound (PWC09-005A) on exhaust duct flange before assembly.
(d) Check and centralize two interstage sealing rings (Pre-SB1218) or one sealing
ring (Post-SB1218) on power turbine stator housing to ensure smooth entry
onto mating surface of compressor turbine shroud housing. Interstage sealing
rings (Pre-SB1218) are positioned with gaps 180 20 degrees apart with
one gap at TDC. Interstage sealing ring (Post-SB1218) is positioned so that
side marked PRESS is facing rear of engine.
(e) Using hoist, carefully move power section into position until mating flanges are
six inches apart.
(f)
Install gasket on T5 thermocouple wiring terminal block (10) of harness. Insert

block through gas generator case, with gasket correctly positioned, and secure
block with two bolts. Torque bolts 36 to 40 lb.in. and lockwire .
(g) Align locating grooves in edges on flange C of exhaust duct and gas generator
case at 12 oclock position.
CAUTION: ENSURE FLANGE C OF GAS GENERATOR CASE AND EXHAUST
DUCT ARE PARALLEL AND AXIALLY ALIGNED. IF ASSEMBLIES DO
NOT MATE FREELY, WITHDRAW POWER SECTION AND CHECK
FOR CAUSE OF INTERFERENCE.
(h) Align pressure and scavenge oil transfer couplings with respective transfer
tubes at rear of engine. Move power section carefully into position in gas
generator assembly until both flanges meet.
72-00-00
Page 586
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(i)
Implement loop and ground resistance checks of T5 system (Ref. 72-01-00,

SUB-ASSEMBLY).
(j)
Install Dee-head bolts (heads face rear) through mounting flanges, and locate
governor pneumatic tube clamp bracket and interconnect linkage casing clamp
bracket on flange C (Ref. Final Assembly-1, Figs. 501 and 502, View on
Flange C). Secure all bolts with self-locking nuts, tighten in diametric sequence
(k) Temporarily remove bolts (8) and (9) (Ref. Fig. 532) secured to posts on T5
terminal block. Connect lugs of T5 trim harness to appropriate post on
terminal block. Reinstall bolts (8) and (9); torque bolt (8) (REF. NO. 961, Table
601) and bolt (9) (REF. NO. 962).
(l)
(2)
Connect coupling nut of tube (9, Fig. 533) to coupling (11) at center fireseal,
torque 90 to 100 lb.in. and lockwire .
For PT6A-27/-28 engines (Pre-SB1185) Engines: Reconnect propeller reversing

linkage:
(a) Install locknut (5) on wire rope casing (8) at rear of front lifting bracket (7).
(b) Insert wire rope (22) through front lifting bracket into forward end of wire rope
casing (8), and feed rearward until wire rope emerges at rear swivel joint (23).
Locate front swivel joint assembly (4) in front lifting bracket (7).
(c) Screw locknut (5) onto threaded casing of front swivel joint (4); torque locknut
95 to 105 lb.in. and lockwire.
(d) Connect wire rope casing coupling nut (24) to rear of front swivel joint (4).
Tighten nut, torque (REF. NO. 582, Table 601) and lockwire.
(e) Install spacer sleeve in propeller reversing lever (17), and connect front clevis
(1) to lever with bolt, washer and castellated nut (25). Tighten nut and torque
12 to 18 lb.in.;secure nut with cotterpin
(f)
Attach lower end of governor interconnecting rod (2) to air bleed link (27) on
propeller governor (6) with bolt, washer and castellated nut (26). Tighten nut,
torque nut 12 to 18 lb.in. and secure with cotterpin.
(g) Install rear wire rope terminal (21) and rod-end clevis (20) on end of wire rope
(22) by screwing assembly clockwise until wire rope bottoms. Ensure wire rope
is in safety by inserting a piece of lockwire through inspection hole in
terminal. When wire rope is in safety, lockwire will not pass through hole.
Tighten nut on clamping bolt and torque (REF. NO. 581, Table 601).
(h) Attach rear rod-end clevis (20) to propeller control cam (19) with straight
headed pin (18). Install washer on pin and lock with cotterpin.
(3)
For PT6A-27/-28 (Post-SB1185) and all PT6A-21 Engines: Reconnect propeller

reversing linkage:
72-00-00
Page 587
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
2
TERMINAL BLOCK
8
10
1
6
PROPELLER REVERSING
CABLE HOUSING
GAS GENERATOR
CASE
5
C7480C
Installation of T5 Trim Wiring Harness
Figure 532
72-00-00
Page 588
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 532

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Loop Clamp
Loop Clamp
T5 Trim Harness
Bolt
Angle Bracket
Loop Clamp
Self-locking Nut
Bolt (Alumel Terminal)
Bolt (Chromel Terminal)
Flat Spacer
(a) Install front swivel joint (4) in slot of front lifting bracket (7). Pivot retaining
plate (29) over swivel joint and secure with bolt (30) and nut (28). Tighten
both nuts (28) and torque 36 to 40 lb.in. Tighten locknut (5), torque 95 to
105 lb.in. and lockwire.
(b) Install spacer sleeve in reversing lever (17) and secure rod-end clevis (1) to
lever with bolt and castellated nut (25). Tighten nut, torque 12 to 18 lb.in. and
lock with cotterpin.
(c) Attach lower end of interconnecting rod (2) to air bleed link (27) with bolt,
washer and castellated nut (26), torque 12 to 18 lb.in. and lock with cotterpin.
(4)
Conduct checks on front linkage (Ref. Para. 6.).
(5)
Install new preformed packing on oil drain plug (14) or magnetic chip detector, as
applicable, and install in boss on reduction gearbox (15). Tighten and torque oil
drain plug (REF. NO. 184, Table 601) or magnetic chip detector (REF. NO. 200) and
lockwire .
(6)
Do a power section checks (Ref. Testing).
72-00-00
Page 589
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
28
8
21
7
8
POSTSB1185
19
30
20
29
SPACER SLEEVE
23
18
REAR FIRESEAL
25
22
24
INPUT LEVER
17
27
CONTROL LEVER
MOUNTING BRACKET
26
FCU CONTROL ROD
2
VIEW
CENTER FIRESEAL
MOUNT RING
3
1
7
6
22
VIEW B
11
8
10
17
16
15
13
14
FLANGE
12
C7484
Installation of Power Section on Gas Generator
Figure 533
72-00-00
Page 590
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 533

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
Reversing Linkage Front Clevis

Governor Interconnecting Rod
Sling
Swivel Joint (Front)
Locknut
Propeller Governor
Lifting Bracket (Front)
Wire Rope Casing
Propeller Governor Pneumatic Line (Py)
T5 Terminal Block
Bulkhead Coupling
Oil Transfer Tubes
External Coupling
Oil Drain Plug (Pre-SB1217) or
Magnetic Chip Detector (Post-SB1217)
Reduction Gearbox
Cap Screw (Sling)
Propeller Reversing Lever
Straight Headed Pin
Rod-end Clevis (Rear)
Wire Rope Terminal
Wire Rope
Swivel Joint (Rear)
Coupling Nut - Wire Rope Casing
Air Bleed Link
Nut
Retaining Plate (Post-SB1185)
Bolt
72-00-00
Page 591/592
Sep 10/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
A.
Personnel engaged in final assembly of the engine should refer to the INTRODUCTION
section of this manual to familiarize themselves with general overhaul procedures (Ref.
Outline of Manual Overhaul Procedures).
B.
ASSEMBLY-3.
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-2 : ACCESSORY AND EXTERNAL COMPONENTS
ENGINE FINAL ASSEMBLY-3 : FINAL CHECKS
C.
The type of lockwire used during assembly shall comply, unless otherwise specified, with
Specification AMS5687 which is 0.025 inch diameter heat and corrosion resistant steel
wire (PWC05-089) and will not be specified in assembly instructions.
D.
Do not allow loop clamps to move cables from their natural contour when tightening
E.
Where aluminum foil seal retaining plates are installed on external tubes at fireseals, the
plates must be installed so that the aluminum foil faces the fireseal mount ring.
F.
Ensure that major sub-assemblies, accessories, external components and their

and service bulletin (SB) standard.
G. Subassembly instructions for major components are described in the relevant

2.
For alternate products, suppliers, and suppliers addresses, refer to Consumable Materials
List P/N 3043340.
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC05-089
Special Tools
Not Applicable
4.

Not Applicable
72-00-00
Page 501
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
5.
Final Engine Checks

A.
B.
General
(1)
Immediately after satisfactory engine test, the following checks must be implemented
to ensure integrity of all external components of engine assembly.
(2)
Where wire locking is specified, use lockwire.
(3)
Where necessary, reference will be made to paragraphs within this chapter, or to

other chapters for specific information on torque values, etc.
Checks
(1)
Examine exhaust duct, gas generator case, center and rear fireseal mount rings,
inlet area and screen as follows:
(a) Examine exhaust duct, mount rings and gas generator case for damage or
dents. Check for security at attachment flanges.
NOTE:
Should a dropped engine sustain damage during handling, refer to

Light Overhaul in relevant section of this chapter for inspection
procedures.
(b) Remove air inlet screen (Ref. 72-30-00, DISASSEMBLY), and conduct a
thorough examination for foreign object damage (F.O.D.) within inlet case area.
Replace inlet screen (Ref. 72-30-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY), and cover with a
strip of waxed paper or other suitable material to exclude foreign matter from
compressor.
(2)
Examine external oil system components and tubes as follows:

(a) Inspect scavenge oil pump for leakage. Check for security to accessory
gearbox
(b) Examine oil-to-fuel heater for leakage. Check attachment nuts for security.
(c) Ensure main oil filter element is the original item installed during assembly.
NOTE:
A slave oil filter element used during engine testing must be

removed after testing is completed and the original oil filter element
installed.
(d) Inspect No. 2 bearing scavenge oil tube for damage and security; ensure
retaining bolts are wirelocked.
(e) Inspect oil pressure tubes from accessory gearbox to propeller reduction
gearbox for damage. Check torque values on tube flange, coupling and
elbow-retaining bolts, and wirelock (Ref. Para. 6, FINAL ASSEMBLY-2).
(f)
Inspect dual oil scavenge tubes for damage. Check torque values of elbow and
seal-retaining plates, retaining bolts, and wirelock (Ref. Para. 6, FINAL
ASSEMBLY-2).
72-00-00
Page 502
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(g) Check dipstick for security.

(h) Check magnetic chip detector or oil drain plug in propeller reduction gearbox
for correct torque value (Ref. FINAL ASSEMBLY-2).
(3)
Examine external air system components, as follows:

(a) Check propeller governor for security of attachment.
(b) Check bleed valve retaining bolts for correct torque values, and wirelock (Ref.
72-30-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY).
(c) Inspect compressor delivery air tubes for damage, paying particular attention to
tube insulation. Check torque values on tube nuts, nipple, adapter retaining nut,
P3 filter (if fitted), and wirelock (Ref. Para. 6, FINAL ASSEMBLY-2).
(d) Inspect governor pneumatic tubes from fuel control unit to propeller governor
for damage. Check torque values, and wirelock (Ref. Para. 6, FINAL
ASSEMBLY-2).
(e) Connect propeller reversing linkage, and wirelock (Ref. Para. 6, FINAL
ASSEMBLY-2).
(4)
Examine external fuel system components, as follows:

(a) Examine fuel pump for security to accessory gearbox and tightness of hose
and line connections. Check wirelocking.
(b) Examine fuel control unit for security to fuel pump, and tightness of hose and
line connections. Check wirelocking.
(c) Examine starting control (PT6A-27/28 engines) for security to flange G; check
tightness of line connections and wirelocking.
(d) Inspect flow divider and dump valve (PT6A-21 engines); check torque values of
retaining bolts and wirelocking.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE ALL 14 MANIFOLD ADAPTER LOCKING PLATES ARE
CORRECTLY INSTALLED.
(e) Inspect fuel manifold, inlet adapter, and transfer tubes for damage. Check
torque values of manifold bolts if SB1276 has not been incorporated, and
wirelock (Ref. 72-30-00, ASSEMBLY).
(f)
(5)
Check fuel drain valves for correct torque value, and wirelock (Ref. 72-30-00,
SUB-ASSEMBLY).
Examine temperature indicating and ignition systems as follows:

(a) Check T5 wiring harness terminal bolts for correct torque values and lockwire
(Ref. Para. 6, FINAL ASSEMBLY-2).
72-00-00
Page 503
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(b) Inspect ignition cables for security to spark igniters/glow plug and ignition
exciter/ignition regulator.
(c) Recheck torque values of each spark igniter/glow plug and lockwire to ignition
cables.
(6)
Install Trim Data Plate after Test (Ref. Fig. 501)

(a) On completion of engine test, and prior to engine shipment, ensure that trim
data from engine test log sheet is properly stamped on trim data plate; install
as follows:
1
Place engine data plate (1) on mounting boss (2) on inlet case and secure
with bolts (4) in the two top attachment holes.
Locate trim data plate (5) over two lower holes in data plate (1) and secure
with two lockwashers (3) and bolts (4). Tighten all bolts and torque 36 to
40 lb.in.
72-00-00
Page 504
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
72-00-00
Page 505
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
VIEW
INLET CASE
3
4
C7485A
Installation of Trim Data Plate after Test
Figure 501
72-00-00
Page 506
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 501

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Engine Data Plate

Mounting Boss
Lockwashers
Bolts
Trim Data Plate
72-00-00
Page 507/508
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
A comprehensive table of fits and clearances is provided in each applicable chapter with
illustrated views of the engine showing the location of the various fits and limits, indicated by
reference number (REF. NO.). All REF. NOs. from these tables are listed in numerical
sequence with respective chapter number in Table 601 following, to provide a reference index
for all chapters. A plus (+) symbol preceding the REF. NO. indicates one that is used in
this chapter (72-00-00). These NOs. are repeated in Table 602 with appropriate torque limits
and assembly procedures.
In order to maintain consistency throughout the manual, all tables of fits and clearances are
located in Pageblock 601 in each applicable chapter.
2.
Terms and Symbols

A.
Inspection Frequency Requirement (IFR)

The term Inspection Frequency Requirement (IFR) is a system by which each fit, or
clearance receives an inspection frequency rating (Ref. P&WA Standard Practices Manual,
P/N 58005).
The letters A, B, C and D appearing in the IFR column indicate the recommended
frequency of inspection.
(a) A - Measure each component, fit or clearance at each overhaul or whenever
affected parts are disassembled regardless of physical condition. Make a
record of the results.
(b) B - Make sure that the fit, clearance, torque or other special assembly
requirement is correct at assembly, during every engine build.
NOTE:
Deviations must be corrected.
(c) C - Measure affected parts only if deviation is suspected or evident by visual

examination.
(d) D - Measure affected parts when repairing or replacing them.
B.
Dimensional Checks
The DIMENSIONS FOR REF. column indicates minimum and maximum manufacturing
dimensions of two mating parts. These dimensions are provided for information only.
The LIMITS column indicates the desired minimum and maximum fits and clearances
between new parts, and also the allowable limit to which these parts may wear before
replacement is necessary.
The letter T indicates a tight fit; L or no letter, a loose fit.
BY SELECTION means parts must be matched by selection to provide a required fit.
FIT TO means a fitting operation may be required at assembly to obtain the required fit.
72-00-00
Page 601
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
An asterisk (*) indicates part(s) should be replaced if any looseness is evident.

Unless otherwise stated, all fits are diametrical. Spline fits are calculated from chordal
dimensions.
The figures in the MINIMUM, MAXIMUM and REPLACE columns shall be interpreted:
(a) Dimensions in inches.
(b) Torque in pound-inches.
(c) Spring pressures in pounds and ounces.
(d) Vane areas in square inches.
(e) Vane class figures correspond to a determined geometric area.
NOTE:
C.
When the REPLACE Column is left blank, the MIN. or MAX. limits
apply, as required.
Torque Limits
Unless otherwise stated, apply thread lubricant to all parts that are to be torque-loaded.
Values for torque limits shall be interpreted in pound-inches, spring pressure in
pounds only, and all other limits in inches.
Use engine lubricating oil (PWC03-001) or equivalent, unless otherwise specified.
Where torque limits for castle nuts are provided in the MINIMUM column only, these
nuts should be tightened to the designated torque and then further tightened, if necessary,
to properly align the locking slots and holes.
Where MINIMUM and MAXIMUM values are given, the alignment of the locking slot
must be obtained without loosening the nut and without exceeding the maximum limit. If
this is not possible, back-off the nut half a turn, then retighten. If alignment cannot be
accomplished, select another nut.
Torque requirements for interference fit applications, such as studs, may be obtained
with or without lubrication, unless otherwise specified.
D.
Index of Fits and Clearances

(1)
Refer to Tables 601 and 602 for chapter and REF. NOs. used in this manual.
72-00-00
Page 602
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 601, Index of Fits and Clearances Reference Nos.

REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
72-10-00
72-11-00
27
72-10-00
72-11-00
54
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
30
72-10-00
72-11-00
55
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
31
72-10-00
72-11-00
56
72-10-00
72-11-00
10
72-10-00
72-11-00
32
72-10-00
57
34
11
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
58
12
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
59
13
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
61
14
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
62
38
72-10-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
15
72-10-00
72-11-00
39
72-10-00
72-11-00
68
72-10-00
72-11-00
16
72-10-00
72-11-00
40
72-10-00
69
72-10-00
72-11-00
17
72-10-00
72-11-00
41
72-10-00
72-11-00
88
72-10-00
72-11-00
18
72-10-00
72-11-00
42
72-10-00
72-11-00
133
72-10-00
72-11-00
19
72-10-00
72-11-00
43
72-10-00
72-11-00
134
72-10-00
72-11-00
20
72-10-00
72-11-00
44
72-10-00
72-11-00
135
72-10-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
46
72-10-00
72-11-00
136
21
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
48
72-10-00
72-11-00
137
23
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
49
72-10-00
72-11-00
138
24
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
51
72-10-00
72-11-00
139
25
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
52
72-10-00
72-11-00
140
26
72-10-00
72-11-00
35
36
37
72-00-00
Page 603
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
141
72-10-00
72-11-00
+199
260
72-30-00
72-50-01
142
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-00-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
261
+200
72-00-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-30-00
72-50-01
72-50-02
262
201
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-30-00
72-30-04
263
215
72-10-00
226
72-01-00
72-30-00
72-30-04
72-50-01
265
72-30-00
72-30-04
72-30-05
267
72-30-00
72-30-04
273
72-50-02
72-50-03
275
72-50-04
276
72-50-04
279
72-50-02
72-50-04
285
72-30-04
287
72-30-05
288
72-30-05
290
72-30-05
291
72-30-05
292
72-30-05
293
72-30-05
294
72-30-05
296
72-30-05
297
72-30-05
298
72-30-00
72-30-05
300
72-20-00
72-30-00
72-30-05
144
72-10-00
72-11-00
154
72-11-00
155
72-10-00
72-11-00
162
72-10-00
72-11-00
163
72-10-00
72-11-00
176
72-10-00
72-11-00
178
72-10-00
72-11-00
180
72-10-00
72-11-00
181
72-10-00
72-11-00
182
72-10-00
72-11-00
+184
+186
+187
+188
72-00-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-00-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
72-50-05
227
72-50-04
229
72-50-04
230
72-50-04
231
72-50-04
232
72-50-04
233
72-50-04
235
72-50-04
237
72-50-04
238
72-30-04
72-50-05
244
72-01-00
72-50-03
72-50-05
249
72-30-00
72-50-01
250
72-30-00
72-50-01
253
72-30-00
72-30-04
72-30-05
72-10-00
72-11-00
189
72-10-00
72-11-00
192
72-10-00
72-11-00
195
72-10-00
72-11-00
256
72-30-00
72-30-04
72-30-05
257
72-30-05
258
72-30-00
72-30-05
72-00-00
Page 604
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
301
72-20-00
72-30-00
72-30-04
334
72-30-00
412
76-10-00
342
72-01-00
72-50-03
72-50-04
424
72-20-00
426
72-30-00
72-30-05
427
72-30-00
72-30-05
72-50-02
428
72-30-00
72-30-05
72-50-02
303
72-30-00
72-30-05
304
72-30-00
72-30-05
305
72-30-00
72-30-05
306
307
308
310
72-20-00
72-30-00
72-30-05
72-01-00
72-50-03
72-50-05
72-30-00
72-30-05
72-30-05
313
72-20-00
315
317
72-30-05
350
72-30-05
358
72-50-02
359
72-50-03
361
72-50-04
369
72-20-00
433
79-20-02
370
72-30-05
434
79-20-02
379
72-30-04
72-30-05
435
79-20-02
436
79-20-02
381
72-50-04
437
79-20-02
382
72-01-00
72-50-03
72-50-04
438
79-20-02
439
79-20-02
450
76-10-00
451
76-10-00
452
76-10-00
453
76-10-00
454
76-10-00
455
76-10-00
456
76-10-00
457
76-10-00
458
76-10-00
459
76-10-00
460
76-10-00
461
76-10-00
478
72-01-00
72-50-04
480
72-30-05
481
72-30-05
72-30-00
72-30-05
312
314
343
72-30-05
72-20-00
79-20-02
72-30-00
72-30-05
383
72-01-00
72-50-04
384
72-50-04
388
72-50-04
389
72-30-05
390
72-30-05
391
72-30-05
392
79-20-03
393
73-10-04
394
73-10-04
395
73-10-04
396
73-10-04
405
73-20-00
76-10-00
318
72-30-00
319
72-30-05
320
72-30-05
321
72-30-05
325
72-30-05
327
72-30-05
328
72-20-00
329
72-20-00
410
76-10-00
330
72-20-00
411
76-10-00
72-00-00
Page 605
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
482
72-30-05
541
651
79-20-02
484
72-30-00
72-40-01
72-01-00
72-30-00
72-50-04
+669
72-00-00
677
486
72-50-04
72-30-00
72-50-04
487
72-30-00
72-50-01
680
72-30-05
696
79-20-03
488
72-30-00
72-50-01
701
72-60-00
489
72-30-00
72-50-01
543
72-30-05
544
72-30-00
72-30-05
545
72-30-00
72-30-05
+549
72-00-00
702
72-60-00
+561
72-00-00
703
72-60-00
490
75-30-00
562
72-30-00
704
72-60-00
493
72-50-01
+566
72-00-00
705
72-60-00
496
72-01-00
72-50-04
576
72-30-00
706
72-60-00
+577
72-00-00
707
72-60-00
497
72-50-04
+581
72-00-00
708
72-60-00
498
72-50-04
+582
72-00-00
709
72-60-00
499
72-50-04
+584
72-00-00
711
72-60-00
500
72-50-04
+585
72-60-00
72-50-04
72-00-00
76-10-00
712
501
713
72-60-00
508
76-10-00
+592
72-00-00
714
72-60-00
509
76-10-00
593
75-30-00
715
72-60-00
510
76-10-00
596
72-01-00
716
72-60-00
511
76-10-00
597
72-01-00
718
72-60-00
512
76-10-00
+598
719
72-60-00
514
76-10-00
72-00-00
76-10-00
72-30-00
73-10-06
72-60-00
76-10-00
602
720
515
721
72-60-00
516
76-10-00
517
73-20-00
518
76-10-00
519
76-10-00
520
76-10-00
521
76-10-00
524
76-10-00
536
72-50-04
603
79-20-02
722
72-60-00
610
79-20-03
723
72-60-00
621
76-10-00
724
72-60-00
622
79-20-02
725
72-60-00
627
76-10-00
726
72-60-00
628
76-10-00
727
72-60-00
630
79-20-02
728
72-60-00
631
79-20-02
729
72-60-00
72-00-00
Page 606
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
REF. NO.
CHAPTER
732
72-60-00
780
72-60-00
733
72-60-00
781
72-60-00
734
72-60-00
782
79-20-02
735
72-60-00
783
72-60-00
736
72-60-00
784
72-60-00
737
72-60-00
804
72-60-00
738
72-60-00
902
72-60-00
739
72-60-00
903
72-60-00
740
72-60-00
925
79-20-02
741
72-60-00
955
72-50-01
742
72-60-00
956
75-30-00
743
72-60-00
957
72-30-00
744
72-60-00
+961
72-00-00
745
72-60-00
+962
72-00-00
746
72-60-00
967
72-30-00
747
72-60-00
968
75-30-00
748
72-60-00
1177
75-30-00
749
72-60-00
1179
75-30-00
750
72-60-00
1180
75-30-00
753
79-20-02
1182
75-30-00
754
79-20-02
1202
79-20-02
755
79-20-02
1203
79-20-02
761
72-60-00
1204
79-20-02
763
72-60-00
1205
79-20-02
764
72-60-00
1206
79-20-02
765
72-60-00
1283
72-50-04
766
72-60-00
1352
767
72-60-00
72-10-00
72-11-00
768
72-60-00
1354
72-10-00
72-11-00
769
72-60-00
2547
772
72-60-00
72-01-00
72-50-04
775
72-60-00
776
72-60-00
72-00-00
Page 607
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
585
598
VIEW
584
VIEW C
585
SECTION
FLANGE
FLANGE
582
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
BB
669
FLANGE
582
A
C
B
581
549
566
592 549 TYPE FOR ALL RUBBER
TYPE FOR ALL RUBBER
MTD TUBE SEALS
MTD TUBE SEALS
577
561
577
PT6A21 ENGINES
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
566
PT6A27/28 ENGINES
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
577
C8476C
Engine Assembly - Fits and Clearances
72-00-00
Page 608
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
186
184
200
199
VIEW
A
184
961
962
PARTIAL REAR VIEW OF ENGINE
C8477A
Engine Assembly - Fits and Clearances
72-00-00
Page 609
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 602, Torque and Stretch

REF NO.
Description
Torque Limits (lb.in.)
184
Plug (Pre-SB1217)
215 min.
240 min.
186
Nut, Mounting, Propeller Governor
125 min.
135 max.
199
Cover, Electrical Connection (Post-SB1217)
12 min.
16 max.
200
Chip Detector, Magnetic (Post-SB1217)
45 min.
55 max.
549
Nut
Tighten until firm contact is made

plus 180 degrees.
561
Electrical Connectors
Tighten fingertight plus 5 degrees.
566
Lead, Ignition
Tighten fingertight plus 45 degrees.
577
Nut, Coupling
170 min.
200 max.
581
Nut, Self-locking
10 min.
15 min.
582
Casing Flexible Shaft
40 min.
60 max.
584
Nut, Plain
150 min.
250 max.
585
Nut, Castellated
20 min.
30 max.
592
Bolt
Torque to 15-20 lb.in.then retorque to

32-36 lb.in. without loosening.
598
Extension, Fuel Control Arm
25 min.
669
Interconnect Control Cable - Assembly

Procedure
End of cable must extend beyond

inspection hole.
961
Bolt Pre-SB1503,
Post-SB1503
10 min.
8 min.
15 max.
12 min.
962
Bolt Pre-SB1503,
Post-SB1503
8 min.
8 min.
12 max.
10 min.
35 max.
72-00-00
Page 610
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE - TESTING
1.
2.
General
A.
The purpose of these instructions is to make sure that engines will produce rated power
within required limits after repair, or normal scheduled overhaul.
B.
The classified first-stage power turbine stator returned with a gas generator module
undergoing scheduled overhaul is (already) installed on the slave power section and
the engine tested in accordance with instructions in this chapter.
C.
Since the performance of a turbine engine is greatly affected by surrounding atmospheric

conditions, it is essential that accurate values of actual barometric pressure and
compressor air inlet temperature are obtained at time of engine testing.
D.
All wet line pressure systems should be calibrated at the appropriate engine height.
E.
Test requirements following scheduled or unscheduled overhaul or repair are listed in

Table 701.
F.
The type of lockwire (safety wire) used during testing shall comply, unless otherwise
specified, with Specification AMS5687 which is 0.025 inch diameter heat and corrosion
resistant steel wire (PWC05-089) and will not be specified in testing instructions.
For alternate products, suppliers and suppliers addresses refer to Consumable Materials List
P/N 3043340.
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC03-001
PWC05-089

Special Tools
Tool No.
Name
Application
PWC30136
PWC30199
PWC30314
Fitting
Fitting
Fitting
PWC30328
PWC30415
PWC30434
PWC30514-50
Puller
Compressor
Nozzle, 2 reqd
Thermocouple,
Harness
Ps3 Measurement
AGB Breather
RGB Oil Pressure,
(Pre-SB1223)
Oil Filter Housing
Oil Pressure Relief Valve
Tt1 Measurement
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 701
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Tool No.
Name
PWC30556
PWC30591
PWC30814
Puller
Bracket, Gearbox
Probe
PWC31207-101
PWC32080
PWC32081
PWC32082-100
PWC32083
PWC32100-100
PWC32100-104
PWC32101-101
PWC32105
Starter
Pad
Ring
Bracket
Ring
Propeller
Propeller
Governor
Fitting
PWC32107
PWC32112
PWC32113
PWC32117
PWC32246
PWC32263
PWC32291
PWC32304-100
PWC32305-100
PWC32444
PWC32449
Fitting, 2 Reqd
Fitting
Fitting
Lifting Eye
Starter
Plug
Bracket
Bracket
Bracket
Plate, Adapter
Thermocouple, 8
reqd
Fitting
Puller
Tachometer
Bracket
PWC34297
PWC34418
PWC50931
PWC80503
4.
Application
AGB Mount
Oil and Fuel Temperature
measurement
Engine Mount
Engine Mount
Engine Vibration
Engine Mount
Engine Test, (PT6A-21)
Engine Test, (PT6A-27/28)
Overspeed Control
RGB Oil Pressure,
(Post-SB1223)
Oil Pressure Measurement
RGB Static Pressure
Oil Scavenge-to-cooler
Engine Lift
Dry Spline
AGB Mount
Engine Mount (starboard)
Engine Mount (port)
Starter Control Unit
Tt7 Measurement
Test Cell Static Pressure

Name
Remarks
Analyzer
RAM Procedure Card
Charge Converter Box
Cable
Cable
Tec Aces Model 1700, P/N 10-100-0464

Tec Aces PT6, P/N 11-100-0048
Integrator Model 510-02, P/N 10-100-1502
80 ft., P/N 10-320-0131
Tachometer Generator, 80 ft., P/N
10-320-0132
Model 516, P/N 10-100-1516
Tachometer Matching box
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 702
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
5.
Name
Remarks
Cable
Cable
Microdot, 3 ft., P/N 75-200-0032

Interface, P/N 10-320-0133
Engine Test Equipment

A.
6.
General
(1)
The equipment required for testing PT6A-21,-27 and -28 engines is listed in Paras.
3. and 4. and are referred to in text.
(2)
Engine testing shall be conducted on a suitably correlated test stand. Requirements

for accomplishing overhaul test stand correlation may be obtained by contacting
Pratt & Whitney Canada, Customer Support Department. A condensed description of
test cell correlation procedures and requirements is also contained in the P&WC
Facility Equipment and Planning Manual, P/N 3040878.
(3)
For data reduction use program 30P10230 or PWC83020.
Engine Test Requirements

Engine test requirements for scheduled or unscheduled overhaul engines, gas
generator/power section repairs are listed in Table 701.
TABLE 701, Test Requirements and Procedures
ENGINE
GAS
GENERATOR
POWER
SECTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
7.
8.
9.
10.A.
10.D.
10.E.
10.F.
10.G.
10.H.
10.I.
PARA.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 703
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 701, Test Requirements and Procedures (Contd)

ENGINE
GAS
GENERATOR
11.A.
11.B.
11.C.
11.D.
11.E.
12.
13.
14.
15.
18.
PARA.
POWER
SECTION
19.
NOTE: The vibration survey requirement applies only to engines being tested
following overhaul or repair requiring balancing of the compressor rotor
assembly.
7.
Symbols
Symbols designated for various stations within the engine and working variables used in
engine testing, are as follows. Capitalized symbols in parenthesis are used interchangeably
with those immediately adjoining, (e.g. Ng = NG) to provide similarity to appearance on
computerized calculations.
Ng (NG)
Nf (NF)
Pam
Psgb
Psn
P
Ps3 (PS3)
G
SFC
SG
shp (SHP)
SG Base
Tf
Tsg
Ttl
Gas Generator Speed, rpm

Power Turbine Speed, rpm
Ambient Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Reduction Gearbox Static Pressure, Psig
Test Cell Static Pressure, in. H20
Engine Torquemeter Pressure minus Static Pressure, in. Hg
Compressor Discharge Static Pressure, Psig
Gravitational Constant
Specific Fuel Consumption, WF/DELRTH + SHP/DELRTH
Specific Gravity of Fuel
PT6A-21; Nf x del P divided by 5183
PT6A-27/-28 ; Nf x del P divided by 5272
Turbine Meter Calibration Standard
Fuel Temperature, F
SG Fuel Sample Temperature, F
Engine Inlet Temperature, F
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 704
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Tt5 (TT5)
del T5
T5D
Tt7 (TT7)
Wf (WF)
in.Hg
in.H2O
F
R
DEL
TH
RTH
DELRTH
8.
Interturbine Temperature, F (R)

Untrimmed Tt5 minus Trimmed Tt5 value, F
Calculated Interturbine Temperature, F (R)
Engine Exhaust Nozzle Temperature F (R)
Fuel Flow, PPH
Inches of Mercury
Inches of Water
Degrees Fahrenheit
Degrees Rankin, F plus 459.688
(delta) Corrected Pam (in.Hg) divided by 29.921
(theta) (Ttl plus 459.688) divided by 518.688
(root theta) Square root of theta
(delta root theta) root theta multiplied by delta
Preparation for Test

A.
B.
Engine/Propeller Controls
(1)
Because reverse power is not used during engine test, controls associated with
reverse power feature, i.e., FCU interconnect rod and propeller reversing lever,
are not installed until test is completed (Ref. Final Assembly).
(2)
Push Beta valve fully in, and place reset lever in the fully forward position.
(3)
Secure valve and lever in these positions with a suitable tension spring (5, Fig.
702) attached to each of the components.
Install Test Equipment (Ref. Figs. 701 through 705)

(1)
Install starter generator (PWC31207-101) or (PWC32246) with gasket on accessory

gearbox housing studs and secure with four nuts and washers; torque 150 to
170 lb.in.
(2)
Install breather adapter fitting (PWC30199) on accessory gearbox and secure with
two bolts; torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
(3)
Install overspeed governor (PWC32101-101) with gasket on studs at left-hand side

of reduction gearbox and secure with four nuts and washers; torque 150 to
170 lb.in.
(4)
Install exhaust nozzles (PWC30434) on engine and secure each with six bolts and
nuts; torque 65 to 75 lb.in.
(5)
Install tachometer-generators:
(a) Install Nf tachometer-generator MS25038-04, with gasket on propeller reduction
gearbox housing.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 705
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(b) Install Ng tachometer unit (PWC50931) with gasket on AGB housing.

NOTE:
Ng tachometer unit (PWC50931) is for vibration survey only.
(c) Install Ng tachometer-generator MS25038-04 on tachometer unit.

(d) Secure with nuts and washers to housing, and torque 75 to 85 lb.in.
(6)
Install main oil pressure fitting (PWC32107) on right-hand side of accessory

gearbox housing. Torque fitting 375 to 425 lb.in.
(7)
Install torquemeter pressure fitting (PWC32107) on right-hand side of reduction

gearbox. Torque fitting 375 to 425 lb.in.
(8)
Install torquemeter static fitting (PWC32112) on left-hand side of reduction gearbox.

Secure fitting with two bolts; torque bolts 32 to 36 lb.in.
(9)
Install reduction gearbox oil pressure fitting (PWC30314) PT6A-27/-28 engines

Pre-SB1223 or (PWC32105) PT6A-27/-28 engines Post-SB1223 and all PT6A-21
engines.
NOTE:
Reduction gearbox oil pressure fitting need be installed only if reduction

gearbox pressure reading is required during engine test.
(10)
Install propeller oil pressure measurement adapter (PWC50391) on left-hand side of

reduction gearbox. Make sure hole of adapter is aligned to permit oil flow . Torque
(11)
Install accessory spur drive plug (PWC51336) inside gearshaft located in AGP pad
at the 10 oclock position.
(12)
Install 3 covers (PWC50380) on AGP pads. Torque bolts 75 to 85 lb.in.
(13)
Install oil drain collector (PWC50384) on starter generator drain. Torque fitting 38 to
42 lb.in.
(14)
Install oil drain collectors (PWC50385), one on fuel pump drain and one on
propeller shaft drain. Torque fittings 38 to 42 lb.in.
(15)
Install fuel dump collector (PWC50385) on fuel divider. Torque fittings 38 to 42 lb.in.
(16)
Remove one fuel nozzle retaining bolt from gas generator case; install Ps3
adapter (PWC30136) through flange of fuel nozzle into bolt hole. Torque adapter 25
to 30 lb.in.
(17)
Install oil inlet temperature thermocouple probe (PWC30814) in boss on right hand
side of engine accessory gearbox. Torque 65 to 75 lb.in.
(18)
Assemble Tt1 thermocouple harness (PWC30514-50) to engine gas generator.

Torque bolts 7 to 9 lb.in.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 706
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(19)
On PT6A-27/-28 engines, install starting control adapter plate (PWC32444) on

starting control lever and secure with nuts, bolts and washers. Tighten nuts and
(20)
On some PT6A-28 engines, with an airframe-supplied flexible fuel hose, install a

slave hose between oil-to-fuel heater and fuel pump. Torque hose coupling nuts
450 to 500 lb.in. (Ref. Final Assembly-2).
(21)
Remove two bolts, washers and nuts from flange A of propeller reduction gearbox
at the 6 oclock position. Install vibration bracket pickup assembly (PWC32082-100)
at the rear of flange A and secure with two bolts, washers and nuts. Torque 36 to
40 lb.in.
(22)
Remove nuts from flange G at 3 oclock position. Install AGB vibration bracket
(PWC80503) at the rear of flange G. Secure with nuts and torque 32 to 36 lb.in.
NOTE:
C.
D.
If interference is encountered when installing bracket and removal of

interfering bracket is required, make sure the removed bracket is installed
upon completion of vibration survey.
(23)
Connect vibration survey equipment (Ref. Fig. 706).
(24)
For a permanent record of vibration survey, attach printer and printer cable to
ACES Analyzer.
Removal from Assembly Stand and Install in Propeller Test Stand

(1)
Attach hoist and lifting eye (PWC32117) to mount ring on assembly stand. Take up
slack on hoist chain.
(2)
Remove bolts and washers securing mount ring to adapters on stand (Ref. Storage
Instructions).
(3)
Make sure that mount pads (PWC32080) are installed on mount ring (PWC32081)
and secured to gas generator case. Torque 365 to 390 lb.in. and 225 to 250 lb.in.
respectively.
(4)
Hoist engine, complete with mount ring, and secure to test stand with three bolts
and nuts. Torque nuts 800 to 900 lb.in. and lock with cotterpins.
(5)
Disconnect hoist and move it clear of test area.
Installation of Propeller
(1)
Install propeller (PWC32100-100) or (PWC32100-104) with preformed packing on

propeller reduction gearbox shaft and secure with eight retaining bolts.
(2)
Torque retaining bolts 660 to 730 lb.in and lockwire with single strand of lockwire.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 707
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
9
8
10
C11321A
Test Cell Configuration - Left-hand Front View
Figure 701
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 708
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 701

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
E.
F.
Propeller Governor
Propeller Control
Torque Static Pressure Fitting
Mount Ring Bracket
Mount Ring
Overspeed Governor
Reset Solenoid and Lead
Magnetic Chip Detector Lead
Torquemeter Static Line
Vibration Bracket Assembly
Remove from Assembly Stand and Install on Dynamometer Stand - (PWC32478)

Mounting Arrangement (Ref. Fig. 707)
(1)
Remove 22 bolts, washers and nuts from flange A of propeller reduction gearbox.
Install engine mount ring (2) (PWC32083) in front of flange A and secure with 22
slave bolts MS9518-20 and nuts (P/N3012675). Tighten nuts diametrically opposite
in sequence and torque 36 to 40 lb.in.
(2)
Remove nut (7), washer (6) and bolt (11) from bracket assembly (4) (PWC30591).
Secure bracket (5) to accessory gearbox mount pad with three washers (8) and
bolts (9). Tighten bolts, torque 140 lb.in., and lockwire.
(3)
Attach hoist and lifting eye (PWC32117) to mount ring on assembly stand. Take up
slack on hoist chain.
(4)
Remove bolts and washers securing mount ring to adapters on stand (Ref. Storage
Instructions).
(5)
Lubricate preformed packing (19) (MS9388-328) and install on plug (18)

(PWC32236), and insert plug into propeller shaft.
(6)
Hoist engine and lower onto dynamometer stand.
(7)
Secure engine rear support bracket (5) to struts (10) with bolt (11), washer (6) and
nut (7); torque nut 500 lb.in.
(8)
Secure engine mount ring (2) to left side mount (3) (PWC32305-100) and to right
side mount (1) (PWC32304-100) with bolts (12), spacers (13 and 14) and nuts (15).
Torque nuts 4000 lb.in.
(9)
Connect coupling shaft to propeller shaft flange and secure with eight bolts (21)
and nuts (20); torque nuts 1500 lb.in.
Install Engine on Dynamometer Stand - (PWC70326) Mounting Arrangement

(1)
Attach hoist and lifting bracket (PWC50373) to mount ring (PWC70330) on assembly
stand. Take up slack on hoist chain.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 709
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
8
4
5
6
9
C8114A
Test Cell Configuration - Right-hand Front View
Figure 702
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 710
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 702

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Tt7 Thermocouple and Lead

Ps3 Sensing Fitting and Line
Tt5 Trim Lead Terminals
Torque Pressure Fitting and Line
Tension Spring
Nf Tachometer-generator and Lead
Propeller Shaft Seal Drain
Py Line
Exhaust Nozzle
(2)
Remove bolts and washers securing engine mount ring to adapters on assembly
stand (Ref. Storage Instructions).
(3)
Make sure that mount pads are installed to mount ring (PWC70330) and secure to
gas generator case. Torque 350 to 400 lb. in. and 225 to 300 lb. in. respectively.
(4)
Install propeller shaft plug (PWC50574).
(5)
Hoist engine, complete with mount ring and secure to mount ring adapter
(PWC70327). Torque bolts to 750 lb. in. and lockwire.
(6)
Mate engine propeller shaft to adapter flange (PWC70329-01). Torque bolts to 600
to 650 lb. in. and lockwire.
G. Connect Test Stand Controls
H.
(1)
Connect test stand power control to FCU power control lever.
(2)
On PT6A-27/-28 engines connect test stand condition (start control) lever to starting
control adapter plate (PWC32444) installed on engine starting control lever.
(3)
Connect test stand propeller speed control to speed control lever of engine
propeller governor.
(4)
Check for full and free movement of controls. Adjust test stand linkage as
necessary.
Connect Test Cell Plumbing and Instrumentation

(1)
For location of test cell connections, refer to Figures 701 through 705 and Para. B.,
preceding.
(2)
Install oil scavenge-to-cooler elbow (PWC32113) between engine scavenge pump

outlet and oil cooler inlet line.
(3)
Connect test cell oil cooler return oil line at 12 oclock position on compressor inlet
case. Torque 900 to 1000 lb.in.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 711
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
1
11
10
5
9
8
C8113
Test Cell Configuration - Left-hand Rear View
Figure 703
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 712
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 703

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Ignition Input Lead

Oil Return line from Cooler
Starter Cable Connector
Starter
Starter Cavity Drain
Scavenge Oil-to-Cooler Elbow
Scavenge Oil Pressure Line
Scavenge Oil Temperature Lead
Ignition Lead
Ignition Exciter
Tt1 Harness
(4)
Connect engine breather tube to breather adapter on accessory gearbox using

worm-drive hose clamp.
(5)
Connect fuel inlet line (incorporating fuel inlet thermocouple) (PWC30814) to

oil-to-fuel heater. Torque 450 to 500 lb.in.
(6)
Connect engine ignition leads to ignition exciter (or current regulator). Tighten
fingertight plus 45 degrees.
(7)
Connect ignition input lead.
(8)
Connect starter cables.
(9)
Connect drain lines to the following:

Fuel pump
Propeller shaft seal
Starter-generator seal cavity
Flow divider and dump valve (PT6A-21 engines)
Starting Control (PT6A-27/-28 engines)
Gas generator case
CAUTION: SECURE ALL INSTRUMENTATION LINES AND LEADS TO PREVENT

CHAFING OR CONTACT WITH HOT PARTS OF ENGINE.
(10)
Connect the following:

NOTE:
Connect all electrical lead connectors fingertight plus 45 degrees.
(a) Torque pressure line.

(b) Torque static line.
(c) Main oil pressure sensing line.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 713
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
4
7
6
5
C8112
PT6A-21
Test Cell Configuration - Right-hand Rear View
Figure 704
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 714
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 704

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Fuel Inlet Connection and Line

Breather Fitting and hose
Power Control
Main Oil Pressure Fitting and Line
Oil Temperature Fitting and Thermocouple
Fuel Pump Drain
Ng Tachometer-generator and Lead
(d) Main oil inlet temperature thermocouple lead.

(e) Scavenge oil pressure sensing line.
(f)
Scavenge oil temperature thermocouple lead.

NOTE:
Pressure sensing line and temperature thermocouple lead, are

connected to oil pressure and temperature fittings incorporated in oil
scavenge-to-cooler elbow (Ref. step (2)).
(g) Overspeed governor reset solenoid lead.

(h) Reduction gearbox oil pressure sensing line, if required (Ref. Para. B. (9)).
(i)
Tt1 and Tt7 harness leads.
(j)
Tt5 cell leads to terminals on gas generator case.
(k) Ng and Nf tachometer-generator lead.

(l)
Magnetic chip detector lead.
(m) Vibration pickup lead.
I.
(11)
Remove engine oil filter element and replace with slave-filter element of identical
part number (Ref. Disassembly).
(12)
Make sure filter, Tt7 measurement thermocouple (PWC32449), and test cell static
pressure probe (PWC34297) are correctly installed.
Fill Engine Oil Tank

(1)
Unlock filler cap on accessory gearbox housing and withdraw dipstick from filler
tube.
CAUTION: DO NOT MIX DIFFERENT BRANDS, VISCOSITIES OR SPECIFICATIONS

OF OIL AS THEIR DIFFERENT CHEMICAL STRUCTURE CAN MAKE
THEM INCOMPATIBLE.
(2)
Add oil (PWC03-001) to tank until level is at MAX. COLD mark on dipstick.
(3)
Replace filler cap and dipstick and lock securely.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 715
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
7
10
C8111B
PT6A-27/-28
Test Cell Configuration - Right-hand Rear View
Figure 705
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 716
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 705

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
J.
Main Oil Pressure Fitting and Line

Breather Tube
Power Control
Pneumatic Tubes Heater Connection
Oil Temperature Fitting and Thermocouple
Starting Control
Fuel Pump Drain
Ng Tachometer-generator and Lead
Fuel Connection and Line
Starting Control Adapter Plate
Depreserve Fuel System
CAUTION: FUEL SYSTEMS PRESERVED WITH OIL FOR STORAGE PURPOSES MUST
BE PURGED PRIOR TO MOTORING CYCLE.
(1)
On PT6A-21 engines disconnect fuel line at flow divider and dump valve inlet for
drainage into suitable container.
(2)
On PT6A-27/-28 engines disconnect fuel lines at outlet side of starting flow control
valve. Cap the bypass, dump and No.1 manifold outlets, allowing drainage from
No.2 manifold outlet into a suitable container.
(3)
Open test cell fuel valve and switch fuel pump ON.
(4)
Ensure ignition switch is OFF.
(5)
Place propeller control lever at FEATHER. Power control lever at IDLE. On

PT6A-27/-28 engines place start control lever at RUN.
CAUTION: OBSERVE STARTER MOTOR OPERATING LIMITS. REFER TO

STARTER MANUFACTURERS MANUAL.
(6)
Motor engine until clean fuel flows from open line.
(7)
Position power control lever to FUEL CUT-OFF, switch fuel supply pump OFF and
close test cell fuel valve.
(8)
Reconnect fuel line to flow divider and dump valve and secure line attachment
points.
(9)
On PT6A-27/-28 engines remove caps from the bypass, dump and No.1 manifold
outlets and reconnect all fuel lines to starting control unit.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 717
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
12
3
13
7
8
TO TEST CELL
SPEED SYST.
1
11
10
C39205
AGB Vibration Survey - ACES Analyzer
Figure 706
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 718
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 706

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
9.
Tachometer Unit (PWC50931)

Tachometer-Generator
Accelerometer Bracket (PWC80503)
Microdot Cable (75-200-0031)
Charge Convertor (10-100-510-2)
Extension Cable (10-320-0031)
Tachometer Matching Box (10-100-1516)
Interface Cable (10-320-0133)
PT6A RAM Procedure Card (11-100-0048)
ACES Analyzer Model 1700 (10-100-0464)
Tachometer-Generator Cable (10-320-0132)
Printer
Printer Cable
Engine Motoring, Starting and Shutdown

A.
B.
Prestart Checks
(1)
Make sure that the engine test installation is clear of all loose nuts, bolts, tools or
other foreign objects.
(2)
Remove all loose objects from test cell floor.
(3)
Recheck engine and propeller controls for full travel.
Wet Motoring Run
WARNING:
(1)
IF FIRE CONDITION OCCURS WITHIN ENGINE DURING MOTORING

RUNS, IMMEDIATELY CLOSE TEST CELL FUEL SYSTEM SUPPLY AND
CONTINUE MOTORING ENGINE.
Position controls as follows:

(a) Ignition switch OFF.
(b) Test cell fuel valve OPEN.
(c) Fuel supply pump switch ON. Confirm fuel inlet pressure is not less than 5
psig.
(d) Propeller control lever at FEATHER.
(e) Power control lever at fuel CUT-OFF (PT6A-21 engines).
(f)
Power control lever at IDLE (PT6A-27/-28 engines).
(g) Start control lever at CUT-OFF (PT6A-27/-28 engines).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 719
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
D
C
B
4
FLANGE
16
17
DETAIL
12
13
A
15
14
DETAIL B
(TYPICAL)
18
11
19
COUPLING SHAFT
(REF.)
8
9
PROPELLER
SHAFT FLANGE
DETAIL
21
20
10
D
DETAIL
C
C8890
Engine Installation in Dynamometer Test Stand - (PWC32478) Mounting Arrangement

Figure 707
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 720
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 707

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Engine Mount (Right Side)

Engine Mount Ring
Engine Mount (Left Side)
Bracket Assembly
Bracket
Washer
Nut
Washer
Bolt
Strut
Bolt
Bolt
Spacer
Spacer
Nut
Nut
Bolt (typical)
Plug
Preformed Packing
Nut
Bolt
CAUTION: ALLOW SUFFICIENT STARTER COOLING PERIOD BETWEEN

MOTORING CYCLES AND ENGINE START; REFER TO STARTER
MANUFACTURERS LIMITS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
(2)
Place starter switch ON. Motor engine with starter until a steady state gas
generator speed of approximately 7000 Ng and oil pressure of 30 psi (minimum) is
attained.
(3)
Advance power control lever fully (PT6A-21 engines) or start control lever to RUN
(PT6A-27/-28 engines), for maximum of 10 seconds.
(4)
Record fuel flow rate which must be 70 to 100 pph before start attempt is made. If
not within this range, reject the fuel control unit.
(5)
Retard power control lever (PT6A-21 engines), or start control lever (PT6A-27/-28
engines) to CUT-OFF.
(6)
Place starter switch OFF.
(7)
During engine rundown, check operation of dump valve and gas generator case
drain valves. Listen for unusual noises such as scraping or rubbing sounds. If any
such noise is heard, determine location and possible cause; rectify (Ref. Light
Overhaul).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 721
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C.
(8)
Note and record engine rundown time (minimum 20 seconds).
(9)
Close fuel valve and place fuel pump switch OFF.
(10)
Check for fuel and oil leakage. Rectify as necessary.
(11)
Perform dry motoring run (Ref. Subpara. C.).
Dry Motoring Run

NOTE:
D.
This procedure is used to remove internally trapped fuel and fuel vapor, or if
there is evidence of fire within the engine. Air passing through the engine
serves to purge fuel/fuel vapor from the combustion section, power turbine and
exhaust system.
(1)
Ignition switch OFF.
(2)
Test cell fuel valve OPEN.
(3)
Fuel supply switch ON.
(4)
Propeller control lever at FEATHER.
(5)
Start control lever (PT6A-27/-28 engines) or power control lever (PT6A-21 engines)
at CUT-OFF.
(6)
Place starter switch ON and motor engine for maximum of 10 seconds to expel fuel
and fuel vapors. Switch starter OFF; when engine stops rotating, close fuel valve
and place fuel supply pump switch to OFF.
(7)
Check engine oil level (Ref. Para. 8.) and replenish tank to MAX. COLD level.
Engine Starting (PT6A-21)
CAUTION: ALLOW SUFFICIENT STARTER COOLING PERIOD BETWEEN MOTORING

CYCLES AND ENGINE STARTS; REFER TO STARTER MANUFACTURERS
LIMITS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
(1)

(b) Starter switch OFF.
(c) Power control lever at fuel CUT-OFF.
(e) Test cell fuel valve OPEN.
(f)
Fuel supply switch ON. Confirm that fuel inlet pressure is not less than 5 psig.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 722
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CAUTION: IF Tt5 OBSERVED EXCEEDS 1350F OR CONTINUOUS FLAME ISSUES

FROM EXHAUST, SHUT OFF POWER CONTROL LEVER IMMEDIATELY.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RELIGHT ON RUNDOWN; WAIT UNTIL ENGINE
COMES TO REST, THEN IMPLEMENT DRY MOTORING CYCLE TO COOL
ENGINE.
(2)
Simultaneously, place starter and ignition switches to ON and, when Ng stabilizes

at a speed above 4500 rpm, advance power control lever to RUN.
NOTE:
(3)
E.
On glow plug ignition systems allow Ng to stabilize at a speed above 4500

rpm for five seconds.
Observe that engine lights, then return ignition and starter switches to OFF after
engine has accelerated smoothly to idle speed, 19750 500 rpm.
Engine Starting (PT6A-27/-28)
CAUTION: ALLOW SUFFICIENT STARTER COOLING PERIOD BETWEEN MOTORING

CYCLES AND ENGINE STARTS; REFER TO STARTER MANUFACTURERS
LIMITS AND RECOMMENDATIONS.
(1)

(b) Starter switch OFF.
(c) Power control lever at GI.
(e) Start control lever at CUT-OFF.
(f)
Test cell fuel valve OPEN.
(g) Fuel supply switch ON. Fuel inlet pressure is 5 psig minimum.
CAUTION: IF Tt5 OBSERVED EXCEEDS 1350F (PT6A-10) OR 1400 F (PT6A-15AG)
OR CONTINUOUS FLAME ISSUES FROM EXHAUST, SHUT OFF START
CONTROL LEVER IMMEDIATELY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO RELIGHT
ON RUNDOWN; WAIT UNTIL THE ENGINE COMES TO REST, THEN
IMPLEMENT A DRY MOTORING CYCLE TO COOL THE ENGINE.
(2)
Simultaneously, place starter and ignition switches to ON and, when Ng stabilizes

at a speed above 4500 rpm, advance power control lever to RUN.
NOTE:
(3)
On glow plug ignition systems allow Ng to stabilize at a speed above 4500

rpm for five seconds.
Observe that engine lights, then return ignition and starter switches to OFF after
engine has accelerated smoothly to idle speed.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 723
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
F.
Unsatisfactory Start
NOTE:
If one or more of the following conditions occur during engine starting, shut
down engine immediately; anticipatory action is to be taken, whenever
possible, to prevent engine temperature limitations being exceeded.
(1)
Engine fails to light up within 10 seconds of advancing power control lever to

minimum idling speed.
(2)
False or hung start: After light-up, engine fails to reach idling speed.
(3)
Hot start: Tt5 exceeds starting temperature limits. This condition may be preceded
by false or hung start.
G. Shutdown
WARNING:
10.
IF A FIRE OCCURS IN THE ENGINE AFTER SHUTDOWN, DO A DRY

MOTORING RUN IMMEDIATELY (REF. SUBPARA. C.).
(1)
Allow engine to run at ground idle for at least one minute to stabilize at minimum
running temperatures.
(2)
Move propeller control lever to FEATHER.
(3)
Move start control lever (PT6A-27/-28 engines) or power control lever (PT6A-21
engines) to CUT-OFF. Note rundown time and record.
(4)
Shut off test cell fuel supply and switch fuel supply OFF.
Test Procedure
A.
Points to be Understood before Testing

NOTE:
Refer to Subpara. B. for supplementary limitations.
(1)
All operating limits quoted in Table 702 are observed during all phases of test
procedure.
(2)
Test cell instrument readings taken during test run are recorded in engine test log
(Ref. Fig. 708).
(3)
On engines tested in a dynamometer test facility propeller feathered is defined as

4500 Nf 500, and maximum fine pitch is defined as 12500 Nf 500.
NOTE:
These definitions relate only to minimum idling speed settings.

TABLE 702, Engine Test Operating Conditions
MAXIMUM OPERATING
CONDITION
PT6A-21
PT6A-27/-28
38,100
38,100
Ng (rpm)
Steady State
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 724
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 702, Engine Test Operating Conditions (Contd)

MAXIMUM OPERATING
CONDITION
Acceleration*
PT6A-21
PT6A-27/-28
38,500
38,500
NOTE: Rundown time on the compressor from ground-idle must not be less than
twenty seconds.
Nf (rpm)
Steady State
34,200
34,200
Acceleration*
36,300
36,300
Start
1350
1440
Steady
State,
Trimmed
1283
1380
Steady
State,
Untrimmed
1325
1400
Steady State
92
125
Acceleration*
94
127
Tt5 (F)
del P (in.Hg)
* Two second time limit

B.
Supplementary Limitations (Ref. Table 702)

(1)
Fuel pressure at the engine inlet shall be 5 to 20 psig at all times including
transient conditions.
(2)
Oil temperature limit for all running with exception of transients shall be 140 to
160F.
(3)
Scavenge oil back pressure at the engine outlet shall be 20 psig min. to 50 psig
max.
(4)
Maximum permitted difference between individual inlet temperature thermocouple

indications is 8F.
(5)
Maximum permitted difference between average Tt7 thermocouple readings

between each exhaust nozzle assembly is 60F and between thermocouples within
a given nozzle is 100F.
(6)
Maximum torque at idle is 10 in.Hg. Engine torquemeter system shall be purged

prior to oil level check at acceptance calibration.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 725
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(7)
Maximum acceptance limit for vibration shall not exceed 100 G.
(8)
Steady State stability limits as follows:

Ng Speed
100% Ng
Speed
Nf Speed
100% Nf
Speed
100% Nf
Speed
P torque
Tt5
temperature
C.
100 rpm
= 33000 rpm (PT6A-21 Engines)
= 33235 rpm (PT6A-27/28 Engines)
1.5 in. Hg
5F
Run-in Procedure
NOTE:
D.
50 rpm
= 37468 rpm
This procedure is to be done after scheduled or unscheduled overhaul/repair

has been completed and before all other test running.
(1)
Do a wet motoring run followed with a dry motoring run (Ref. Para. 9. preceding).
(2)
With propeller lever in feather position, start engine and run at ground-idle 19750
500 rpm Ng (propeller testing) or rotate dynamometer controller to obtain 5000 rpm
Nf or maximum available (dynamometer testing) for 5 minutes.
(3)
Record Ng, Nf, Tt1, Tt5, del P, oil pressures and oil temperatures.
(4)
Unfeather propeller and run at ground-idle with propeller in fine pitch (propeller
testing) or rotate dynamometer controller to obtain 15000 rpm Nf or maximum
available (dynamometer testing) for 5 minutes.
(5)
Record Ng, Nf, Tt1, Tt5, del P, oil pressure and oil temperatures.
(6)
Carry out two feathering cycles to check propeller governor and propeller systems.
Preliminary Checks
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED OPERATING LIMITS (REF. TABLE 702).

(1)
Obtain an accurate setting of NF/RTH = 33000 rpm as follows:

NOTE:
To obtain physical Nf, multiply 33000 by RTH.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED 34200 Nf.

(a) With propeller control lever in the maximum rpm position, move power control
lever slowly until Nf ceases to increase (propeller testing) or rotate dynamometer
controller until a sudden drop occurs in propeller oil pressure. Check that
33000 300 rpm Nf is obtained.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 726
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(b) If required Nf cannot be obtained, shut down engine and reset propeller
maximum speed adjustment (Ref. Para. 11.B. following).
(2)
Perform two feathering operations:

(a) With propeller control lever in the maximum position, set power control lever to
obtain 30000 1000 rpm Ng and lock stop on console. Move propeller control
lever to feather position until lever is hard against stop (propeller testing).
(b) Record Ng before and after feather condition. A change of more than 100 rpm
Ng requires CSU to be changed.
(c) With propeller control lever in the maximum position, set power control lever to
obtain 24000 500 rpm Ng and rotate dynamometer controller to obtain 5000
500 rpm Nf and lock stop on console. Retard propeller control lever from
maximum to feather stop position (dynamometer testing).
(d) Record Ng, Nf and propeller oil pressure.
(e) A change of more than 100 rpm Ng requires CSU to be changed. Propeller oil
pressure should be less than 20 psig.
(f)
(3)
Unfeather propeller and unlock stop on console.
With oil temperature controlled at 140 to 160F, make sure oil pressure is 85 to 95
psig at 27000 Ng and above, and not less than 40 psig at ground-idle. If necessary,
adjust as follows:
(a) Shut down engine (Ref. Para. 9.).
(b) Drain engine oil (Ref. Disassembly).
(c) Remove oil filter cover, using puller (PWC30556) extract filter element. Remove
filter housing from inlet case (Ref. Disassembly) with puller (PWC30328).
(d) With compressor tool (PWC30415), remove retaining ring and relief valve from
inlet case.
(e) Disassemble relief valve (Ref. 72-60-00).
(f)
Add or remove adjusting spacers, as required (Ref. 72-60-00).
(g) Install relief valve through aperture in air inlet case into oil pressure pump
housing and using compressor tool (PWC30415) secure relief valve with
retaining ring (Ref. Final Assembly).
(h) Install check valve assembly, oil filter element and cover (Ref. Final Assembly).
(i)
Refill oil tank (Ref. Para. 8.).
(j)
Start engine, recheck oil pressure and record.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 727
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
E.

NOTE: 1. The vibration survey requirement applies only to engines being tested
following overhaul or repair requiring balancing of the compressor rotor
assembly.
NOTE: 2. Do the vibration survey using the following procedures and the ACES
Operators Manual. Personnel must be familiar with the Analyzer prior to
performing these operations.
(1)
Install the ACES PT6 RAM procedure card (11-100-0048) in the analyzer. Select
the analyzer power on, and load the procedure.
NOTE:
Ensure battery charge indication is greater than 40 percent.
(2)
Select PT6A 1ENg Survey Engine Model from the operation options menu.
(3)
Use cursor keys to select PT6A engine model.

NOTE:
Vibration survey is common for all PT6A engines, engine model selection
is for survey records (hardcopy).
(4)
Select Perform Engine Survey from the main menu.
(5)
Start engine (Ref. Para. 9.). Let engine stabilize and oil temperature to reach a
minimum of 51C (125F).
(6)
Select Start Engine Survey from the menu on the analyzer.
(7)
Enter the engine serial number.
(8)
Select the Vibration Sensor as a BK4505/TEC, and set the input range to 1.0.
(9)
Acceleration Survey
(a) Select Acceleration Survey from the menu on the analyzer.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED ENGINE OPERATING LIMITS. ENGINE
OPERATING LIMITS SUPERSEDE ANY INSTRUCTION IN ACES
ANALYZER PROCEDURE.
(b) Set power control lever to GROUND-IDLE.
(c) Set propeller control lever to 33000 rpm Nf.
(d) Ng Sweep:
1
Press Enter on the analyzer to start recording.
Accelerate slowly at a rate of 5000 rpm/min from GROUND-IDLE to max

available Ng without exceeding any operating limits. Reduce to
GROUND-IDLE.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 728
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(e) Press Enter on the analyzer to stop recording.

(10)
When survey is completed, review and record peak amplitude by using the cursor
keys to locate the peak.
(a) To magnify or reduce vertical scale use vertical arrow keys tagged Point.
(b) To magnify horizontal scale between point A and B, select point A with
cursor and press MARK. Select Point B with cursor and press EXP.
(c) To return to original screen, select Point A and press MARK, and then
select Point B and press CLR.
(d) For a hard copy, press and hold the 0 key on the ACES Analyzer. The printer
will copy the displayed screen.
(e) Exit to the main menu on the ACES Analyzer.
(11)
Shutdown Survey
(a) Perform steps (1) through (8) above.
(b) Select Shutdown Survey from the menu on the ACES Analyzer.
(c) Press Enter on the ACES Analyzer to start recording. Shut down engine from
idle.
(d) End vibration survey after engine reaches 0 rpm and a sync error appears on
the ACES Analyzer; then press Enter on the ACES Analyzer to stop
recording.
(e) Perform step (10) above.
(12)
1 ENg Vibration Acceptance Limit:

(a) From the plots produced above, ensure that 1ENg vibration level does not
exceed the following limits:
GROUND-IDLE to max Ng ; 0.5 cm/sec
Shutdown from GROUND-IDLE to 5000 rpm Ng; 0.5 cm/sec
F.
Acceleration and Bodie Checks

(1)
If engine response is sluggish, or acceleration rate is too slow, check P3 and fuel
system pneumatic control tubes and connectors for leakage or obstruction, before
any fuel control adjustments are made (Ref. Troubleshooting).
(2)
Position power control lever maximum stop on console to limit torque to 86.3 in.Hg.
(PT6A-21 engines) or 108.6 in.Hg. (PT6A-27/-28 engines) or maximum obtainable,
without exceeding engine operating limits (Ref. Table 702). Lock stop on console.
(3)
Set propeller control lever or rotate dynamometer controller to give 32000 rpm Nf.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 729
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(4)
Record Ng, Nf, Tt1 and P.
(5)
Decrease power control lever to flight-idle 23600 100 rpm Ng.
(6)
Slam accelerate from flight-idle to T.O. timed to 97.5% of take-off Ng. Slam
decelerate to ground-idle (19750 500).
NOTE:
(7)
The time taken to move power control lever in checks (5) through (6) must
not exceed 1.0 second, engine should respond smoothly during acceleration
and deceleration.
Acceleration time must fall within range specified (Ref. Fig. 709).
CAUTION: MAXIMUM ADJUSTMENT ON FCU ACCELERATION DOME TO MEET

ACCELERATION TIME IS THREE CLICKS CLOCKWISE OR
COUNTERCLOCKWISE.
(8)
If necessary, adjust engine acceleration by rotating FCU acceleration dome (Ref.

Fig. 715 or 716 as applicable) one detent at a time, using minimum number to
obtain satisfactory acceleration. Rotate dome clockwise to decrease (faster
acceleration) and counterclockwise to increase (slower acceleration) acceleration
time.
(9)
Bodie check:
(a) Rotate FCU acceleration dome three detents clockwise to increase fuel flow.
(b) Run engine for not less than one minute at maximum stop (Ref. step (2)
preceding) to achieve stabilization; slam decelerate to 32000 Ng, then without
dwelling at lower speed, slam accelerate to maximum stop. Repeat to
26000 Ng; again slam to maximum stop. Reduce Ng to GI.
NOTE:
For sequential bodie checks, dwell time at each power setting should
be minimum required for engine to stabilize.
(c) If engine is stall and surge free on completion of bodie checks, reset acceleration
dome to original position (three detents counterclockwise).
(d) If engine stall or surge is experienced during checks, rotate acceleration dome
one detent counterclockwise and repeat bodie check.
(e) If surge is still evident, check compressor bleed valve operation.
(f)
If bleed valve is functioning correctly, the dome may be reset a further two
detents, a bodie check being implemented after each detent adjustment.
(g) When surge is eliminated, reset dome three detents counter clockwise from
surge-free setting.
(h) After satisfactory completion of bodie check following adjustment, recheck
acceleration time (Ref. steps (5) and (6) preceding).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 730
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(10)
Following acceptable acceleration and bodie checks, if scribe marks do not align,
remove seal and lockwire on FCU acceleration dome. Holding adjusting screw with
an Allen wrench, loosen adjuster locknut. Turn dome to re-align scribe marks,
then tighten locknut, lockwire and seal. lockwire dome tab.
(11)
Reset propeller control lever stop on console to permit 33000 Nf selection.
G. Tt5 Trim Determination

(1)
Start engine, and advance power control and propeller control levers (propeller
testing) or rotate dynamometer controller until engine is operating at observed
power of 550 10 SHP/DELRTH (PT6A-21 engines) or 680 10 SHP/DELRTH
(PT6A-27/-28 engines) or maximum power obtainable without exceeding engine
operating limits (Ref. Table 702) and at an Nf/RTH equal to 33000 rpm but not
to exceed 34200 rpm (observed).
(2)
Run engine for 5 minutes at this power setting to obtain stabilization. Annotate log
sheet; Tt5 Trim Determination and record set of readings.
Nf
Ng
Pam or Baro
Psn or P1000
Ps3
P
SG
Tf
Tsg
Tt1
Tt5
Tt7
Wf
(3)
Determine trim value from readings in step (2), preceding. Process Data with
Program 30P10230 or PWC83020.
(a) With results obtained in step (3) preceding, calculate trim to suppress TT5/TH
to a value T5D/TH - 60 10 F (PT6A-21/-27/-28 engines) or T5D/TH - 65
5 F (PT6A-28 Piper engines only).
Tt5 Trim Determination (example):
TT5/TH
= 1753R
T5D/TH
= 1733R
T5D/TH - 60
= 1733 - 60
del T5/TH trim
= 1673R
= 80
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 731
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(b) Record T5 value on log sheet in F and C

T5/TH C =
T5/TH F
1.8
(c) Trim value obtained in step (a) preceding is for a 59F day. To trim engine, this
value should be denormalized as follows:
1
del T5/TH x TH = del T5.
(4)
Select appropriate class of trim harness (P/N 3013604 or P/N 3031417) (Ref. Table
703).
(5)
Install selected trim harness (Ref. Final Assembly), and record class in log sheet.
(6)
Start engine and run at take-off power (Ref. step (1), preceding).
(7)
After allowing for stabilization of readings, make sure that selected trim reduces Tt5
by the required value. If you are using program PWC83020, check the T5 trim
check box and the output screen will state if the trim is good or not. Should it be
necessary, install another class of trim and recheck.
(8)
Annotate log sheet; Tt5 TRIM CHECK POINT TRIMMED in remarks column.
TABLE 703, Trim Harness Classification
3031417
5% @ 70F Approx. Ohms
Approx. Range F
3013604
Class 10
3.75 to 3.95
-208 to -200
Class 11
3.95 to 4.20
-200 to -190
Class 12
4.20 to 4.45
-190 to -180
Class 13
4.45 to 4.75
-180 to -171
Class 14
4.75 to 5.10
-171 to -161
Class 15
5.10 to 5.50
-161 to -151
Class 16
5.50 to 5.90
-151 to -142
Class 17
5.90 to 6.40
-142 to -132
Class 18
6.40 to 6.90
-132 to -123
Class 19
6.90 to 7.66
-123 to -114
Class 20
8.0
-114 to -104
Class 25
9.0
-104 to - 91
Class 1
Class 30
10.5
- 91 to - 80
Class 2
Class 35
12.0
- 80 to - 71
Class 3
Class 40
14.0
- 71 to - 61
Class 5
Class 45
16.0
- 61 to - 51
Class 7
Class 50
19.0
- 48 to - 45
Class 10
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 732
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 703, Trim Harness Classification (Contd)

3031417
5% @ 70F Approx. Ohms
Approx. Range F
3013604
Class 55
24.0
- 40 to - 35
Class 20
Class 60
30.0
- 34 to - 28
Class 30
Class 65
43.0
- 25 to - 20
Class 40
Class 70
72.0
- 15 to - 10
Class 50
Class 75
110.0
- 9 to - 6
Class 60
H.
Acceptance Checks
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED ENGINE OPERATING LIMITS (REF. TABLE 702).

(1)
Run to following powers at Nf/RTH equal to 33000 rpm, but not to exceed 34200
rpm (observed).
(2)
Record readings in Subpara G. step (2) preceding, for each of the power setting
points.
(3)
PT6A-21 engines:
(a) 550 SHP/DELRTH or maximum power obtainable.
(b) 495 SHP/DELRTH
(4)
PT6A-27/-28 engines:
(a) 680 SHP/DELRTH or maximum power obtainable.
(b) 620 SHP/DELRTH
(5)
I.
From readings obtained in steps (3) or (4) preceding, process data with program
30P10230 or PWC83020. Plot the best straight line across the normalized values
of Wf, Tt5 and Ng against shp on engine performance graph (Ref. Fig. 710).
Acceptance Values
(1)
Enter curve at 550 shp (PT6A-21 engines) or 680 shp (PT6A-27/-28 engines) and
record corresponding values for SFC, Tt5 and Ng for take-off power in corrected
engine performance block. SFC = Wf/DELRTH SHP/DELRTH.
(2)
Check parameters determined in step (1) against required parameters (Ref. Table
704).
(3)
Enter curve at 549 shp (PT6A-27/-28 engines) and record corresponding Ng value
as data plate speed rpm. Express this rpm as a percentage of 37500 rpm (100%
Ng) and record in space provided. Stamp engine trim plate accordingly and install on
lower end of engine data plate (Ref. Final Assembly).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 733
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 704, Acceptance Performance Limits
LIMITS
PT6A -21
PT6A-27
PT6A-27 (BS 954) /

PT6A-28
SHP/DELRTH
550
680
680
35850
37000
36800
Ref. Fig. 712 (Sheet 2)
Ng/RTH rpm
Max.
Ng/RTH rpm
Max.(*Repaired
Gas
Generator)
TT5/TH R
Max.
1570
1700
1680
TT5/TH R
Max.
(*Repaired
Gas
Generator)
0.665
0.633
0.633
SFC (lb. shp.

hr.) Max.
SFC
(*Repaired
Gas
Generator)
CAUTION: * USE ONLY FOR ENGINES OPERATING AT FIXED TBOs AS COVERED BY

APPLICABLE TBO/HSI SERVICE BULLETIN. ON CONDITION ENGINES MUST BE
TESTED TO OVERHAUL LIMITS.
11.
Control Setting
WARNING:
A.
SHUT ENGINE DOWN TO MAKE REQUIRED ADJUSTMENTS.
Minimum Governing Speed

(1)
Position propeller control lever at maximum position (propeller or dynamometer

testing), power control lever to ground-idle and rotate dynamometer controller to
obtain 5000 rpm or maximum available.
(2)
With the starting flow control in the RUN position and no interference from the idle
linkage, adjust to correct idling speed (19750 Ng 500) by unlocking minimum
governing screw on FCU (Ref. Fig. 715 or 716).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 734
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(3)
B.
Turn minimum governing screw in minimal increments (clockwise to increase,

counterclockwise to decrease). When satisfactory adjustment is completed,
relock screw.
Propeller Governor Maximum Speed

NOTE:
(1)
Build Specification BS392 and BS954 are applicable to DHC6 installation and
BS673 is applicable to Metro IIIA installation.
Propeller Test Stand:

(a) With propeller control lever in maximum position, advance power control lever
slowly until Nf ceases to increase.
(b) Record Nf, torque, MOT and MOP. Nf should be between 32700 and 33300
rpm (PT6A-21) at 550 SHP 50 SHP with MOT of 140 to 210 F or 32935
and 33535 rpm (PT6A-27/-28) or 31353 to 31953 rpm (PT6A-27 BS392, BS 954
and BS673) at 680 SHP 50 SHP with MOT of 140 to 210 F.
NOTE:
For BS392, BS954 and BS673 operation Max. NG adjustment (Ref.

Para. 11. D.) should be carried out prior to maximum speed
adjustment (Ref. Para. 11.B.).
(c) Should it be necessary, adjust to correct maximum speed on propeller governor

(Ref. Fig. 714). Unlock and turn adjusting screw in increments of one complete
turn; counterclockwise to increase, clockwise to decrease Nf.
(d) Repeat procedures in step (a)thru (c) until correct Nf is obtained. Nf oscillation
should not exceed 100 rpm.
(2)
Dynamometer Test Stand:

(a) With the propeller control lever in maximum position, set dynamometer
controller for an Nf speed of 32000 500 rpm (PT6A-21/-27/-28) or 30500 500
rpm (PT6A-27 BS 392, BS954 and BS673 only).
(b) Advance power control lever slowly until 550 50 shp (PT6A-21) or 680 50
shp (PT6A-27/-28).
(c) Record Nf and Nf stability, torque, MOT, MOP and POP.
(d) Using the dynamometer controller increase Nf slowly until POP drops to 250
50 psig.
(e) Record Nf, torque MOT, MOP and POP. Nf should be between 32700
and 33300 rpm (PT6A-21) or 32935 and 33535 rpm (PT6A-27/-28) or 31353 to
31953 rpm (PT6A-27 BS392, BS954 and BS673).
(f)
Should it be necessary, adjust to correct maximum speed on propeller governor

(Ref. Fig. 714). Unlock and turn adjusting screw in increments of one complete
turn; counterclockwise to increase, clockwise to decrease Nf.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 735
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C4947C
Log of Engine Test - Sample Form
Figure 708
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 736
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
5.0
FOR ENGINES TESTED AT AN ALTITUDE OF 3000 FEET,
ADD THE FOLLOWING TIME TO THE COMPUTED LIMITS.
4.8
INLET
TEMPERATURE
(DEG. F)
20
0
20
40
59
80
100
120
4.6
4.4
4.2
4.0
ACCELERATION TIME (SECONDS)
3.8
TIME TO
ADD
(SECONDS)
.25
.26
.27
.28
.31
.35
.41
.48
3.6
3.4
3.2
3.0
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.2
2.0
1.8
1.6
1.4
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
INLET SCREEN TEMPERATURE ( o F)
C64961A
Acceleration Time vs Ambient Temperature
Figure 709
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 737
Jul 02/2004
PT6A
38000
S/N
PCE
37000
36000
34000
2200
33000
2100
32000
2000
1900
1800
500
1700
450
1600
CORRECTED Tt5 ( R)
35000
CORRECTED FUEL FLOW LB/HR
CORRECTED GAS GENERATOR RPM (Ng)
OVERHAUL MANUAL
400
1500
350
1400
300
250
450
500
550
600
650
700
CORRECTED SHP
CORRECTED ENGINE PERFORMANCE

RATING
SHP
Ng
SFC
Tt5 R
TAKEOFF
DATA PLATE SPEED
RPM
%
F
MAX. Ng WITH TRIM STOP
RPM AT T1
750
800
OPERATOR
INSPECTOR
DATE
C7821A
Engine Performance Curve - Sample Form
Figure 710
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 738
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C.
Underspeed Fuel Governing Check

(1)
Disconnect slave tension spring, positioned between propeller governor reset arm
and beta valve, from reset arm (Ref. Fig. 702) and attach to front lifting bracket to
maintain beta valve in fully rearward position. Move reset arm to minimum
(rear) position and secure with lockwire.
(2)
Run engine, and with propeller control lever in the maximum position (propeller or
dynamometer testing) (make sure dynamometer load is not excessive) gradually
advance control lever to contact maximum Ng stop (Ref. Fig. 715 or 716, as
applicable).
(3)
Record Nf which should be 31020 to 31680 rpm (PT6A-21 engines) or 31241 to

31905 rpm (PT6A-27 and PT6A-28 engines) or 29869 to 30269 rpm (PT6A-27
engines, DHC BS392, BS954 and Metro BS673 application only).
CAUTION: VERIFICATION OF UNDERSPEED FUEL GOVERNOR SHOULD BE

COMPLETED WITHIN 5 SECONDS. ENGINE SHOULD NOT STAY
RUNNING IN THE GOVERNING MODE FOR MORE THAN 10 SECONDS.
D.
(4)
Adjust propeller governor underspeed eccentric adjuster (Ref. Fig. 714) as

necessary, in increments of 1/16 of a turn to obtain this value.
(5)
After satisfactory completion of check, unlock reset arm, move to forward position
and reconnect slave tension spring.
Maximum Ng Adjustment
NOTE:
PT6A-21 engines do not require this check.
CAUTION: DO NOT EXCEED ENGINE MAXIMUM OPERATING LIMITS (REF. TABLE

702).
(1)
Cut lockwire that retains part power trim stop (Ref. Fig. 715) and move stop from
stowed position to operating position, to restrict power control lever travel.
NOTE:
In cold weather (below 15F) maximum torque limit may be exceeded up

to a limit of 127 in.Hg for this adjustment.
(2)
Start engine; with propeller control lever at maximum rpm position, advance power
control lever to contact part power trim stop.
(3)
Adjust maximum Ng stop to obtain SHP/DEL (Ref. Fig. 718).
(4)
With engine running at trim stop power confirm that Ng oscillation does not exceed
50 rpm. Record Ng and Tt1.
(5)
Reposition part power trim stop to its stowed position and lockwire.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 739
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
E.
Minimum Fuel Flow Check (Ref. Figs. 715 or 716)
CAUTION: DO NOT BLANK Py FITTING ON FCU.

(1)
Disconnect Nf governor line at the FCU and blank line.
(2)
Set power control lever at ground idle and record Ng.
(3)
Check gas generator speed (Ng) is correct ( 300 rpm) for ambient temperature
and pressure altitude as indicated (Ref. Fig. 717).
(4)
If adjustment is necessary on engines with flow divider and dump valve (Ref. Fig.
716):
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES LOOSEN NUT (8); THIS WILL
DISTURB THE MAIN METERING VALVE AND NECESSITATE
RECALIBRATION OF THE FCU AT AN OVERHAUL FACILITY.
(a) Cut lockwire as necessary to gain access to screw (10).
(b) Hold nut (8) with wrench and carefully loosen nut (9) counterclockwise.
CAUTION: MINIMUM FLOW ADJUSTMENT IS EXTREMELY SENSITIVE AND
MUST BE MADE IN SMALL INCREMENTS.
(c) Using a 5/32 inch Allen wrench, adjust screw (10), clockwise to increase,
counterclockwise to decrease Ng rpm.
(d) When specified Ng rpm has been obtained (Ref. Fig. 717), tighten nut (9)
while holding screw (10), torque 20 to 25 lb.in. and lockwire.
(e) Shut down engine, reconnect Nf governor line to FCU and lockwire.
(5)
If adjustment is necessary on engines with start control unit (Ref. Fig. 715):
(a) Cut lockwire, remove plug (6).
CAUTION: MINIMUM FLOW ADJUSTMENT IS EXTREMELY SENSITIVE AND
MUST BE MADE IN SMALL INCREMENTS.
(b) Using a 3/32 inch Allen wrench, adjust screw (5), clockwise to increase and
counterclockwise to decrease Ng rpm.
(c) When specified Ng rpm has been obtained (Ref. Fig. 717), shut down engine.
(d) Reinstall plug (6) and lockwire.
(e) Reconnect Nf governor line to FCU and lockwire.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 740
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1640
1635
1630
MAXIMUM TT5/TH R AT 550 SHP/DELRTH (TRIMMED)
1625
1620
1615
1610
1605
1600
1595
1590
1585
1580
1575
1570
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
PERCENTAGE OF TBO LOGGED AGAINST ENGINE
90
100
C4969C
PT6A-21
Tt5 Limits - Repair Category
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 741
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1760
1755
1750
1745
1740
1735
1730
1725
1720
1715
1710
1705
1700
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
C728D
PT6A-27
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 742
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1740
1735
1730
1725
1720
1715
1710
1705
1700
1695
1690
1685
1680
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
PT6A-27 (BS 954) / PT6A-28
C11790A

72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 743
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
36250
NG / RTH MAX. (RPM)
36150
36050
35950
35850
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
% TBO
C84984
PT6A-21
NG/RTH Limits
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 744
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
37400
NG / RTH MAX. (RPM)
37300
37200
37100
37000
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
% TBO
C84985
PT6A-27
NG/RTH Limits
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 745
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
37100
NG/RTH (RPM)
37000
36900
36800
36700
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
PT6A-27 (BS 954) / PT6A-28
C74810A
NG/RTH Limits
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 746
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
12.
Post-test Run Checks

A.
Checks To Confirm Engine Acceptability or Initiate Investigation Procedure

(1)
Run engine to obtain oil temperature range of 140 to 160F. Shut down engine
and, after one minute, check oil level and record.
(2)
The difference between oil levels recorded in Para.8.I. and step (1) preceding,
should not exceed 0.2 lb/hr maximum.
(3)
Inspect engine for external oil and fuel static leakage. Remove slave oil filter from
compressor inlet case, wipe out oil residue inside oil filter housing, and let engine
stand for two hours.
NOTE:
(4)
No leakage permissible from other engine locations, except as specified in

Table 705.
Check engine for internal oil leaks as follows:

(a) Check oil level is at maximum mark, or not more than two inches below
maximum.
(b) Remove drain plug from 6 oclock position on rear face of accessory gearbox
and allow oil to drain.
(c) Check oil level after minimum of two hours has elapsed. Level must be same
as recorded in step (a), drain rate from accessory gearbox drain should not
exceed one drop per minute.
NOTE:
(5)
No leakage permissible from other engine locations, except as

specified in Table 705.
Remove magnetic chip detector, if applicable, from propeller reduction gearbox.

Examine chip detector and slave oil filter for contamination or metal particles.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 747
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
0.686
0.684
SFC (lb.shp.hr.) MAX.
0.682
0.68
0.678
0.676
0.674
0.672
0.67
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
% TBO
C84986
PT6A-21
SFC Limits
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 748
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
0.648
0.647
0.646
0.645
0.644
0.643
SFC (lb/shp/hr)
0.642
0.641
0.640
0.639
0.638
0.637
0.636
0.635
0.634
0.633
0.632
0.631
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
C74811A
PT6A-27/-28
SFC Limits
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 749
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
3
2
1
4
5
10
6
9
C7387A
Propeller Governor Adjustments
Figure 714
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 750
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 714

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Reverse Pitch Control Rod

Maximum Governor Speed (Nf) Adjustment
Speed Set Lever
Feathering Stop
Reset Lever Maximum Stop (DO NOT ADJUST)
Beta Valve
Reversing Lever
Interconnect Rod
Reset Lever
Underspeed Adjustment Eccentric
TABLE 705, Engine Oil and Fuel Permissible Leakage

LOCATION OF DRAIN
Engine Oil Breather
Fuel Control Unit
Fuel Pump
Gas Generator Drain Valves
Oil Consumption
Oil Filter Housing Check Valve
Start Control or Dump Valve (as applicable)
Starter Oil Seal Cavity
MAXIMUM LEAKAGE
DURING OPERATION
15 cc/hr
Zero
0.55 cc/min (seepage)
Zero
0.2 lb/hr
0.50 cc/hr
0.2 cc/min
3.0 cc/hr
NOTE: When a specific seal leakage is not specified, the seal leakage shall not exceed 3 cc
per hour per individual seal. All seal leakages shall be included in total oil consumption.
B.
13.
If Test Results are Acceptable

(1)
Install magnetic chip detector (Ref. 72-10-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY).
(2)
Install new identified oil filter element in place of test slave element (Ref. Final
Assembly).

A.
After Rectification for Unusual Oil Conditions (Ref. Light Overhaul)

(1)
Ensure test cell oil system is fully charged.
(2)
Fill engine oil tank.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 751
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
4
3
A
5
2
1
VIEW
1
STOWED POSITION
1
OPERATING POSITION
C7932C
PT6A-27/-28
Fuel Control Unit Adjustments
Figure 715
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 752
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 715

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Part Power Trim Stop

Maximum Governing (Ng) Stop
Minimum Governing (Ng) Stop
Acceleration Adjustment Dome
Minimum Fuel Flow Adjustment
Plug
CAUTION: OBSERVE STARTER MOTOR OPERATING LIMITS. REFER TO STARTER

MANUFACTURERS MANUAL.
(3)
Perform two motoring cycles to circulate oil throughout the engine oil system and fill
propeller reduction gearbox.
(4)
Drain engine oil (Ref. Disassembly).
(5)
Repeat steps (2) and (3) preceding.
(6)
Start engine.
(7)
Check engine for external oil leaks.
(8)
Shut down engine and rectify oil leaks.
(9)
Check tank oil level and refill, as required.
(10)
Start engine and run at ground idle.
(11)
With oil temperature controlled at 140F to 160F, check that oil pressure is 85 to
95 psig at 27,000 Ng and above, and not less than 40 psig at ground idle. If
necessary, adjust oil pressure:
(a) Shut down engine.
(b) Drain engine oil (Ref. Disassembly).
(c) Remove oil filter cover, element housing and check valve assembly from inlet
case (Ref. Disassembly).
(d) Using compressor tool ( PWC30415), remove retaining ring and relief valve
from inlet case.
(e) Disassemble relief valve (Ref. 72-60-00).
(f)
Adjust pressure by either adding or removing adjusting spacers.

NOTE:
Each additional spacer will increase oil pressure approximately three

to five psig.
(g) Assemble and test relief valve (Ref. 72-60-00).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 753
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
9
10
VIEW
A
6
C8110B
PT6A-21
Fuel Control Unit Adjustments
Figure 716
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 754
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 716

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Part Power Trim Stop

Maximum Governing (Ng) Stop
Minimum Governing (Ng) Stop
Maximum Flow (Wf) Adjuster
Acceleration Adjustment Dome
Flight Idle Stop
CUT-OFF and Flight Idle Link
Nut
Nut
Minimum Flow Adjustment Screw
(h) Install relief valve through inlet case aperture into oil pressure pump housing;
secure relief valve with retaining ring, using tool (Ref. PWC30415).
14.
(i)
Install check valve, new oil filter element and cover (Ref. Final Assembly).
(j)
Check oil tank level; start engine.
(12)
Check oil pressure (Ref. step (11), preceding).
(13)
Remove main oil filter and chip detector and check for metal particle contamination.
(14)
If heavy contamination is evident, return engine to overhaul shop for unusual oil
condition examination and inspection (Ref. Light Overhaul).
(15)
Return engine to service when there is no evidence of metal contamination.
(16)
Should an engine sustain propeller shaft seizure on test using a slave propeller
governor, recall governor from test cell and conduct light overhaul (Ref. 61-20-00,
LIGHT OVERHAUL).
Preservation
Preserve engine in accordance with storage requirements (Ref. Storage Instructions).
15.
Removal of Test Equipment

A.
Remove Test Plumbing and Instrumentation

NOTE:
Remove propeller from engine (if applicable).
(1)
Refer to Para. 8. for physical location of test cell connections and plumbing.
Remove interconnect drain pipes and instrumentation harness.
(2)
Fit blanking caps/covers to open-ended pipes and ports of engine and test facility.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 755
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
T. FT
URE AL
PRESS 10000
23000
8000
GAS GENERATOR SPEED (NG) RPM
22000
21000
6000
20000
4000
19000
2000
18000
EL
SEA LEV
17000
16000
20
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Tt1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE F
C13733
Ng Corrected for Temperature and Altitude
Figure 717
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 756
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
750
700
650
600
SHP/DEL
550
500
450
400
20
20
40
60
80
100
120
Tt1 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE F
C30945A
Reduced Power Trim Curve SHP Corrected for Temperature
Figure 718
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 757
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
16.
Install Engine in Assembly Stand

A.
B.
Remove Engine From Propeller Test Stand And Install In Assembly Stand
(1)
Attach hoist to lifting eye (PWC32117) on mount ring. Take up slack on hoist chain.
(2)
Unlock and remove bolts and nuts securing mount ring to test stand.
(3)
Lift engine and mount ring and install in assembly stand (Ref. Storage Instructions).
(4)
Disconnect and remove hoist and lifting eye.
Remove Engine from Dynamometer Stand and Install in Assembly Stand (Ref. Fig. 707)
(1)
Drain engine oil tank (Ref. Disassembly).
(2)
Remove eight nuts (20) and bolts (21) securing coupling shaft to propeller shaft
flange.
(3)
Attach hoist to lifting eye (PWC32081) on engine center mount ring. Take up slack
on hoist.
(4)
Remove nuts (15), spacers (14 and 13), and bolts (12) securing left- and right-side
mounts (3 and 1) to mount ring (2).
(5)
Remove nut (7), washer (6) and bolt (11) securing bracket (5) to struts (10).
(6)
Hoist engine.
(7)
Remove propeller shaft plug (18); remove and discard preformed packing (19).
(8)
Remove three bolts (9) and washers (8) securing bracket (5) to accessory gearbox.
Remove bracket.
(9)
Disconnect and remove hoist and engine sling.
(10)
17.
18.
Remove slave nuts (16) and bolts (17) in flange A and remove mount ring (2);
reinstall bolts and nuts to secure flange (Ref. 72-10-00, SUB-ASSEMBLY).
Remove Test Accessories

A.
Remove test accessories and slave equipment (Ref. Para. 8. for item location).
B.
Fit blanking caps/covers to open engine accessory ports.
Final Check
Return the engine to the assembly bay (overhaul shop) for security check of parts and
components, torque values and lockwiring (Ref. Final Assembly).
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 758
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
19.
Power Section Run-in

NOTE:
A.
The on-wing run-in is for a power section specifically returned for unscheduled
repair (LIGHT OVERHAUL), when new sleeve bearings have been installed in
first-stage planet gears, or when three or more new sleeve bearings are installed in
second-stage planet gears in propeller reduction gearbox.
Incremental Run-in
CAUTION:
NOTE:
THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE MUST BE CONDUCTED TO THE

SATISFACTION OF AN APPROVED OVERHAUL FACILITY. ON COMPLETION
OF PROCEDURE, MAIN OIL FILTER MUST BE INSPECTED.
Power sections with first and second-stage planet gears newly fitted with
bronze bushings do not require run-in.
(1)
Conduct pre-start and engine motoring checks with propeller feathered (refer to
appropriate airframe manual).
(2)
Start engine with propeller feathered (refer to appropriate airframe manual).
CAUTION: AIR INLET TEMPERATURE MUST NOT EXCEED 48.9C (120F). IF

NECESSARY, INCREASE Np TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE WITHIN
LIMITS.
(3)
Motor engine at IDLE for 10 minutes.
(4)
Unfeather propeller and run engine at IDLE for 10 minutes with propeller in fine
pitch.
(5)
Increase power gradually to obtain the following Np% maximum speeds in

sequence. Dwell at each speed for five minutes:
Np (percent)
67
73
79
85
88
91
96
100
(6)
RPM
1470
1600
1700
1870
1940
2000
2140
2200
Hold Np at 100% and increase torque in increments. Dwell at each torque level for
10 minutes:
(a) PT6A-21 engines:
PSI
31
LB.FT.
957
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 759
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
34
39
42.5
1050
1204
1315
(b) PT6A-27/-28 engines:

PSI
31
39
47
50
53
LB.FT.
957
1192
1422
1529
1620
(7)
Shut down engine
(8)
Examine oil filter and magnetic chip detector for metal particles.
72-00-00
ENGINE - TESTING
Page 760
Jul 02/2004

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1.
General
Figure 801 should be used as a guide during engine test to trace and rectify any problem
that may arise after scheduled or unscheduled overhaul. In some instances, the problem may
be resolved in the test cell, otherwise the engine must be returned to the overhaul shop
for unscheduled overhaul.
To facilitate troubleshooting, common engine problems are divided into four categories, each
of which contains probable symptoms of defects or malfunction in the System(s) related
to that category. Diagnostic and corrective action required to isolate and rectify the various
problems are linked in logic form to each of the symptoms.
2.
Troubleshooting
A.
Engine Problem Categories

(1)
Starting Problems (Ref. Fig. 801).
(2)
Operating Problems (Ref. Fig. 802).
(3)
Lubricating System Problems (Ref. Fig. 803).
(4)
Unacceptable Performance Parameters (Ref. Fig. 804).
72-00-00
Page 801
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CONTD SHEET 2
C7589A_1
Troubleshooting - Starting Problems
72-00-00
Page 802
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FROM SHEET 1
C7589A_2
Troubleshooting - Starting Problems
72-00-00
Page 803
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CONTD SHEET 2
C7588B_1
Troubleshooting - Operating Problems
72-00-00
Page 804
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FROM SHEET 1
CONTD SHEET 3
C7588B_2
72-00-00
Page 805
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
FROM SHEET 2
C7588B_3
72-00-00
Page 806
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
72-00-00
Page 807
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CONTD SHEET 2
C7587A_1
Troubleshooting - Lubricating System Problems
72-00-00
Page 808
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C7587A_2
Troubleshooting - Lubricating System Problems
72-00-00
Page 809
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C7586A
Troubleshooting - Unacceptable Performance Parameters
Figure 804
72-00-00
Page 810
Aug 03/2001

OVERHAUL MANUAL
ENGINE - STORAGE
1.
2.
General
A.
Special handling, packing, storage and preservation procedures for individual components
or sub-assemblies are described, where necessary, in Storage Instructions of the
appropriate Chapter.
B.
This section provides information and procedures necessary for storage, preservation
and depreservation of the complete engine, and includes handling instructions for
removing or installing the engine in its fiberboard container, metal container or stand.
Two different fiberboard storage and shipping containers are in general use; Type I, made
to meet the initial requirement for shipping and storage of PT6A-27/-28 engines, Type
II, a container redesigned to smaller dimensions for use with PT6A-21/-27/-28 engines,
and Type III, a reinforced fiberboard container for use with PT6A-28 engines. A
reusable metal shipping container is also available, and can be used with all engine
models.
3.
Item No.
Name
PWC03-001
PWC03-004
PWC05-007
PWC05-070
PWC07-005
PWC07-018
PWC09-003
PWC11-021
PWC15-001

Oil, Lubricating
Fluid, Check
Tape, Pressure Sensitive Adhesive
Paint, Enamel
Primer
Compound, Sealing
Compound
DELETED
Special Tools
Tool No.
Name
PWC30712
PWC30800
PWC32080
PWC32081
PWC32389
PWC32420
PWC32327
PWC50066
Adapter
Engine Stand
Pad
Ring
Bracket
DELETED
DELETED
Sling
Application
As an alternate, use
PWC51861-600
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 901
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
4.
Tool No.
Name
Application
PWC51861-600
Sling
Alternate to PWC50066

Not Applicable
5.
Engine Storage
A.
B.
Fiberboard Shipping Container - Type I

(1)
The fiberboard shipping container, a flat-sided rectangular box, is mounted on a

wooden pallet. A steel cradle that holds and supports the engine assembly during
transit and storage, is mounted within the rectangular box, and is secured to the box
inner walls with bolts, nuts and washers. For added strength, the container walls
are reinforced with wooden inner and outer stiffeners. For internal protection against
the effects of moisture, the engine is enclosed in an evacuated, sealed plastic
envelope containing a specific quantity of dehydrated material (desiccant). Shipping
container and wooden pallet are firmly secured, after closure, by five steel
straps. The fiberboard box is disposable, but all other parts may be reused, subject
to condition.
(2)
The fiberboard container, which must not be used for outdoor storage, or be
exposed to climatic conditions for more than one week, is intended for domestic
shipment in a closed conveyance on the North American continent, or for overseas
shipment by air.
(3)
For engine shipping container leading particulars, refer to Table 901.
Fiberboard Shipping Container - Type II

(1)
The fiberboard shipping container is a flat-sided case consisting of a skid base, a

rectangular sleeve and a cover. A metal frame, bolted to the upper side of the base,
carries a rubber-mounted steel cradle that holds and supports the engine assembly
during transit and storage. For internal protection against the effects of moisture, the
engine is enclosed in an evacuated, sealed plastic envelope containing a specific
quantity of dehydrating material (desiccant). Cover, sleeve and base are firmly
secured after closure by five steel straps. Both the fiberboard cover and sleeve
are disposable, but the base and cradle assembly may be reused, subject to
condition.
(2)
shipment by air.
(3)
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 902
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C.
Fiberboard Shipping Container - Type III

(1)
The reinforced fiberboard shipping container is available for PT6A-28 engines and
is similar in construction to the Type II, with the addition of plywood reinforced sides
and cover and modified engine support.
(2)
shipment by air.
(3)

TABLE 901, Fiberboard Shipping Container Leading Particulars
DESCRIPTION
TYPE I
TYPE II
TYPE III
Length
73.5 in. (1870 mm)
69.0 in. (1753 mm)
69.00 in. (1753 mm)
Width
31.5 in. (801 mm)
27.0 in. (686 mm)
33.0 in. (838 mm)
Height
37.0 in. (940 mm)
29.0 in. (737 mm)
39.0 in. (990 mm)
Weight Empty (approximate)
160 lbs. (72.5 kg)
210 lbs. (95.3 kg)
331.8 lbs. (150 kg)
D.
Metal Storage and Shipping Container

(1)
The metal storage and shipping container is of steel construction; manufactured in

two halves and joined at the horizontal center line. A gasket between the upper and
lower halves forms a hermetic seal. The metal container is reusable and may be
used for long term indoor and outdoor storage, provided the humidity level within the
container is frequently checked, the desiccant replenished as required, and the
engine preserved in accordance with the preservation schedule (Ref. Para. 7.).
(2)
The metal container is pressurized. An air filler valve and a relief valve are fitted in
the service receptacle to maintain the pressure within the container to equal 5 psi
at 16C (60F). The service receptacle cover and service receptacle can be removed
to provide access to the desiccant cage for desiccant replacement. Removal of
the record receptacle cover will allow access to the record receptacle that provides
storage for the engine log book, shipping instructions and other documents.
(3)
For metal storage and shipping container data, refer to Table 902.
TABLE 902, Fiberboard Shipping Container Leading Particulars
DESCRIPTION
DATA
Length
79.0 in. (2007 mm)
Width
34.0 in. (865 mm)
Height
38.0 in. (965 mm)
Weight Empty (approximate)
400 lbs. (181.4 kg)
Pressure Tested at
10 psig
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 903
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 902, Fiberboard Shipping Container Leading Particulars (Contd)

DESCRIPTION
E.
Material Specification (Skin)
SAE 1010 - 1020
Pain Primer (one coat)
(PWC07-018)
Pain Finish (two coats)
332 lbs. (151 kg)

(PWC07-005)
Humidity Control
(1)
To maintain internal moisture conditions at a safe level for storage, a specific

quantity of dehydrating material (desiccant) (Ref. IPC) is stowed in each type of
container. The desiccant is packed in individual bags, each containing eight units
(one unit weighs one ounce (28.34 g)).
(2)
Each container has a humidity indicator to show the moisture level within the
container without disturbing the container or the contents. At a safe moisture level (up
to 40 percent relative humidity) the indicator color is blue.
(3)
If the internal humidity increases, the color gradually changes to pink. An all-pink
color indicates an unsafe moisture condition, and the desiccant must be replaced
with freshly activated material.
NOTE:
(4)
F.
DATA
Humidity indicators have a reversible element allowing them to be

re-activated and reused, provided the original all-blue color is evident.
Indicators need not be replaced unless damaged.
Twelve bags of desiccant are used in the fiberboard container, and eight bags in
the metal container.
Re-activation of Desiccant
(1)
Place bags of used desiccant and a pink humidity indicator in a suitable oven
controlled at 121C (250F), until humidity indicator turns blue.
(2)
Allow oven to cool to room temperature approximately 22C (72F), then remove
bags and indicator.
CAUTION: DO NOT REMOVE DESICCANT BAGS FROM PROTECTIVE

POLYETHYLENE ENVELOPES UNTIL REQUIRED FOR INSERTION IN
SHIPPING CONTAINERS.
(3)
As soon as possible, after re-activation is complete, insert bags of desiccant into

polyethylene envelopes. Exclude all air and seal envelopes.
G. Storage of Engine
(1)
Fiberboard Container:
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 904
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(a) Short term storage of engine can be accomplished in a fiberboard container,

under dry conditions, up to six months. A periodic check must be carried out
at least once every seven days to prevent humidity reaching an unsafe level.
When indicator changes to a partially pink color, remove engine from
container and protective envelope (Ref. Para. 9.).
(b) Replace old desiccant with bags of freshly activated desiccant and reinstall
engine in container (Ref. Para. 12.).
(2)
Metal Container
(a) Long term storage of engine must be accomplished in a metal container, when
stored indoors or outdoors.
(b) All precautions must be observed to eliminate loss of pressure and to prevent
humidity reaching an unsafe level.
(c) The humidity indicator and pressure must be checked once every 30 days and
rectified as necessary. Refer to Figure 907 and Table 903 Preservation
Schedule for Engine in Metal Container.
H.
Stacking Engine Containers for Storage

(1)
6.
Refer to instructions in Table 904 for stacking containers with or without engine.
Installation of Engine in Overhaul Stand

A.
Engine Mounting Brackets

(1)
Because the engine stand (PWC30800) can be used for engine disassembly,
assembly and preparation for testing, it is necessary to select correct type of
mounting brackets, as follows:
(a) Engine Assembly in Stand/Preparation for Engine Testing: Three independant,
flexible mounting brackets (PWC32080) secure engine to a mounting ring
(PWC32081) that is bolted to adapters (PWC30712) attached to the engine
stand.
NOTE:
It is more expedient to use the above brackets for engine assembly,

when engine testing in a test cell follows:
(b) Engine Disassembly: Three independant, non-flexible mounting brackets

(PWC32389) secure engine to mounting ring that is bolted to adapters on the
engine stand.
NOTE:
(2)
B.
These brackets may also be used for engine assembly.
Installation procedure for each type of mounting bracket is described in following

paragraph.
Installation of Engine for Disassembly, Assembly and/or Testing (Ref. Fig. 901)
(1)
Engine for disassembly and/or assembly:
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 905
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(a) With engine suspended from sling (8), install three non-flexible mounting
brackets (12) on engine mounting pads of gas generator case. Secure each
bracket with four bolts (13). Torque bolts 225 to 300 lb.in. and lockwire .
(2)
Engine for assembly and/or testing:

(a) With engine suspended from sling (8), install three mount brackets (21)(part of
flexible mounting brackets) (Ref. View C) on gas generator case mounting
pads. Secure each bracket with four bolts (13). Torque bolts 225 to 300 lb.in.
and lockwire.
(b) Assemble rubber mount pads (20) with sleeve, to each bracket (21) and secure
with four bolts and nuts (19)(Ref. View C). Ensure offset hole in each mount
pad is correctly located (Ref. View B). Tighten nuts, torque 75 to 85 lb.in. and
lockwire.
7.
(3)
Locate large section of mount ring (11) on left-hand side of engine and secure
mount ring pads (14) to brackets at 12 oclock and 8 oclock positions with bolts,
washers and castellated nuts. Do not tighten or lock nuts at this stage.
(4)
Locate small section of mount ring (11) on right-hand side of engine, and secure
mount ring pad (14) to bracket at 4 oclock position with bolt, washer and castellated
nut. Do not tighten or lock nut at this stage.
(5)
Install two lockplates (15) on small and large sections of mount ring (11), and
secure each lockplate with eight screws. Tighten screws, torque 225 to 300 lb.in.
and lockwire.
(6)
Tighten three nuts on bolts (mount ring to bracket attachment, installed in steps (3)
and (4)), torque to 50 lb.in. and install cotterpins.
(7)
Secure one engine mount adapter (3) to inner face of each mounting disk (16) on
engine stand (18) with three bolts (4), washers (2) and nuts (1). Tighten nuts and
torque 600 to 650 lb.in. Ensure hub locking pin (17) is fully engaged.
(8)
Position stand under suspended engine and carefully lower engine until two holes
in lug of each adapter (3) are aligned with holes in mount ring. Secure each
adapter to mount ring with two washers (6) and bolts (7) (Ref. View A). Tighten
bolts and torque 250 to 270 lb.in.
(9)
Release engine weight from sling; remove sling.
Preservation/Depreservation of Engine
A.
Depreservation of Engine
(1)
Depreservation is a preliminary step before engine check run and, when necessary,
before disassembly and overhaul.
(2)
Purge fuel system (PT6A-21 Engines) of preservation fluid as follows:
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 906
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(a) Fill oil tank with approved engine oil (Ref. Testing).
NOTE:
The lubrication system does not require depreservation.
(b) Connect test cell fuel supply to engine fuel inlet.

(c) Disconnect fuel line to fuel manifold at flow divider and dump valve.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ALLOW PRESERVATION OIL TO
ENTER ENGINE WHERE IT MAY COME INTO CONTACT WITH
THERMOCOUPLE PROBE ASSEMBLY. OIL CONTAMINATION OF
PROBES MAY CAUSE COMPLETE FAILURE OF THERMOCOUPLE
SYSTEM.
(d) Position suitable container beneath open fuel line to collect drainage.
(e) Open test cell fuel valve and switch fuel pump ON.
(f)
(g) Position propeller control lever at FEATHER and power control lever at TAKE
OFF (fully open).
(h) Motor engine until clean fuel flows from open line.
(3)
(i)
Position power control lever at CUTOFF, switch fuel supply pump OFF and
close test cell fuel valve.
(j)
Reconnect fuel line to flow divider and dump valve and secure line attachment
points.
Purge fuel system (PT6A-27/-28 Engines) of preservation fluid as follows:

(a) Fill oil tank with approved engine oil (Ref. Testing).
NOTE:
The lubrication system does not require depreservation.
(b) Connect test cell fuel supply to engine fuel inlet.

(c) Disconnect fuel lines at outlet side of starting flow control valve. Cap the
bypass, dump and No. 1 manifold outlets, allowing drainage from No. 2 manifold
outlet into a suitable container.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ALLOW PRESERVATION OIL TO
ENTER ENGINE WHERE IT MAY COME INTO CONTACT WITH
THERMOCOUPLE PROBE ASSEMBLY. OIL CONTAMINATION OF
PROBES MAY CAUSE COMPLETE FAILURE OF THERMOCOUPLE
SYSTEM.
(d) Open test cell fuel valve and switch fuel pump ON.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 907
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
2
3
4
14
15
16
7
5
12
13
10
11
VIEW
16
17
14
DIRECTION OF OFFSET HOLE
11
20
21
20
MOUNT
PADS
19
OFFSET HOLE
VIEW B
ENGINE MOUNT PAD OFFSET HOLE
LOCATIONS AS VIEWED FROM REAR
13
VIEW C
(ALTERNATE FLEXIBLE
MOUNT BRACKET)
C7521C
Removal/Installation of Engine from Stand
Figure 901
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 908
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 901

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Nut
Washer
Engine Mount Adapter
Bolt
Mount Ring (Ref)
Washer
Bolt
Engine Sling
Front Lifting Bracket
Rear Lifting Bracket
Mount Ring
Non-flexible Mounting Bracket
Bolt
Mount Ring Pads
Lockplates
Engine Mount Disk
Hub Locking Pin
Engine Stand
Bolt and Nut
Rubber Mount Pad
Mounting Bracket
(e) Ensure ignition switch is OFF.

(f)
Place propeller control lever at FEATHER, power control lever at IDLE and
start control lever at RUN positions.

(g) Motor engine until clean fuel flows from open line.
(h) Reposition start control lever at CUTOFF. Close test cell fuel supply and switch
fuel supply pump OFF.
(i)
(4)
B.
Remove caps from the bypass, dump and No. 1 manifold outlets and reconnect
all fuel lines to starting control unit.
If engine is to be disassembled, drain engine oil system (Ref. Disassembly).
Preservation of Engine
(1)
The engine fuel and oil systems are preserved preparatory to storage in containers,
subject to the condition detailed in Paragraph 5.. The procedures are described in
Subparagraphs C., D. and E. following.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 909
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C.
Engine Fuel System Preservation (PT6A-21 Engines)
CAUTION: EXTREME CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATERIAL

FROM BEING DRAWN INTO ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM. EQUIPMENT MUST
BE SUPPLIED WITH SUITABLE FILTERS NO COARSER THAN 10 MICRON
RATING.
(1)
Connect suitable oil supply line to oil-to-fuel heater fuel inlet.
(2)
Disconnect fuel line at inlet to flow divider valve to prevent oil from entering fuel
manifold; loosen line as required to permit drainage into a suitable container.
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES PERMIT PRESERVATION OIL TO ENTER

ENGINE WHERE IT MAY COME INTO CONTACT WITH THERMOCOUPLE
PROBE ASSEMBLY. OIL CONTAMINATION OF PROBES MAY CAUSE
COMPLETE FAILURE OF THERMOCOUPLE SYSTEM.
(3)
Supply preservative oil (PWC03-004) at 5 to 25 psig at 16C (60F) through oil

supply line to engine.
(4)
(5)
Position propeller control lever at FEATHER and power control lever at TAKE-OFF.

(6)
Motor engine, moving power control lever to IDLE and then to TAKE-OFF.
(7)
After motoring run, check preservation oil is flowing from open fuel line. If not,
repeat step (6) until oil flow appears.
(8)
Return power control lever to IDLE.
(9)
Reconnect fuel line to flow divider valve, and secure line attachment points.
(10)
D.
Disconnect oil supply line to oil-to-fuel heater inlet and fit blanking cap to inlet.
Engine Fuel System Preservation (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
CAUTION: EXTREME CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO PREVENT FOREIGN MATERIAL

FROM BEING DRAWN INTO ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM. EQUIPMENT MUST
BE SUPPLIED WITH SUITABLE FILTERS NO COARSER THAN 10 MICRON
RATING.
(1)
Connect suitable oil supply line to oil-to-fuel heater fuel inlet.
(2)
Disconnect fuel lines at outlet side of starter flow control valve. Cap bypass, dump
and No. 1 manifold outlets, allowing drainage from No. 2 manifold outlet into a
suitable container.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 910
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
CAUTION: UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ALLOW PRESERVATION OIL TO ENTER

ENGINE WHERE IT MAY COME INTO CONTACT WITH THERMOCOUPLE
PROBE ASSEMBLY. OIL CONTAMINATION OF PROBES MAY CAUSE
COMPLETE FAILURE OF THERMOCOUPLE SYSTEM.
(3)
Supply preservative oil (PWC03-004) at a pressure of 5 to 25 psig and a temperature

of 16C (60F) through oil supply line to engine.
(4)
Check ignition switch is OFF.
(5)
Move power control lever to TAKE-OFF and starting control lever to RUN positions.
CAUTION: OBSERVE STARTER MOTOR OPERATING LIMITS (REFER TO

STARTER MANUFACTURERS MANUAL).
(6)
Motor engine, moving power control lever to IDLE and then to TAKE-OFF, and
starting control lever to CUT-OFF and then RUN.
(7)
After motoring run, check preservative oil is flowing from No. 2 manifold outlet of
the starting control valve. If not, repeat step (6) until oil flow appears.
(8)
Return power control lever to IDLE and starting control lever to CUT-OFF.
(9)
Remove caps from the bypass, dump and No. 1 manifold outlets, and reconnect all
fuel lines to starting control valve.
(10)
E.
Disconnect oil supply line to oil-to-fuel heater inlet and fit blanking cap to inlet.
Engine Oil System Preservation
CAUTION: OBSERVE STARTER MOTOR OPERATING LIMITS (REFER TO STARTER

MANUFACTURERS MANUAL).
(1)
With ignition OFF and fuel supply shut-off valve closed, motor engine with starter;
when oil pressure and compressor speed (Ng) are indicated, stop motoring.
(2)
Place suitable container under engine. Remove magnetic chip detector or oil drain
plug, as applicable, from propeller reduction gearbox, and drain plugs from
compressor inlet case and accessory gearbox.
CAUTION: TO MINIMIZE ENGINE OPERATION WITH LIMITED LUBRICATION, KEEP

ENGINE MOTORING TO SHORTEST POSSIBLE PERIOD CONSISTENT
WITH COMPLETION OF DRAINING.
(3)
With drains open, motor engine with starter to permit scavenge pumps to clear
engine (indicated by cessation of steady oil stream from drains), then disengage
starter.
(4)
Remove oil filter element (Ref. Disassembly).
(5)
Allow oil to drain from engine until oil drip is slow and intermittent (approximately
one-half hour); then install oil filter, and close drains.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 911
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(6)
Remove cover plates from pads of accessory drives, and spray exposed surfaces
and gearshaft with engine lubricating oil (PWC03-004). Replace cover plates.
(7)
Install plugs, caps and covers to all engine openings to prevent moisture
accumulation and entry of foreign material (Ref. Fig. 902)
NOTE:
(8)
8.
Tag oil filler cap with date of preservation.
Removal of Engine from Stand (Ref. Fig. 902)

A.
Procedure
(1)
Attach sling (PWC50066) or (PWC51861-600) to engine lifting points (9) and (10),
and take up slack on hoist.
(2)
Remove bolts (7) and washers (6) securing mount ring (11) to both engine mount
adapters (3).
(3)
Lift engine clear of stand.
(4)
Remove eight screws securing each lockplate (15) to small and large sections of
mount ring (11). Remove lockplates.
(5)
Remove cotterpins, castellated nuts and bolts from mount ring pads (14) on large
section of mount ring (11), and separate from brackets at 12 oclock and 8 oclock
positions.
(6)
Support small section of mount ring (11) and remove cotterpin, castellated nut and
bolt securing mount ring pad (14) of mount ring to mounting bracket at 4 oclock
position on engine.
NOTE:
(7)
9.
Some PT6A-27 models (Post-SB1152) have additional hardware shipped

with engine.
After removal, retain all nuts, bolts, washers and both lockplates in a
suitable bag, and attach to stand.
Remove bolts (13) and separate three mount brackets (12) or (21) from gas
generator case. Retain brackets with stand.
Removal of Engine From Container

A.
Procedure
(1)
When an engine is to be removed from, or installed in, a container, the following

precautions must be taken.
(a) Ensure that a hoist of sufficient lifting capacity and safety factor is available to
lift the following loads:
1
350 lbs. (159 kg) engine only.
800 lbs. (363 kg) engine loaded in container.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 912
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(b) Position container or engine correctly on floor directly beneath hoist.

(c) A free overhead space of approximately six feet (approx. two meters) from the
floor to the hoist hook is required to remove the engine from the container.
B.
Removal of Engine from Type I Fiberboard Container (Ref. Fig. 903)

(1)
Cut and remove steel strapping (15) from around fiberboard container. Retain
reinforcing corners (16).
(2)
Cut sealing tape and fold back flaps on top of container.
(3)
Cut protective envelope and expose top of engine.
CAUTION: NEVER USE ENGINE LIFTING BRACKETS TO RAISE ENGINE AND

CRADLE ASSEMBLY WHEN ATTACHED TO CONTAINER.
C.
(4)
Attach engine sling (PWC50066) or (PWC51861-600) to engine lifting brackets at

flanges A and G. Adjust lifting eye of sling to obtain an even lift.
(5)
Take weight of engine on sling and remove eight bolts (18) and lockwashers (19)
securing cradle to mounting brackets (14).
(6)
Slowly lift engine and cradle assembly; ensure that engine remains level and is not
permitted to swing.
(7)
Transfer engine to clear area and remove cradle from engine by removing
quick-release pins (21) from engine mount brackets (11) and (12).
(8)
Remove 11 bolts and washers securing two engine front mount brackets (11) and
one engine rear mount bracket (12). Replace mount brackets (11) and (12) on
cradle (13) and secure with quick- release pins (21). Place bolts and washers in cloth
or polyethylene bag and secure to cradle.
(9)
Retain cradle (13), wooden pallet (8) and associated hardware for reuse. Discard
non-reusable items.
(10)
Remove protective envelope (9).
(11)
Remove 12 desiccant bags from engine and retain for re-activation and reuse.
(12)
Remove shipping data envelope and envelope containing engine log books from
bottom of containers.
Removal of Engine from Type II Fiberboard Container (Ref. Fig. 904)

(1)
Cut and remove steel strapping (3) and (10) from around fiberboard container.
Retain reinforcing corners (2) and (9). Remove cover (1) and sleeve (5) from
skid base (17).
(2)
Cut protective envelope (7) and expose top of engine.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 913
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
17
16
15
14
18
19
13
20
7
8
21
12
9
36
37
11
1
38
12
FRONT VIEW
12
26
25
23
22
24
REAR VIEW
10
39
POSTSB1482
VIEW A
OILFUELHEATER
31
30
32
29
33
28
VIEW
27
UNDERSIDE VIEW
35
34
C8515A
Location of Shipping Covers and Plugs
Figure 902
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 914
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 902

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
*7.
*8.
*9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Exhaust Duct Shipping Cover

Tachometer Drive Shipping Cover
Oil Pressure Boss Plug
Electrical Connector Shipping
Cap (Propeller Governor)
Torquemeter Transmitter
Connection Shipping Cap
Torquemeter Transmitter Shipping
Cover
Bolt
Washer
Nut
Fuel Heater Shipping Plug
Cap
(PK247 Ignition Regulator Box)
(PK265 Ignition Exciter Box)
Accessory Drives, Shipping
Covers
Starter-generator Mount Shipping
Cover
Oil Return Adapter Shipping
Cover
Mount Cover Bolt
Center Engine Mount Shipping
Cover
Oil Vent Shipping Cover
Bolt
Washer
Thermocouple Connector
Shipping Cap
Cap
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
*27.
*28.
*29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
**36.
37.
***38.
39.
*
**
***
Oil Pressure Boss Plug

Oil Temperature Connector Plug
Scavenge Oil Connector Shipping
Cap
Scavenge Oil Connector Shipping
(PT6A-27/-28 Engines)
Starter-generator Cavity Drain
Dust Cap
Nut
Washer
Bolt
Propeller Shaft Flange Shipping
Cover
Case Drain Shipping Caps
Scavenge Oil Tee Shipping Cap
Fuel Drain Shipping Cap
Fuel Drain Shipping Cap
Air Inlet Shipping Cover
Fuel Control Unit Shaft Protective
Cap
Protective Dust Cap
Protective Dust Cap
Cap
(Parts not required when
press-on covers are provided)
(Fitted to PT6A-27 Engines
shipped without propeller
reversing linkage)
(Fitted to PT6A-28 Engines
having flexible hose deleted)
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 915
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
9
20
16
12
21
11
10
21
11
21
15
18
13
19
14
17
5
3
4
22
2
8
C8514
Fiberboard Container Components - Type I
Figure 903
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 916
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 903

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Inner Stiffener
Bolt
Plain Washer
Outer Stiffener
Self-locking Nut
Reinforcing Plate
Sheat Mount
Pallet
Engine Protective Envelope
Gaskets
Engine Mount Forward Brackets
Engine Mount Rear Bracket
Cradle
Mounting Bracket
Steel Strapping
Reinforcing Corners
Screw
Bolt
Lockwasher
Humidity Indicator
Quck-release Pins
Slotted Box

CRADLE ASSEMBLY WITH SKID BASE ATTACHED.
(3)

(4)
Take weight of engine on sling, remove quick-release pins (11) and (13) securing
engine mount brackets (12) and (14) to cradle (15).
(5)
Raise engine in level attitude until clear of cradle.
(6)
Remove 11 bolts and washers securing two engine front mount brackets (12) and
one engine rear mount bracket (14) to engine. Replace mount brackets (12) and
(14) on cradle and secure with quick-release pins (11) and (13). Place bolts and
washers in cloth or polyethylene bag and secure to cradle.
(7)
Retain cradle, skid base and associated hardware for reuse. Remove protective
envelope (7).
(8)
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 917
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(9)
D.
Remove shipping data envelope and envelope containing engine log book from box
glued to skid base.
Removal of Engine from Type III Fiberboard (reinforced) Container (Ref. Fig. 905)
(1)
Cut and remove steel strapping (4) from around fiberboard container. Retain
reinforcing corners (24). Remove cover (1) and sleeve (10) from skid base (12).
Retain plywood panels (3), (5) and (6) if condition permits.
(2)
Cut protective envelope (8) and expose top of engine.

CRADLE ASSEMBLY WITH SKID BASE ATTACHED.
E.
(3)

(4)
Take weight of engine on sling and remove eight nuts (14) and bolts (16) securing
engine support (22) to cradle mounting (13). Retain all hardware.
(5)
Slowly lift engine and support; ensure that engine remains level and is not
permitted to swing.
(6)
Remove nuts (26), bolts (15) securing engine support (22) to lower mount brackets
(25).
(7)
Remove quick-release pin (17) from upper mount bracket (27) and lift support (22)
away from engine. Secure support (22) to cradle mounting (13) with bolts (16) and
nuts (14).
(8)
Remove bolts and washers securing lower mount brackets (25) and upper mount
bracket (27) to engine. Secure brackets (25) and (27) to support (22) with bolts
(15), nuts (26) and pin (17) respectively.
(9)
Remove and discard protective envelope (8).
(10)
(11)
Remove shipping data envelope and envelope containing engine log books from
bottom of containers.
(12)
Remove box containing ignition exciter (if applicable) taped to bottom of container.
Removal of Engine from Metal Container (Ref. Fig. 906)

(1)
Observe precautions (Ref. Para. 9.A., preceding).
(2)
Remove service receptable cover (1) by removing two nuts and lockwashers.
CAUTION: ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES FOR ALL PRESSURE TO BE

RELEASED BEFORE SEPARATING HALVES OF CONTAINER.
(3)
Depressurize container by allowing air to escape through air filler valve (2).
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 918
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(4)
Remove 36 nuts, washers and bolts securing container top cover to container base.
(5)
With hoist attached to container lifting points (8), lift container top cover vertically
to clear locating pin (6). Rest container top cover on clean, wooden blocks.
(6)
Attach engine sling (PWC50066) or (PWC51861-600) to front and rear lifting

brackets at flanges A and G. Adjust lifting eye of sling to obtain level lift.
CAUTION: NEVER USE ENGINE LIFTING BRACKETS TO LIFT AN ENGINE STILL

ATTACHED TO THE METAL CONTAINER BASE.
(7)
Take weight of engine on sling and remove three quick-release pins (9) securing
engine mount brackets to mounting cradle.
(8)
If difficulty is experienced when attempting to remove quick- release pins (9), use
the following alternative method for removing engine:
(a) Remove eight bolts, washers and nuts securing mounting cradle (11) to
container.
(b) Slowly raise engine, together with mounting cradle from container.
(c) Separate engine from cradle as described in following step (10).
(9)
Raise engine slowly from container. Ensure that engine remains horizontal and
does not swing.
(10)
Remove 11 bolts and washers securing two front mount brackets and one rear
mount bracket to engine. Replace mount brackets on cradle (11) and secure with
quick-release pins (9). Place bolts and washers in cloth or polyethylene bag and
secure to cradle.
(11)
Remove four nuts and lockwashers, two studs and two bolts, and withdraw service
receptacle (3) from container base.
(12)
Remove eight desiccant bags from desiccant case, and retain them for re-activation
and reuse (Ref. Para. 5.E.).
(13)
Remove record receptacle cover by removing two nuts, washers and bolts.
(14)
Withdraw engine log book and any other documents from record receptacle (5).
Replace cover, bolts, washers and nuts.
(15)
Remove all shipping covers, caps and plugs from engine, place in suitable bag and
secure to cradle.
(16)
Clean interior of container.
(17)
Replace top cover and secure with 36 bolts, washers and nuts.
(18)
Coat all exposed hardware with preservative oil (PWC03-001).
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 919
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C3868B
Fiberboard Container Components - Type II
Figure 904
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 920
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 904

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
(19)
10.
Cover
Reinforcing Corners
Steel Strap
Pressure Sensitive Tape
Sleeve
Humidity Indicator
Protective Envelope
Gaskets
Reinforcing Corners
Steel Strap
Quick-release Pin
Front Mount Brackets
Quick-release Pin
Rear Mount Bracket
Cradle
Shear Mounts
Skid Base
Retain moisture barrier/protective wrapping on engine, air inlet screen until

disassembly of engine.
Installation of Engine in Fiberboard Container

A.
Preparation
CAUTION: ENSURE ENGINE HAS BEEN COMPLETELY DRAINED OF OIL.
B.
(1)
Observe lifting precautions (Ref. Para. 9.A.).
(2)
With engine mounted in stand (PWC30800) and engine preservation accomplished

(Ref. Para. 7..B.), fit all shipping covers and plugs (Ref. Fig. 902).
(3)
Enclose air inlet screen with shipping cover (35, Fig. 902).
(4)
Ensure all reusable container parts are serviceable, and all non- reusable parts
have been replaced with new parts.
(5)
Remove the ignition exciter (if applicable) and tape the ignition cables to the engine
using pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070).
Installation of Engine in Type I Fiberboard Container (Ref. Fig. 903)

(1)
Open container slotted box (22) and fold bottom end flaps inwards, followed by side
flaps.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 921
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
2
1
3
11
4
10
5
7
9
18
19
20
21
17
25
27
16
15
22
23
26
14
13
24
12
C13572
Fiberboard Container Components - Type III
Figure 905
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 922
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 905

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
Cover
Corner, Reinforcing
Top, Plywood
Seal, Strapping
End, Plywood
Side, Plywood
Gaskets
Protective Envelope
Humidity Indicator
Sleeve, Fiberboard
Tape
Skid Base
Cradle Mounting
Nut
Bolt
Bolt
Quick-release Pin and Lanyard
Bolt
Swivel Mount
Washer
Split Pin
Engine Support
Strapping
Corner, Reinforcing
Bracket, Mounting - Lower
Nut
Bracket, Mounting - Upper
(2)
Using pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070), seal middle seam, overlapping 10 to 12

inches on sides. Tape bottom edges at each end and extend around sides
approximately 12 inches.
(3)
Resting inner stiffener (1) on bottom of container (inside) as template, drill or punch
six 0.437 inch holes.
(4)
Repeat step (3) on opposite side.
(5)
Install two bolts (2) with two plain washers (3) in upper holes of outer stiffener (4)
and attach to outside of container box (22). Install inner stiffener over bolts from
inside container and loosely attach with plain washers (3) and self-locking nuts (5).
(6)
In each lower pair of holes, install bolts through reinforcing plate (6) and container
box (22). Install shear mounts (7) over protruding ends of bolts and loosely secure
with plain washers (3) and self-locking nuts (5).
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 923
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
8
7
9
11
6
5
4
10
3
1
C1186C
Metal Shipping Container Components
Figure 906
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 924
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
Key to Figure 906

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Service Receptacle Cover

Air Filler Valve
Service Receptacle
Relief Valve
Record Receptacle
Container Locating Pins
Humidity Indicator
Container Lifting Points
Quick-release Pins
Container Gasket
Mounting Cradle
(7)
Repeat steps (5) and (6) on opposite side. Tighten all 12 bolts and torque 80 to
90 lb.in.
(8)
Install four mounting brackets (14) to shear mounts (7) using screws (17).
(9)
Place container on pallet (8).
(10)
Attach sling (PWC50066) or (PWC51861-600) to engine lifting points and take up

slack on hoist.
(11)
Remove engine from stand as described in Paragraph 8.. Ensure mounting

brackets have been removed from gas generator case and attached to stand.
(12)
Check that interior of protective envelope is free of dirt, oil, water and other
contaminants.
(13)
Install new, protective envelope (9) under engine, aligning gaskets (10) with lower
engine mounting pads on each side of engine, and accessory gearbox mounting
pad.
CAUTION: STANDARD COMMERCIAL HARDWARE MUST NOT BE USED TO

SECURE ENGINE SUPPORT BRACKETS TO ENGINE OR CONTAINER.
HARDWARE OF LOWER STRENGTH COULD CAUSE SERIOUS ENGINE
DAMAGE DURING SHIPPING.
(14)
Attach container front mount brackets (11) to engine lower mounting pads, each
side of gas generator case, with eight bolts and lockwashers. Tighten bolts and
(15)
Attach container rear mount bracket (12) to mounting pad at 6 oclock position on
accessory gearbox with three bolts and lockwashers. Tighten bolts and torque 50 to
70 lb.in.
(16)
Retain engine log book and relevant papers in waterproof envelopes and seal with
pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070). Insert envelopes in suitable box and secure
to bottom of engine container.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 925
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(17)
Attach cradle (13) to engine mount brackets (previously installed) with quick-release
pins (21).
(18)
Secure humidity indicator (20) to protective envelope.
(19)
Lower engine and cradle assembly carefully into container; align upward locating
pins protruding from four mounting brackets (14) with four holes in cradle.
(20)
Secure cradle to mounting brackets with eight bolts (18) and lockwashers (19).
(21)
Tie 12 (eight-ounce) freshly activated desiccant bags to engine; evenly dispose over
engine length, six top and bottom.
NOTE:
C.
Remove desiccant bags from protective polyethylene bags before

installation.
(22)
Heat seal along top of envelope using suitable hand soldering iron, leaving one
corner open. Evacuate air, fold corner and heat seal.
(23)
Fold protective envelope and check that humidity indicator aligns with window in
container. Tape envelope folds with pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070).
(24)
First fold end flaps of container inward, then fold side flaps.
(25)
Using pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070), seal middle seam and overlap ends
and extend around sides approximately 8 inches. Tape edges at both ends and
extend around side approximately 12 inches.
(26)
Secure container to pallet with five sets of 3/4 inch commercial steel strapping (15)
over 10 reinforcing corners (16).
(27)
Stencil engine model and serial number, inspection, preservation and packaging
dates on both ends of container.
Installation of Engine in Type II Fiberboard Container (Ref. Fig. 904)

(1)

slack on hoist.
(2)
Remove engine from stand (Ref. Para. 8., preceding). Ensure mounting brackets
have been removed from gas generator case and attached to stand.
(3)
Check that interior of protective envelope is free of dirt, oil, water and other
contaminants.
(4)
Install new, protective envelope (7) under engine, aligning gaskets (8) with lower
engine mounting pads on each side of engine and accessory gearbox mounting
pad.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 926
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL

USING HARDWARE OF LOWER STRENGTH THAN SPECIFIED
COULD CAUSE SERIOUS ENGINE DAMAGE DURING SHIPPING.
(5)
Attach container front mount brackets (12) to engine lower mounting pads, each
side of gas generator case, with eight bolts and lockwashers. Tighten bolts and
(6)
Attach container rear mount bracket (14) to mounting pad at 6 oclock position on
accessory gearbox with three bolts and lockwashers. Tighten bolts and torque 50 to
70 lb.in.
(7)
Place engine log book and relevant papers in waterproof envelopes and seal with
pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070). Insert envelopes in box glued to bottom of
skid base, and seal box.
(8)
Lower engine into cradle (15) on skid base (17), and secure mount brackets (12)
and (14) to cradle with three quick-release pins (11) and (13).
(9)
Remove hoist and sling from engine.
(10)
(11)
Tie 12 (eight-ounce) freshly activated desiccant bags to engine; evenly dispose over
engine length, six top and bottom.
NOTE:

installation.
(12)
Heat seal along top of envelope using suitable hand soldering iron, leaving one
(13)
Install fiberboard sleeve (5) over engine and fit in position on skid base (17).
(14)
Fold protective envelope, and check that humidity indicator (6) aligns with window
in sleeve. Tape envelope folds with pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070).
(15)
Close flaps of sleeve and seal with pressure-sensitive tape (4).
(16)
Place cover (1) on sleeve, fold flaps down and seal at each corner with
pressure-sensitive tape (4).
(17)
Secure cover horizontally with 3/4-inch commercial steel strapping (3) and four
(18)
Secure cover and sleeve to skid base with 3/4-inch steel strapping (10) and 16
(19)
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 927
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
D.
Installation of Engine in Type III Fiberboard (reinforced) Container (Ref. Fig. 905):
(1)

slack on hoist.
(2)
Remove engine from stand (Ref. Para. 6, preceding). Ensure mounting brackets
have been removed from gas generator case and attached to stand.
(3)
Check that interior of protective envelope (8) is free of dirt, oil, water and other
contaminants.
(4)
Install protective envelope around engine, align mount gaskets (7) with lower and
upper engine mount pads.

(5)
Attach container lower and upper mount brackets (25) and (27) with bolts and
lockwashers, tighten and torque 275 to 300 lb.in.
(6)
Place engine support (22) over engine. Insert quick-release pin (17) through upper
bracket (27) and secure lower brackets (25) with bolts (15) washers and nuts (26).
Tighten bolts and torque 675 to 750 lb.in.
(7)
Place engine log book and relevant papers in waterproof envelopes and seal with
pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070). Insert envelopes in box glued to bottom of
skid base, and seal box.
(8)
Place ignition exciter (if applicable) in protective envelope along with one four-unit
desiccant bag. Heat seal envelope, leaving one corner open, evacuate air and seal
corner. Place envelope in box and secure with tape (PWC05-070) to container
floor.
(9)
Lower engine onto cradle mounting (13), align engine support (22) with location
dowels and secure using bolts (16) and nuts (14). Tighten and torque bolts 275 to
300 lb.in.
(10)
Remove hoist and sling from engine.
(11)
(12)
Tie 12 (eight-ounce) freshly activated desiccant bags to engine; evenly dispose

over engine length, six top and bottom.
NOTE:
(13)

installation.
Heat seal along top of envelope (8) using suitable hand soldering iron, leaving one
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 928
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
11.
(14)
Install fiberboard sleeve (10) complete with plywood panels (5) and (6) over engine
and fit in position on skid base (12).
(15)
Fold protective envelope, and check that humidity indicator (9) aligns with window
in sleeve. Tape envelope folds with pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070).
(16)
Close flaps of sleeve and seal with pressure-sensitive tape (11).
(17)
Place cover (1) complete with plywood top panel (3) on sleeve, fold flaps down and
seal at each corner with pressure-sensitive tape (11).
(18)
Secure cover horizontally with 3/4-inch commercial steel strapping (23) and four
(19)
Secure cover and sleeve to skid base with 3/4-inch commercial steel strapping (23)
and 16 reinforcing corners (24).
(20)
Secure cover and sleeve to skid base with 3/4-inch commercial steel strapping (23)
and 16 reinforcing corners (24).
(21)
Installation of Engine in Metal Container

A.
Procedure
CAUTION: ENSURE OIL HAS BEEN COMPLETELY DRAINED FROM ENGINE.

(1)
Refer to Paragraph 9.A. and observe lifting precautions.
(2)
With engine mounted in stand (Ref. Para. 6.) and engine preservation procedure
accomplished (Ref. Para. 7.), install all shipping covers and plugs (Ref. Fig. 902).
(3)
Install shipping cover over air intake screen.
(4)
Top and bottom interior halves of metal container must be clean and dry.
(5)
Mating flanges of top and bottom halves of metal container must be clean and free
of damage. A new gasket (10, Fig. 906) must be used on container.
(6)

slack on hoist.
(7)
Remove engine from stand (Ref. Para. 8.). Ensure mounting brackets have been
removed from gas generator case and attach to stand.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 929
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL

(8)
Attach container front mount brackets to engine lower mounting pads on each side
of gas generator case with eight bolts and lockwashers. Tighten bolts and torque
225 to 250 lb.in.
(9)
Use three bolts and lockwashers, and attach container rear mount bracket to
mounting pad at 6 oclock position on accessory gearbox. Tighten bolts and torque 50
to 70 lb.in.
(10)
Carefully lower engine into container base. Secure mount brackets to cradle (11)
with three quick-release pins (9).
(11)
If cradle has been removed from container for engine installation, proceed as
follows:
(a) Install cradle (11) on engine and secure mounting brackets with three
quick-release pins (9).
(b) Lower engine, together with mounting cradle (11), into container base.
(c) Secure cradle to container with eight bolts, washers and nuts. Tighten and
torque nuts 150 to 170 lb.in.
(12)
Insert eight bags of desiccant (64 units total) into cage at front end of container
base. Reverse condition and reuse humidity indicator (if serviceable), otherwise
install new indicator.
NOTE:
Make sure desiccant bags are removed from protective polyethylene

containers.
(13)
Liberally coat new gasket (10) with anti-sticking compound (PWC09-003) and install
gasket in position on mating flange of container base.
(14)
Lift top cover into position using hoist and sling at lifting points (8). Lower cover
over locating pin (6) on container base forward flange.
(15)
Secure top cover to container base using 36 bolts, washers and nuts. Tighten nuts
and torque progressively to 250 to 270 lb.in.
(16)
Coat all exposed hardware with preservative compound (PWC11-021).
(17)
Retain engine log book and relevant papers in waterproof envelope and seal with
pressure-sensitive tape (PWC05-070). Insert envelopes in record receptacle (5),
replace cover and secure with two bolts, washers and nuts. Torque nuts 135 to
150 lb.in.
(18)
Replace service receptacle (3) and secure with two studs and bolts, four lockwashers
and nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 250 to 270 lb.in.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 930
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(19)
Introduce dry, clean air through air filler valve (2) until internal air pressure equals
recommended value for prevailing ambient temperature (Ref. Fig. 907). Replace
valve cap.
(20)
Check container for pressure leaks using leak checking fluid (PWC05-007). Seal
any leaks immediately.
NOTE:
(21)
12.
Prior to shipping an engine in the container, it is recommended that the

internal pressure of the container is checked over a 48-hour period.
Replace service receptacle cover (1) and secure with two lockwashers and nuts.
Tighten and torque nuts 250 to 270 lb.in.
Renewal of Desiccant in Metal Container

A.
Procedure
(1)
When humidity indicator shows an unsafe condition (Ref. Table 903), renew
desiccant as follows (Ref. Fig. 906):
(a) Remove two nuts and lockwashers, and service receptacle cover (1).
(b) Release air through air filler valve (2) to depressurize container.
CAUTION: ALLOW A MINIMUM OF 10 MINUTES FOR ALL PRESSURE TO
BERELEASED BEFORE REMOVING SERVICE RECEPTACLE.
(c) Remove four nuts and lockwashers, two studs and two bolts and withdraw
service receptacle (3) from container base.
(d) Take eight desiccant bags from desiccant cage and retain them for re-activation
and reuse (Ref. Para . 5. E.).
(e) Insert eight bags of freshly activated desiccant (64 units total) into cage.
NOTE:
(f)
Make sure desiccant bags are removed from protective polyethylene

containers.
Replace service receptacle (3) and secure with two studs and bolts for
lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts and torque 250 to 270 lb.in.
(g) Introduce clean, dry air through air filler valve (2) until internal air pressure
equals recommended value for prevailing ambient temperature (Ref. Fig.
907). Replace valve cap.
(h) Check container for pressure leaks with leak checking fluid (PWC05-007). Any
leaks must be sealed immediately.
(i)
Replace service receptacle cover (1), and secure with two lockwashers and
nuts. Tighten and torque nuts 250 to 270 lb.in.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 931
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 903, Preservation Schedule for Engine in Metal Container

CONTAINER INTERNAL CONDITIONS
ACTION REQUIRED
PRESSURE (psi)
RELATIVE HUMIDITY (%)
Normal for prevailing

ambient temperature in
Fig. 907
Below 20 (Indicator
all blue)
No action required.
Less than normal for

prevailing ambient
temperature in
Fig. 907
Below 20
Repressurize containers (Ref.

Para. 12.).
If pressure has dropped after
a lapse of seven days,
remove engine
(Ref. Para. 9.) and reinstall in
a
serviceable container
(Ref. Para. 12.)
20 to 40 (Indicator
partially pink)
Replace desiccant (Ref. Para.

12.)
Above 40
(Indicator all pink)
Remove engine from

container
(Ref. Para. 9.). Inspect for
corrosion.
If condition is satisfactory,
reinstall uit with shipping
covers,
freshly activated desiccant
and
repressurize container (Ref.
Para. 12.).
Check for leakage using a
leak checking fluid.
If necessary, rectify faulty
container and repeat leakage
check.
If severe corrosion is present,
rectify or
replace affected components
in
accordance with applicable
overhaul instructions.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 932
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 904, Stacking Limitations - Metal and Fiberboad Containers

METAL CONTAINER
LIMITS
PRECAUTIONS
ENGINE IN
Ensure containers are in
CONTAINER sound and
undamaged
condition.
FIBERBOARD CONTAINER
LIMITS
PRECAUTIONS
Replace used sleeve

ENGINE IN
CONTAINER
with new sleeve a
Two high max. (static)
nd cover.
One high max. (shipping)
EMPTY
Only static (no impact)
EMPTY CONTAINER
CONTAINER and super imposed
Four high max.
stacking is
recommended.
Avoid dropping containers
over each other.
Ensure wooden side stiffeners

are sound and
undamaged.
Only static (no impact) and
superimposed stacking is
recommended. Avoid dropping
containers over each other.
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 933
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL
PRESSURE PSIG
EXAMPLE:
WITH AN AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE OF
65 F (18 C)
CONTAINER PRESSURE
SHOULD BE 5.2 PSIG
CONTAINER INTERNAL PRESSURE/

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE RELATIONSHIP
F 30
20
10
20
C 35 30 25 20 15 10
30
40
50
60
10
15
70
20
80
25
90
30
100
35
40
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
C9160
Metal Container Pressure/Ambient Temperature Relationship
Figure 907
72-00-00
ENGINE - STORAGE
Page 934
May 23/2003

OVERHAUL MANUAL

1.
General
Light overhaul procedures constitute a service requirement necessary to investigate and
rectify a problem or defect for which an engine, sub-assembly or component has been returned
to an overhaul facility after unscheduled removal.
Depending on the nature of the problem or defect and the assembly or component(s)
involved, the scope of light overhaul can vary considerably from normal scheduled overhaul,
especially when diagnostic capabilities are required for inspection purposes. Because of
this, procedures covering disassembly, cleaning, inspection, repair or replacement, and
assembly, are included in the LIGHT OVERHAUL Section .
To avoid repetition, normal overhaul procedures which apply (in whole or in part) to light
overhaul are cross-referenced in all Chapters dealing with light overhaul.
Inspection section procedures referenced in this section are applicable specifically to
scheduled overhaul. When used as a guide for Light Overhaul, the procedures must be
evaluated by qualified specialists, who must decide whether parts are suitable for re-use,
require repair or require replacement.
Hot section inspection can be implemented without engine disassembly, using the borescope
equipment (Ref. INTRODUCTION).
2.
Light Overhaul
A.
Conditions which Require Light Overhaul

(1)
Overtorque
(2)
Hot Section Inspection
(3)
Overtemperature
(4)
Overspeed
(5)
Sudden Stoppage
(6)
(7)
Lightning Strike
(8)
Immersion in Water
(9)
Dropped Engine
(10)
High Oil Consumption (Smoky Starts)
(11)
Loss of all power turbine blades (not associated with loss of compressor turbine
blades).
72-00-00
Page 1301
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(12)
Damaged ring gear, first and second-stage sun gears or power turbine shaft
coupling.
(13)
Contamination by fire extinguishing agent.

NOTE:
3.
Limits and definitions for overtorque, overtemperature, overspeed and

sudden stoppage, etc., governing eligibility for unscheduled inspection, are
specified in Chapter 72-00-00, Maintenance Manual P/N 3013242.
Light Overhaul Reference Guide

A.
General
(1)
B.
The following information is intended as a reference guide for assemblies,

components and accessories returned to an overhaul facility after unscheduled
removal.
Engine Problems and Defects

(1)
The problem and defects are diagnosed and the engine is separated into three
major sub-assemblies as follows:
(a) Power Section (Ref. 72-01-00)
(b) Gas Generator Assembly (Ref. 72-30-00)
(c) Accessory Gearbox (Ref. 72-60-00)
(2)
Each major sub-assembly is further separated into minor assemblies, which are
subject to unscheduled overhaul procedures in their appropriate chapter, to
resolve and rectify the problem or defect. Refer to Light Overhaul in the relevant
Chapter of this manual (Ref. Table 1301) and also the following paragraphs.
TABLE 1301, Light Overhaul Reference for Unscheduled Removal - Engine

Reason for Unscheduled Removal
72-01-00
72-30-00
72-60-00
Overtorque
Hot Section Inspection
Overtemperature
Overspeed
Sudden Stoppage
Unusual Oil System Conditions
Lightning Strike
Immersion in Water
Dropped Engine
Fire Extinguishing Agent Contamination
72-00-00
Page 1302
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 1301, Light Overhaul Reference for Unscheduled Removal - Engine (Contd)
Reason for Unscheduled Removal
72-01-00
Loss of All Power Turbine Blades (not

associated with loss of compressor
turbine blades)
High Oil Consumption (Smoky Starts)
Damaged Ring Gear, First and Second

Stage Sun Gears or Power Turbine
Shaft Coupling
Decoupled Accessory Gearbox
72-30-00
High Oil Consumption (smoky starts)

Fire Extinquishing Agent Contamination
4.
72-60-00
*
*
Overtemperature
A.
Procedure
(1)
Engines subjected to overtemperature during starting conditions, or all conditions

except starting, are classified into separate categories for light overhaul of the
power section and gas generator assembly, as follows:
(a) When overtemperature conditions fall within area A (Ref. Fig. 1301), conduct a
hot section inspection of the power section (Ref. 72-01-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL)
and gas generator assembly (Ref. 72-30-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL).
(b) When overtemperature conditions fall within area B (Ref. Fig. 1301), conduct
an overtemperature inspection of power section (Ref. 72-01-00, LIGHT
OVERHAUL), and gas generator assembly (Ref. 72-30-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL).
5.
Dropped Engine
A.
Procedure
(1)
When an engine has been dropped during handling, or in a P&WC shipping

container, conduct an external inspection of the engine as follows:
(a) Remove engine from container (Ref. Storage).
(b) Crack-check suspected areas in accordance with SPOP 70.
(c) Inspect exhaust duct and gas generator case for buckling, distortion and
cracks.
(d) Inspect tubing, sense lines, brackets and sheet metal parts for distortion.
(e) Check for security of attachment and integrity of mounting flanges of all
accessories.
72-00-00
Page 1303
May 19/2000
INTERTURBINE TEMPERATURE
OVERHAUL MANUAL
F
2015
C
1100
1995
1090
1895
1035
A
1795
980
1695
925
NO ACTION REQUIRED
1 2
10
15
20
30
TIME SECONDS
STARTING CONDITIONS ONLY
C7490A
All Engines
Category of Inspection Required for Overtemperature Condition
72-00-00
Page 1304
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1565
850
1455
790
B
1435
780
1415
770
1395
760
1380
750
NO ACTION REQUIRED
10
20
30
40
50
60
TIME IN SECONDS ALL
CONDITIONS EXCEPT STARTING
70
80
90
C8578
PT6A-28 Engines
72-00-00
Page 1305
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
1515
825
1410
765
INTERTURBINE TEMPERATURE
1390
755
1375
745
1355
735
1340
725
NO ACTION REQUIRED
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
TIME IN SECONDS
ALL CONDITIONS EXCEPT STARTING
PT6A-21 and -27 Engines
C7557A

72-00-00
Page 1306
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
B.
General
Separate power section from gas generator assembly (Ref. Disassembly) and conduct
an inspection of these assemblies (Ref. 72-01-00 , 72-30-00 and 72-60-00, LIGHT
OVERHAUL).
6.
Unusual Oil Conditions - General

A.
General
This information is used as a guide for contamination identification and not as a
specification of engine serviceability. Qualified personnel should carefully analyze the
unusual oil conditions prevailing on the engine, determine the extent of disassembly
necessary and correct the problem in the appropriate light overhaul section of each
affected chapter.
B.
Metal Contaminants
When metal contaminants are evident, consideration must be given to particle/flake size,
shape and engine operating history.
C.
Particles
A particle is a piece of metal of finite thickness, large enough in area to become
entrapped on the main oil filter surface.
D.
Metal Chip
A flake is a metal chip having immeasurable thickness, but large enough to become
entrapped on the main oil filter surface.
E.
F.
Examples Of Possible Contamination

(1)
Small flakes of non-ferrous metal normally originate from plain bearings or bushings
of Babbitt, tin, bronze or silver.
(2)
Small flakes of ferrous metal normally originate from spalled anti-friction bearings,
gear teeth or from fretting.
(3)
Slivers of steel normally originate from interference between steel parts or from
heavy scoring.
(4)
Fuzz or powdered material is cast iron and originates from propeller shaft oil
transfer sleeve.
(5)
If a fire extinguisher has been used on an engine, consideration must be given to

the possibility of extinguishing agent entering oil system.
Unusual Oil Conditions (Part A)

(1)
Loss of oil and/or fluctuating engine or torquemeter oil pressure.
72-00-00
Page 1307
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
(2)
Pressure dropped below 100 psi but remained above 40 psi. No metal particles
found in main oil filter or on chip detector.
(3)
Less than 40 non-magnetic particles found in main oil filter.
(4)
G. Unusual Oil Conditions (Part B)
H.
(1)
Loss of oil and/or fluctuating engine or torquemeter oil pressure.
(2)
Pressure dropped below 40 psi. Metal particles found in main oil filter or on chip
detector.
(3)
Any magnetic particles or more than 40 non-magnetic particles found in main oil
filter.
(4)
Engine rejected for propeller shaft seizure.
(5)
Rectify Part A (Ref. Table 1301)

(1)
Separate engine into three engine major sub-assemblies (Ref. Disassembly).

(a) Power section (Ref. 72-10-00).
(b) Gas generator assembly (Ref. 72-30-00).
(c) Accessory gearbox (Ref. 72-60-01).
NOTE:
Refer to disassembly in this chapter to separate engine into

sub-assemblies.
(2)
Remove power section and accessory gearbox from engine (Ref. Disassembly).
(3)
Remove propeller reduction gearbox from power seciton (Ref. 72-01-00, LIGHT
OVERHAUL).
(4)
Pressure flush accessory gearbox and main oil tank (Ref. 72-60-00, LIGHT
OVERHAUL).
(5)
Inspect oil pumps (Ref. 72-60-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL).
(6)
Reverse flush oil-to-fuel heater (Ref. 73-10-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL).
(7)
Rectify external oil system components subjected to unusual oil conditions; when
necessary, refer to Table 1301 for chapter reference.
(8)
Reassemble engine (Ref. Sub-assembly and Final Assembly).
(9)
Test engine (Ref. Testing).
72-00-00
Page 1308
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
I.
Rectify Part B
(1)
Refer to Table 1303 for chapter reference and rectification of external oil system
components.
(2)
Separate engine into three engine major sub-assemblies (Ref. Disassembly).

NOTE:
7.
Engine must be completely disassembled except for compressor rotor;

No. 1 and No. 2 main bearings must be removed from compressor
rotor for cleaning.
(3)
Disassemble power section (Ref. Disassembly); rectify for unusual oil conditions on
all assemblies removed (72-10-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL, Table 1301).
(4)
Disassemble gas generator assembly (Ref. Disassembly); rectify for unusual oil
conditions on all assemblies removed (Ref. 72-30-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL, Table
1301).
(5)
Disassemble accessory gearbox (Ref. Disassembly), rectify for unusual oil

conditions on all assemblies removed (Ref. 72-60-00, LIGHT OVERHAUL, Table
1301).
Contamination by Fire Extinguishing Agents

A.
General
Fire extinguishing agents or compounds, of which sodium bicarbonate, potassium
bicarbonate and bromotrifluoromethane are the most common, can result in corrosive
attacks on both hot and cold section components. The severity of the corrosive attack is
largely dependent upon the temperature to which the chemicals are exposed within
the engine.
NOTE:
B.
Engines returned to an overhaul facility because of contamination by fire

extinguishing agents should be washed internally and externally prior to
removal from airframe (Ref. 72-00-00, Maintenance Manual, P/N 3013242).
Engines Contaminated by Fire Extinguishing Agents

(1)
Where fires have been external, or have been confined to burner and turbine gas
path, and overtemperature limits have not been exceeded, carry out light overhaul
procedures following.
(2)
Where overtemperature limits have been exceeded and fire extinguishing agent
contamination is present, carry out light overhaul procedures Subpara. 4. and
following.
72-00-00
Page 1309
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
C.
Removal of Residual Deposits and Corrosion Repair

(1)
Remove engine from container (Ref. Storage).
(2)
Remove externals from engine and separate into following major subassemblies
(Ref. Disassembly).
8.
Separate power section into subassemblies (Ref. 72-01-00).
(4)
Disassemble gas generator assembly (Ref. 72-30-00).
(5)
Disassemble accessory gearbox as required (Ref. 72-60-00).
(6)
Conduct light overhaul for contamination by fire extinguishing agents on each

subassembly as outlines in appropriate chapter.
(7)
If oil system contamination is suspected, treat as for unusual oil conditions (Ref.
Subpara. E. preceding).
Power Section
A.
9.
(3)
If a power section is returned to an overhaul facility after unscheduled removal, refer to

72-01-00 for Light Overhaul procedures.
Engine Components
A.
General
If any of the following engine components are returned to an overhaul facility after
unscheduled removal, refer to LIGHT OVERHAUL in Chapter 72-30-00 and those listed
in Table 1302.
TABLE 1302, Light Overhaul Reference for Unscheduled Removal - Engine Components
Component
Compressor Turbine (Blade Shift)
Combustion Chamber Exit Duct (Small)
Combustion Chamber Exit Duct (Large)
Combustion Chamber Liner
Chapter
72-50-02
72-50-01
72-50-01
72-40-01
72-00-00
Page 1310
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
10.
Accessories
A.
Any accessory returned to an overhaul facility after unscheduled removal, refer to

LIGHT OVERHAUL in the relevant chapter of this manual. A comprehensive list of
accessory part numbers versus vendor supplied accessory manuals is provided in the
P&WC Illustrated Parts Catalog.
NOTE:
11.
Where light overhaul is not specified, refer to normal scheduled overhaul

instructions in the relevant manual.
External Components
A.
Problems
External components removed at engine disassembly may be subjected to unscheduled
overhaul procedures, to resolve a problem, or defect, for which an engine has been
returned to an overhaul facility.
B.
General
Refer to Light Overhaul in the specified chapter of this manual (Ref. Table 1303).
TABLE 1303, Light Overhaul Reference for Unscheduled Removal - External Components
REASON FOR UNSCHEDULED REMOVAL
1
CHAPTER
REFERENCE
61-20-00
72-30-01
72-30-02
73-10-01
73-10-02
73-10-03
73-10-04
73-10-05
73-10-06
73-10-07
73-10-08
73-20-00
74-10-01
74-10-00
74-20-01
74-20-00
*
*
72-00-00
Page 1311
May 19/2000

OVERHAUL MANUAL
TABLE 1303, Light Overhaul Reference for Unscheduled Removal - External

Components (Contd)
REASON FOR UNSCHEDULED REMOVAL
1
CHAPTER
REFERENCE
75-30-00
76-10-00
77-20-01
79-20-01
79-20-04
79-20-05
79-20-02
79-20-03
LEGEND:
1
Returned from Maintenance Facility
Overspeed
Immersion in Water
Dropped Engine
Sudden Stoppage
Fire extinguishing agent contamination
12.
Testing
After completing light overhaul, engine must be tested in accordance with procedures
described in Testing Section of this chapter.
After completing light overhaul of power sections, install in a slave gas generator assembly
(Ref. Final Assembly) and test (Ref. Testing).
72-00-00
Page 1312
May 19/2000

PW Manual MM 1

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

PW Manual MM 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PW Manual MM 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

ENGINE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

Description and Operation

Engine Specifications and Leading Particulars

Engine Stations, Flanges and Bearings

ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-1: EXTERNAL COMPONENTS

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

Preparation for Disassembly

Draining Engine Oil System

Removal of Oil Transfer Tubes

No. 2 Bearing Scavenge Oil Tube Assembly

External Scavenge Oil Tubes

Removal of Electrical Connector from Heated Pneumatic Lines

Compressor Delivery Air Line Installations

Propeller Governor Pneumatic Tubes

G. Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-21 Engines)

Fuel Tubes and Flexible Hoses (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)

Ignition Cables (PT6A-21 Engines)

Ignition Cables (PT6A-27/-28 Engines)

Interconnect Linkage Group - Rear

Interconnect Linkage Group - Front

M. Interconnect Linkage Group - Push-pull Control

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-2: ACCESSORY COMPONENTS

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

Remove Propeller Governor

Remove Oil-To-Fuel Heater

Remove Check Valve (minimum pressurizing)

Remove FCU (PT6A-21 Engines)

Remove FCU (PT6A-27/28 Engines)

Remove Fuel Pump

G. Remove Starting Control (Dual Line Fuel System)

Remove Oil Filter Element

Oil Filter Housing Assembly

Remove T5 Trim Wiring Harness

Remove Ignition Regulator

Remove Ignition Exciter

ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR

Fixtures, Equipment and Supplier Tools

PRATT & WHITNEY CANADA

ENGINE - DISASSEMBLY-3: MODULES AND MAJOR

Rear Fireseal (without wash ring)

Rear Fireseal and Compressor Wash Ring

Separate Engine into Major Sub-Assemblies

Removal of Power Section